Title: Aim Higher Act
Policy area: Education

Summary:
Aim Higher Act
This bill amends the Higher Education Act of 1965 to reauthorize and revise federal financial aid programs for postsecondary education and institutions of higher education.

[Congressional Bills 115th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[H.R. 6543 Introduced in House (IH)]

<DOC>






115th CONGRESS
  2d Session
                                H. R. 6543

To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 so that every 
 student has a path to a quality, debt-free degree or credential that 
                      leads to a rewarding career.


_______________________________________________________________________


                    IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

                             July 26, 2018

   Mr. Scott of Virginia (for himself, Mrs. Davis of California, Mr. 
Grijalva, Mr. Courtney, Ms. Fudge, Mr. Polis, Mr. Sablan, Ms. Wilson of 
   Florida, Ms. Bonamici, Mr. Takano, Ms. Adams, Mr. DeSaulnier, Mr. 
Norcross, Ms. Blunt Rochester, Mr. Krishnamoorthi, Ms. Shea-Porter, and 
Mr. Espaillat) introduced the following bill; which was referred to the 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce

_______________________________________________________________________

                                 A BILL


 
To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 so that every 
 student has a path to a quality, debt-free degree or credential that 
                      leads to a rewarding career.

    Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``Aim Higher Act''.
    (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act is as 
follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. References.
Sec. 3. General effective date.
                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 1001. Definitions.
Sec. 1002. Disclosures of foreign gifts.
Sec. 1003. Alcohol and substance misuse prevention.
Sec. 1004. Exception to required registration with selective service 
                            system.
Sec. 1005. For-profit conversions.
Sec. 1006. Postsecondary data system.
Sec. 1007. Textbook information.
Sec. 1008. Repeal of prohibition of student information database.
Sec. 1009. In-State tuition rates for homeless children and youths and 
                            foster care children and youth.
Sec. 1010. Student loan ombudsman.
                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      Part A--Teacher and School Leader Quality Partnership Grants

Sec. 2001. Definitions.
Sec. 2002. Purposes.
Sec. 2003. Partnership grants.
Sec. 2004. Administrative provisions.
Sec. 2005. Accountability and evaluation.
Sec. 2006. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers or other 
                            school leaders.
Sec. 2007. Teacher development.
Sec. 2008. State functions.
Sec. 2009. General provisions.
Sec. 2010. Elevation of the education profession study.
Sec. 2011. Authorization of appropriations.
         Part B--Enhancing Teacher and School Leader Education

Sec. 2101. Enhancing teacher education.
                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

Sec. 3001. Strengthening institutions.
Sec. 3002. Strengthening historically Black Colleges and Universities.
Sec. 3003. Historically Black College and University Capital Financing.
Sec. 3004. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities 
                            and other minority-serving institutions.
Sec. 3005. General provisions.
                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

Sec. 4001. Effective date for title IV.
                                 Part A

Sec. 4011. Improvements to the Pell Grant program.
Sec. 4012. Amendments to Pell Grant eligibility.
Sec. 4013. Extending Federal Pell Grant eligibility of certain short-
                            term programs.
Sec. 4014. Providing Federal Pell Grants for Iraq and Afghanistan 
                            veteran's dependents.
Sec. 4015. Federal Pell Grant fraud prevention.
Sec. 4016. Conforming amendments to academic competitiveness grants.
Sec. 4017. Federal TRIO program.
Sec. 4018. Talent search.
Sec. 4019. Upward Bound.
Sec. 4020. Student support services.
Sec. 4021. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority.
Sec. 4022. Educational opportunity centers.
Sec. 4023. Staff developmental activities.
Sec. 4024. Reports and evaluations.
Sec. 4025. Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                            Programs.
Sec. 4026. Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                            Programs; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4027. Purpose; appropriations authorized.
Sec. 4028. Allocation of funds.
Sec. 4029. Emergency Grant Aid Demonstration Program.
Sec. 4030. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                            migrant and seasonal farmwork.
Sec. 4031. CCAMPIS reauthorization.
Sec. 4032. Jumpstart to College grant programs.
Sec. 4033. Revised definitions of TEACH grants.
Sec. 4034. Revisions to establishing TEACH grant program.
Sec. 4035. Revisions to TEACH grant applications and eligibility.
Sec. 4036. Revisions to TEACH grant data collection and reporting.
Sec. 4037. Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College access.
Sec. 4038. Community College Student Success Grant Program authorized.
                                 Part B

Sec. 4041. Termination of certain repayment plan options and 
                            opportunity to change repayment plans.
Sec. 4042. Conforming amendment to separate joint consolidation loans.
Sec. 4043. Disbursement of student loans.
Sec. 4044. Student loan contract and loan disclosures.
Sec. 4045. Cohort default rates.
Sec. 4046. Conforming amendments.
Sec. 4047. Automatic income monitoring procedures after a total and 
                            permanent disability discharge.
Sec. 4048. Repayment of parent loans due to student disability.
                                 Part C

Sec. 4051. Purpose; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4052. Allocation formula.
Sec. 4053. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
Sec. 4054. Flexible use of funds.
Sec. 4055. Job location and development programs.
Sec. 4056. Community service.
Sec. 4057. Pilot grant program.
Sec. 4058. Department activities.
Sec. 4059. Study and report.
                                 Part D

Sec. 4061. Refinancing programs.
Sec. 4062. Amendments to terms and conditions of loans and repayment 
                            plans.
Sec. 4063. Amendments to terms and conditions of borrower defenses.
Sec. 4064. Amendments to terms and conditions of Public Service Loan 
                            Forgiveness.
Sec. 4065. Federal Direct Perkins Loans terms and conditions.
Sec. 4066. Requiring a common manual for servicers.
Sec. 4067. Refinancing FFEL and Federal Direct Loans.
Sec. 4068. Refinancing private student loans.
                                 Part E

Sec. 4071. Authorization of appropriations for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4072. Allocation of funds for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4073. Federal Direct Perkins loan allocation.
Sec. 4074. Agreements with institutions of higher education for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4075. Student loan information by eligible institutions for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4076. Terms of loans for purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4077. Reimbursement for cancellation of Perkins loans for certain 
                            public service.
Sec. 4078. Distribution of assets from student loan funds for purposes 
                            of the Perkins loan program.
                                 Part F

Sec. 4081. Conforming amendment to family contribution.
Sec. 4082. Amendments to data elements when determining the expected 
                            family contribution.
Sec. 4083. Amendments to family contribution for dependent students.
Sec. 4084. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            without dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4085. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            with dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4086. Updated tables and amounts to need analysis.
Sec. 4087. Zero expected family contribution.
Sec. 4088. Amendments to definitions in need analysis.
                                 Part G

Sec. 4091. FAFSA simplification.
Sec. 4092. Federal aid eligibility.
Sec. 4093. Reinstatement of the 6-year statute of limitations for 
                            student loans.
Sec. 4094. Exit counseling.
Sec. 4095. Clery Act amendments.
Sec. 4096. Online survey tool for campus safety.
Sec. 4097. Amendments to institutional and financial assistance.
Sec. 4098. Conforming amendments to Pell Grants.
Sec. 4099. Information with respect to crime statistics for programs of 
                            study abroad.
Sec. 4100. Remedial education grants.
Sec. 4101. Competency-based education.
Sec. 4102. Competency-based education council.
Sec. 4103. Improvements to program participation agreements.
Sec. 4104. Prearbitration agreements.
Sec. 4105. Compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
Sec. 4106. Requirement for institutions to use a financial aid shopping 
                            sheet.
Sec. 4107. Submission of data with respect to students with 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 4108. Education program on hazing.
Sec. 4109. Changes to program participation agreements to strengthen 
                            consumer protections.
Sec. 4110. Administrative expenses.
Sec. 4111. Income-based repayment plan.
Sec. 4112. Fixed repayment plan.
Sec. 4113. Longitudinal study on the effectiveness of student loan 
                            counseling.
Sec. 4114. Study and procedures on determining family size.
                                 Part H

Sec. 4121. State responsibilities.
Sec. 4122. Additional safeguards.
Sec. 4123. Recognition of accrediting agency or association.
Sec. 4124. Program review and data.
Sec. 4125. Strengthening institutional quality.
                                 Part I

Sec. 4131. Program authorized.
Sec. 4132. Pathways to student success for Historically Black Colleges 
                            and Universities.
                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Sec. 5001. Hispanic-serving institutions.
Sec. 5002. Promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic 
                            Americans.
Sec. 5003. General provisions.
               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Sec. 6001. International education.
Sec. 6002. Global business and professional education programs.
Sec. 6003. Repeal of assistance program for Institute for International 
                            Public Policy.
Sec. 6004. General provisions.
       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

Sec. 7001. Graduate education programs.
Sec. 7002. Minority-serving institutions innovation fund.
Sec. 7003. Definitions.
Sec. 7004. Supporting postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators 
                            in providing accessible education.
Sec. 7005. Office of Accessibility.
Sec. 7006. Postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 7007. National Technical Assistance Center and National 
                            Coordinating Center for Inclusion of 
                            Students with Intellectual Disabilities.
Sec. 7008. Accessible instructional materials and technology.
Sec. 7009. Formula grants to States to improve higher education 
                            opportunities for foster youth and homeless 
                            youth.
                    TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

Sec. 8001. Teach for America.
Sec. 8002. Patsy T. Mink Fellowship Program.
Sec. 8003. Improving science, technology, engineering, and mathematics 
                            education with a focus on Alaska Native and 
                            Native Hawaiian students.
Sec. 8004. Grants for rural-serving institutions of higher education.
Sec. 8005. Training for realtime writers to provide closed captioning 
                            and court reporting services.
Sec. 8006. Grant program to establish, maintain, and improve veteran 
                            student centers.
Sec. 8007. Modeling and simulation.
Sec. 8008. Conforming amendments.
Sec. 8009. Mandatory funding for masters and postbaccalaureate 
                            programs.
Sec. 8010. Funds for access to open educational resources.
                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               Part A--Education of the Deaf Act of 1986

Sec. 9001. Composition of Board of Trustees.
Sec. 9002. Administrative requirements of Laurent Clerc National Deaf 
                            Education Center.
Sec. 9003. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the 
                            National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Part B--Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 
                                  1978

Sec. 9101. Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act 
                            of 1978.
  Part C--Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 
                               Amendments

Sec. 9201. Additional authorization of appropriations.
                Part D--General Education Provisions Act

Sec. 9301. Special Assistant for Equity and Inclusion.
Sec. 9302. Release of education records to facilitate the award of a 
                            recognized postsecondary credential.
             Part E--Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002

Sec. 9401. Inclusion of racial subgroups in IPEDS data.

SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

    Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an 
amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal 
of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to 
be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments made by 
this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take 
effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 1001. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``section 3(2)'' and 
        inserting ``section 3'';
            (2) in paragraph (13), by inserting ``controlled,'' before 
        ``owned''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(25) Nonprofit institution of higher education.--The term 
        `nonprofit institution of higher education' means an 
        institution of higher education that--
                    ``(A) is a nonprofit, as defined in section 
                103(13); and
                    ``(B) at which no member of the governing board of 
                the nonprofit institution of higher education (other 
                than ex officio members serving at the pleasure of the 
                remainder of the governing board and receiving a fixed 
                salary), or any person with the power to appoint or 
                remove members of such governing board, receives any 
                substantial direct or indirect economic benefit 
                (including a lease, promissory note, or other contract) 
                from the nonprofit institution of higher education.
            ``(26) Public institution of higher education.--The term 
        `public institution of higher education' means an institution 
        of higher education--
                    ``(A) for which all obligations of the institution 
                are valid and binding obligations of the State (or of 
                an equivalent governmental entity); and
                    ``(B) for which the full faith and credit of such 
                State (or equivalent government entity) is pledged for 
                the timely payment of such obligations.
            ``(27) Foster care children and youth.--The term `foster 
        care children and youth'--
                    ``(A) means children and youth whose care and 
                placement are the responsibility of the State or Tribal 
                agency that administers a State or Tribal plan under 
                part B or E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 
                U.S.C. 621 et seq. and 670 et seq.), without regard to 
                whether foster care maintenance payments are made under 
                section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of 
                such children and youth; and
                    ``(B) includes individuals who were age 13 or older 
                when their care and placement were the responsibility 
                of a State or Tribal agency that administered a State 
                or Tribal plan under part B or E of title IV of the 
                Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq. and 670 et 
                seq.) and who are no longer under the care and 
                responsibility of such a State or tribal agency, 
                without regard to any such individual's subsequent 
                adoption, guardianship arrangement, or other form of 
                permanency outcome.
            ``(28) Federal education assistance funds.--The term 
        `Federal education assistance funds' means--
                    ``(A) funds under title IV;
                    ``(B) educational and training benefits available 
                to veterans, military personal, and other individuals 
                under chapter 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, or 35 of title 38, 
                United States Code, or chapter 101, 105, 106A, 1606, 
                1607, or 1608 of title 10, United States Code, or 
                section 1784a of title 10, United States Code;
                    ``(C) funds for training under the Workforce 
                Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et 
                seq.), including funds under title II of such Act; and
                    ``(D) funds under section 477 of the Social 
                Security Act.
            ``(29) Progress period status.--The term `progress period 
        status' means the status of an institution of higher education 
        that is determined by the Secretary to be in danger of failing 
        to meet title IV eligibility criteria relating to student debt 
        because the institution has a student default risk indicator of 
        not less than 10 percent and not more than 15 percent.''.

SEC. 1002. DISCLOSURES OF FOREIGN GIFTS.

    Section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011f) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``250,000'' and 
        inserting ``100,000'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by inserting ``The legal name of the 
                        person or institution from which the gift is 
                        received.'' after ``particular country.''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``, or if unknown'' and 
                        all that follows through to the period and 
                        inserting ``and the country of incorporation. 
                        In this paragraph, the term `aggregate dollar 
                        amount' includes the fair market value of staff 
                        members, textbooks, and other in-kind gifts.''; 
                        and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by inserting ``the name of the agency 
                        or office within the government from which such 
                        a gift is received, and'' after ``foreign 
                        government,''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``In this paragraph, the 
                        term `aggregate dollar amount' includes the 
                        fair market value of staff members, textbooks, 
                        and other in-kind gifts.'' after ``each foreign 
                        government.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ``or if unknown'' and 
        all that follows through the period and inserting ``and the 
        country of incorporation.'';
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by striking ``are 
                substantially'' and all that follows through ``this 
                section,'' and inserting ``includes all information 
                required by this section,''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by striking ``requirements 
                substantially similar to those'' and inserting ``all 
                the information'';
            (5) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Not later than 30 days after receiving a disclosure report 
        under this section, the Secretary shall make such report 
        electronically available to the public for downloading. Not 
        later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this 
        sentence, the Secretary shall make all previous disclosure 
        reports received after January 1, 2000 available in the same 
        manner as described in the previous sentence.''; and
            (6) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by inserting ``gift,'' after 
                ``lease,'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or property'' 
                and inserting ``property, human resources, or payment 
                of any staff;''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (5)(B), by inserting ``institutes, 
                instructional programs,'' after ``centers,''.

SEC. 1003. ALCOHOL AND SUBSTANCE MISUSE PREVENTION.

    (a) In General.--Section 120 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011i) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``drug and alcohol 
        abuse'' and inserting ``alcohol and substance misuse'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``a program to prevent the use of illicit 
                drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and 
                employees that,'' and inserting ``an evidence-based 
                program to prevent alcohol and substance misuse by 
                students and employees that,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (1)(D) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(D) a description of any alcohol or substance 
                misuse counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, recovery, 
                re-entry, or recovery support programs provided by the 
                institution (including in partnership with a community-
                based organization) that are available to employees or 
                students;''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (1)(E), by striking ``that the 
                institution will impose'' and inserting ``of the 
                institution's policies regarding'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``and'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (A);
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the 
                        period and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) compliance assistance to assist institutions 
                in complying with the requirements of this section.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Interagency agreement.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary 
        shall enter into a interagency agreement with the Secretary of 
        Health and Human Services to--
                    ``(A) determine criteria that satisfy the 
                requirement of subsection (a) that an institution of 
                higher education has adopted and has implemented an 
                evidence-based program described in such subsection;
                    ``(B) establish a process for disseminating the 
                best practices for adopting and implementing such an 
                evidence-based program; and
                    ``(C) establish a process that promotes 
                coordination and collaboration between institutions of 
                higher education and the respective State agencies that 
                administer the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment 
                Block Grants pursuant to subpart II of the Public 
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-21).
            ``(3) Guidance.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary shall, in 
        coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
        issue guidance with respect to the criteria described in 
        paragraph (2)(A).''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``drug 
                abuse'' in the heading and inserting ``substance 
                misuse'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``other organizations'' and 
                        inserting ``community-based organizations that 
                        partner with institutions of higher 
                        education'';
                            (ii) by striking ``programs of prevention, 
                        and education (including treatment-referral) to 
                        reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs 
                        and alcohol and the violence associated with 
                        such use'' and inserting ``evidence-based 
                        programs of alcohol and substance misuse 
                        prevention and education (including programs to 
                        improve access to treatment, referral for 
                        treatment services, or crisis intervention 
                        services) to eliminate illegal substance use, 
                        decrease substance misuse, and improve public 
                        health and safety,''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``alcohol and drug 
                        abuse'' and inserting ``substance use 
                        disorder'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Additional uses.--In addition to the activities 
        described in paragraph (1), a grant or contract awarded under 
        paragraph (1) may be used to carry out 1 or more of the 
        following evidence-based programs or activities:
                    ``(A) Providing programs for recovery support 
                services, and peer support services and counseling for 
                students with a substance use disorder.
                    ``(B) Promoting integration and collaboration in 
                campus-based health services between primary care, 
                substance use disorder services, and mental health 
                services.
                    ``(C) Promoting integrated care services related to 
                screening, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of 
                mental, behavioral, and substance use disorders for 
                students.
                    ``(D) Providing re-entry assistance for students on 
                academic probation due to their substance use disorder.
                    ``(E) Preventing fatal and nonfatal overdoses.
                    ``(F) Providing education to students, faculty, or 
                other personnel on--
                            ``(i) recognizing the signs and symptoms of 
                        substance use disorder, and how to engage and 
                        support a person in a crisis situation;
                            ``(ii) resources available in the 
                        community, within the institution of higher 
                        education, and other relevant resources for 
                        individuals with a substance use disorder; and
                            ``(iii) safely de-escalating crisis 
                        situations involving individuals with a 
                        substance use disorder.''; and
                    (E) by amending paragraph (6), as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C), to read as follows:
            ``(6) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.
    (b) Effective Dates.--
            (1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the 
        amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date 
        of enactment of this Act.
            (2) Delayed effective dates.--The amendments made by 
        subsection (a)(2) shall apply to institutions of higher 
        education on the date that is 2 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act.

SEC. 1004. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 124. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    ``Notwithstanding section 12(f) of the Military Selective Service 
Act (50 U.S.C. 3811(f)), a person shall not be ineligible for 
assistance or a benefit provided under title IV if the person is 
required under section 3 of such Act (50 U.S.C. 3802) to present 
himself for and submit to registration under such section, and fails to 
do so in accordance with any proclamation, rule, or regulation issued 
under such section.''.

SEC. 1005. FOR-PROFIT CONVERSIONS.

    (a) In General.--Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end 
the following:

``SEC. 125. FOR-PROFIT CONVERSIONS.

    ``(a) Determination.--On determining that an institution of higher 
education meets the requirements under subsection (b), the Secretary 
shall--
            ``(1) approve the conversion of an institution of higher 
        education to a nonprofit institution of higher education; and
            ``(2) review such approval every 5 years thereafter.
    ``(b) Requirements.--To be eligible to convert to a nonprofit 
institution of higher education under this Act, an institution of 
higher education shall submit an application to the Secretary that 
demonstrates--
            ``(1) that such institution is a nonprofit institution of 
        higher education, as defined in section 103(25);
            ``(2) subject to subsection (d), that the institution has 
        not acquired any other institution of higher education (as 
        defined in section 102), or a significant portion of the assets 
        of such other institution, for more than the value of such 
        other institution or such assets, respectively; and
            ``(3) in the case of an institution that has been acquired 
        by another party, that such institution is not controlled by 
        such party.
    ``(c) Transition Period.--In the case of an institution of higher 
education approved for conversion under subsection (a), such 
institution shall be subject to any rules and regulations that apply to 
proprietary institutions of higher education, as defined in section 
102(b), for a minimum of 5 years.
    ``(d) Value.--The term `value', with respect to an acquisition 
under subsection (b)(2)--
            ``(1) includes the value of any ongoing relationship 
        (including any contract, agreement, lease or other arrangement 
        between the acquiring institution and the acquired 
        institution), as defined in section 180.905 of title 2, Code of 
        Federal Regulations, as in effect on the date of enactment of 
        this section;
            ``(2) subject to paragraph (3), may be demonstrated through 
        any of--
                    ``(A) third-party valuation;
                    ``(B) independent financing of the acquisition 
                based upon the assets acquired; or
                    ``(C) full and open competition in the procurement 
                of services or assets, as such term is defined in 
                section 2.101(b) of title 48, Code of Federal 
                Regulations, as in effect on the date of the enactment 
                of this section; and
            ``(3) shall be subject to such other demonstration process 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary in a case in which the 
        Secretary does not accept a demonstration process described in 
        paragraph (2).
    ``(e) Publication.--
            ``(1) Application.--Before the Secretary may approve the 
        conversion of an institution of higher education under 
        subsection (a), the application of such institution submitted 
        to the Secretary under subsection (b) shall be published in the 
        Federal Register with an appropriate notice and comment period.
            ``(2) Determination.--The Secretary shall publish each 
        determination under this section, and the reasons for such 
        determination, under the Federal Register.
    ``(f) Tax Exempt Status.--In carrying out this section, the 
Secretary may consider the tax exempt status of an institution of 
higher education under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, 
but may not use such status as the sole determining factor for approval 
under subsection (a).''.
    (b) Expertise.--The Secretary of Education shall create a unit 
within the Department of Education with the expertise necessary to 
carry out section 125 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as added by 
subsection (a).

SEC. 1006. POSTSECONDARY DATA SYSTEM.

    Section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (i)(1)(T), by striking ``rate,'' and 
        inserting ``rate and adjusted cohort default rate,'';
            (2) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (m); and
            (3) by inserting after subsection (k) the following:
    ``(l) Data System.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Establishment of system.--The Commissioner 
                for Education Statistics (referred to in this 
                subsection as the `Commissioner') shall develop and 
                maintain a postsecondary data system that is secure and 
                protects student data privacy to--
                            ``(i) evaluate student-level--
                                    ``(I) enrollment, progression, and 
                                completion patterns;
                                    ``(II) outcomes following 
                                postsecondary enrollment and 
                                completion;
                                    ``(III) postsecondary costs; and
                                    ``(IV) financial aid;
                            ``(ii) improve institutional transparency 
                        and facilitate institutional improvement while 
                        reducing the reporting burden on institutions 
                        of higher education; and
                            ``(iii) analyze, evaluate, and improve 
                        Federal student aid programs;
                    ``(B) Requirements.--In developing the data system 
                described in this subsection, the Commissioner shall--
                            ``(i) focus on the needs of users of such 
                        system and entities reporting to such system, 
                        including institutions of higher education;
                            ``(ii) follow relevant web design and 
                        digital services standards; and
                            ``(iii) ensure student data privacy and 
                        security in accordance with the most recent 
                        Federal standards developed by the National 
                        Institute of Standards and Technology.
                    ``(C) Reporting.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this section, to the extent that another 
                provision of this section requires the same reporting 
                or collection of data that is required under this 
                subsection, an institution of higher education (as 
                defined in section 102), or the Secretary or 
                Commissioner may use the reporting or data required for 
                the postsecondary data system established pursuant to 
                this subsection to satisfy both such requirements.
            ``(2) Data system elements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner shall consult 
                with institutions of higher education, individuals and 
                organizations with expertise in data privacy and 
                security, consumer protections, and other stakeholders 
                in determining and, where appropriate, revising, data 
                elements to be included in the postsecondary data 
                system, in accordance with subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Required elements.--Such postsecondary data 
                system shall include, at a minimum, the following 
                student-level data elements:
                            ``(i) The student-level data elements 
                        necessary to calculate the information within 
                        any student-related surveys included in the 
                        Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System 
                        (IPEDS).
                            ``(ii) The student-level data elements 
                        necessary to allow for reporting student 
                        enrollment, persistence, retention, transfer, 
                        and completion measures for all credential 
                        levels within and across institutions of higher 
                        education, and disaggregated by the following 
                        categories to allow for cross tabulation of 
                        data:
                                    ``(I) First-time enrollment status.
                                    ``(II) Attendance intensity, 
                                whether full-time or part-time.
                                    ``(III) Distance education 
                                enrollment status.
                                    ``(IV) Credential-seeking status.
                                    ``(V) Credential level.
                                    ``(VI) Race (as defined in section 
                                153(3)(a) of the Education Sciences 
                                Reform Act (20 U.S.C. 9501(3)(a))).
                                    ``(VII) Age.
                                    ``(VIII) Gender.
                                    ``(IX) Program of study.
                                    ``(X) Military or veteran status, 
                                as determined made on receipt of 
                                veteran's education benefits (defined 
                                in section 480(c)).
                                    ``(XI) Federal Pell Grant 
                                eligibility.
                                    ``(XII) Federal Pell Grant 
                                recipient status.
                                    ``(XIII) Federal loan recipient 
                                status under title IV.
                                    ``(XIV) Disability status.
                                    ``(XV) First-generation college 
                                student status (defined in section 
                                318).
                    ``(C) Prohibited elements.--The Commissioner shall 
                not include health data, student discipline records or 
                data, elementary and secondary education data, physical 
                address, citizenship or national origin status, course 
                grades, student-level postsecondary entrance 
                examination results, political affiliation, or religion 
                in the postsecondary data system.
                    ``(D) Additional data elements.--The Commissioner 
                may, after consultation with institutions of higher 
                education and other stakeholders, make a determination 
                to promulgate regulations to include additional data 
                elements in the postsecondary student data system.
            ``(3) Federal data system coordination.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Where appropriate, the 
                Commissioner shall enter into agreements with other 
                Federal agencies to create secure linkages that meet 
                the requirements of this paragraph between the data 
                collected under the postsecondary data system under 
                this subsection and relevant Federal data systems.
                    ``(B) Consistent reporting.--The Commissioner shall 
                ensure that the secure linkages described in 
                subparagraph (A) result in consistent reporting of, at 
                a minimum, the following categories of data for all 
                students:
                            ``(i) Enrollment, retention, transfer, and 
                        completion outcomes.
                            ``(ii) Financial indicators for students 
                        receiving Federal grants and loans under this 
                        title, including grant and loan aid by source, 
                        cumulative student debt, loan repayment status, 
                        and repayment plan.
                            ``(iii) Postcollegiate outcomes, including 
                        earnings, employment, and postgraduate 
                        education, by program of study and credential 
                        level.
                    ``(C) Confidentiality and data privacy.--In 
                creating secure linkages with relevant Federal data 
                systems described in this paragraph, the Commissioner 
                shall ensure that such linkages--
                            ``(i) protect student data privacy; and
                            ``(ii) comply with the security and privacy 
                        protections described in all applicable Federal 
                        data protection protocols.
                    ``(D) Review.--Not less often than once every 5 
                years after the establishment of the postsecondary data 
                system under this subsection, the Commissioner shall 
                review methods for streamlining data collection from 
                postsecondary institutions and minimizing duplicative 
                reporting with the Department of Education and across 
                Federal agencies that provide data for the 
                postsecondary data system.
            ``(4) Information sharing.--
                    ``(A) Aggregate information.--The Commissioner 
                shall make summary aggregate information publicly 
                available and user-friendly. Such aggregate information 
                shall--
                            ``(i) include, at a minimum, for each 
                        institution of higher education, measures of 
                        student access, progression, completion, 
                        student costs, and postcollegiate student 
                        outcomes; and
                            ``(ii) not include any personally 
                        identifiable information.
                    ``(B) Research and evaluation.--The Commissioner 
                shall develop and implement a secure process--
                            ``(i) for making student-level, non-
                        personally identifiable information from the 
                        postsecondary data system described in this 
                        subsection available for research and 
                        evaluation purposes approved by the 
                        Commissioner in a manner compatible with 
                        practices for disclosing National Center for 
                        Education Statistics data as in effect on the 
                        day before the date of enactment of the Aim 
                        Higher Act;
                            ``(ii) through which any institution of 
                        higher education or a State that fully 
                        participates in the postsecondary data system 
                        under this subsection may request and receive 
                        from the Commissioner non-personally 
                        identifiable information, and aggregate summary 
                        data, related to students who have attended 
                        such institution or any institution in such 
                        State, as applicable, for purposes of 
                        institutional or State improvement and program 
                        evaluation; and
                            ``(iii) for providing, at least annually, 
                        each institution of higher education that fully 
                        participates in the postsecondary data system 
                        under this subsection with a set of program-
                        level, non-personally identifiable information 
                        from the postsecondary data system for students 
                        currently or formerly associated with the 
                        institution.
                    ``(C) Regulation.--The Commissioner shall 
                promulgate guidance and regulations to ensure--
                            ``(i) fair, secure, and equitable access to 
                        such data; and
                            ``(ii) privacy, security, and access to 
                        such data.
                    ``(D) Prohibitions.--Data collected under this 
                subsection shall not be--
                            ``(i) sold to any third party by the 
                        Commissioner, any institution of higher 
                        education, any State, or any other entity; or
                            ``(ii) used for any law enforcement 
                        activity or any other activity that would 
                        result in adverse action against any student, 
                        including enforcement of Federal immigration 
                        law or debt collection activity.
            ``(5) Data submission.--
                    ``(A) Required submission.--Each institution of 
                higher education participating in a program under this 
                title shall collect and submit to the Commissioner the 
                data requested by the Commissioner to carry out this 
                subsection.
                    ``(B) Authorized submission.--An institution of 
                higher education not participating in a program under 
                this title may collect and submit to the Commissioner 
                the data requested by the Commissioner to carry out 
                this subsection.''.

SEC. 1007. TEXTBOOK INFORMATION.

    Section 133 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``identify ways to 
        decrease'' and inserting ``identify and adopt innovative tools 
        to decrease'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(9)--
                    (A) by striking ``to accompany a'' and inserting 
                ``to accompany or support a'' in the matter preceding 
                subparagraph (A); and
                    (B) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``materials, 
                computer disks, website access'' and inserting 
                ``materials, online and digital learning platforms and 
                materials, website access'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(1)(D)(i), by striking ``paperback, 
        and unbound'' and inserting ``paperback, digital, and 
        unbound''; and
            (4) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``accessing 
                lower-cost digital course materials and digital 
                textbooks,'' after ``programs for''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, such as 
                inclusive access programs or digital content 
                distribution platforms'' after ``delivery programs''.

SEC. 1008. REPEAL OF PROHIBITION OF STUDENT INFORMATION DATABASE.

    Section 134 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015c) 
is repealed.

SEC. 1009. IN-STATE TUITION RATES FOR HOMELESS CHILDREN AND YOUTHS AND 
              FOSTER CARE CHILDREN AND YOUTH.

    Section 135 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015d) 
is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by inserting ``, homeless 
        children and youths, and foster care children and youth'' after 
        ``children'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``(a) Requirement.--In the case'' 
                and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Requirement.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--In the case''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Homeless children and youths and foster care children 
        and youth.--In the case of a homeless child or youth or a 
        foster care child or youth, such State shall not charge such 
        individual tuition for attendance at a public institution of 
        higher education in the State at a rate that is greater than 
        the rate charged for residents of the State.''; and
            (3) by striking subsections (c) and (d) and inserting the 
        following:
    ``(c) Effective Date.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--With respect to an individual 
        described in subsection (a)(1), this section shall remain in 
        effect as it was in effect on the day before the date of 
        enactment of the Aim Higher Act.
            ``(2) Homeless children and youths and foster care children 
        and youth.--With respect to an individual described in 
        subsection (a)(2), this section shall take effect at each 
        public institution of higher education in a State that receives 
        assistance under this Act for the first period of enrollment at 
        such institution that begins during the first full award year 
        following the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Armed forces.--The terms `armed forces' and `active 
        duty for a period of more than 30 days' have the meanings given 
        those terms in section 101 of title 10, United States Code.
            ``(2) Homeless children and youths.--The term `homeless 
        children and youths' has the meaning given the term in section 
        725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 
        11434a).''.

SEC. 1010. STUDENT LOAN OMBUDSMAN.

    Section 141(f)(3) (20 U.S.C. 1018(f)(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) receive, review, and resolve expeditiously 
                complaints regarding a student's independence under 
                subparagraph (B) or (H) of section 480(d)(1), in 
                consultation with knowledgeable parties, including 
                child welfare agencies, local educational agency 
                liaisons for homeless children and youths designated 
                under section 722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento 
                Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(g)(1)(J)(ii)), 
                or State Coordinators for Education of Homeless 
                Children and Youths established in accordance with 
                section 722 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 11432).''.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      PART A--TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

SEC. 2001. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 200 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1021) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 200. DEFINITIONS.

    ``Except as otherwise provided, in this title:
            ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences' 
        means--
                    ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of 
                an institution of higher education, any academic unit 
                that offers one or more academic majors in disciplines 
                or content areas corresponding to the academic subject 
                matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and
                    ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject 
                area, the disciplines or content areas in which 
                academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences 
                organizational unit.
            ``(2) Blended learning.--The term `blended learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(3) Children from low-income families.--The term 
        `children from low-income families' means children described in 
        section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)(1)(A)).
            ``(4) Comprehensive literacy instruction.--The term 
        `comprehensive literacy instruction' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 2221(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6641(b)(1)).
            ``(5) Digital learning.--The term `digital learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(6) Diverse teacher candidates.--The term `diverse 
        teacher candidates' means teacher candidates from--
                    ``(A) underrepresented groups; or
                    ``(B) teachers who are linguistically and 
                culturally prepared to educate high-need students.
            ``(7) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood 
        educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for 
        the education of children in an early childhood education 
        program.
            ``(8) Educational service agency.--The term `educational 
        service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 
        of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(9) Educator.--The term `educator' means a teacher, 
        principal or other school leader, specialized instructional 
        support personnel, or other staff member who provides or 
        directly supports instruction, such as a school librarian, 
        counselor, or paraprofessional.
            ``(10) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means an entity that--
                    ``(A) shall include--
                            ``(i) a high-need local educational agency;
                            ``(ii)(I) a high-need school or a 
                        consortium of high-need schools served by the 
                        high-need local educational agency; or
                            ``(II) as applicable, a high-need early 
                        childhood education program;
                            ``(iii) a partner institution;
                            ``(iv) a school, department, or program of 
                        education within such partner institution, 
                        which may include an existing teacher 
                        professional development program with proven 
                        outcomes within a four-year institution of 
                        higher education that provides intensive and 
                        sustained collaboration between faculty and 
                        local educational agencies consistent with the 
                        requirements of this title; and
                            ``(v) a school or department of arts and 
                        sciences within such partner institution; and
                    ``(B) may include any of the following:
                            ``(i) The Governor of the State.
                            ``(ii) The State educational agency.
                            ``(iii) The State board of education.
                            ``(iv) The State agency for higher 
                        education.
                            ``(v) A business.
                            ``(vi) A public or private nonprofit 
                        educational organization.
                            ``(vii) An educational service agency.
                            ``(viii) A teacher, principal, or school 
                        leader organization.
                            ``(ix) A high-performing local educational 
                        agency, or a consortium of such local 
                        educational agencies, that can serve as a 
                        resource to the partnership.
                            ``(x) A charter school (as defined in 
                        section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7221i)).
                            ``(xi) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution that focuses on psychology 
                        and human development.
                            ``(xii) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution with comparable expertise 
                        in the disciplines of teaching, learning, and 
                        child and adolescent development.
                            ``(xiii) An entity operating a program that 
                        provides alternative routes to State 
                        certification of teachers or principals.
            ``(11) English learner.--The term `English learner' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(12) Evidence-based.--The term `evidence-based' has the 
        meaning given the term in subclauses (I) and (II) of section 
        8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)).
            ``(13) Evidence of student learning.--The term `evidence of 
        student learning' means multiple measures of student learning 
        that include the following:
                    ``(A) Valid and reliable student assessment data, 
                which may include data--
                            ``(i) based on--
                                    ``(I) student learning gains on 
                                statewide academic assessments under 
                                section 1111(b)(2) of the Elementary 
                                and Secondary Education Act of 1965; or
                                    ``(II) student academic achievement 
                                assessments used at the national, 
                                State, or local levels, where available 
                                and appropriate for the curriculum and 
                                students taught;
                            ``(ii) from classroom-based summative 
                        assessments; and
                            ``(iii) from high-quality validated 
                        performance-based assessments that are aligned 
                        with challenging State academic standards 
                        adopted under section 1111(b)(1) of the 
                        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
                        (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)).
                    ``(B) Not less than one of the following additional 
                measures:
                            ``(i) Student work, including measures of 
                        performance criteria and evidence of student 
                        growth.
                            ``(ii) Teacher-generated information about 
                        student goals and growth.
                            ``(iii) Parental feedback about student 
                        goals and growth.
                            ``(iv) Student feedback about learning and 
                        teaching supports.
                            ``(v) Assessments of affective engagement 
                        and self-efficacy.
                            ``(vi) Other appropriate measures, as 
                        determined by the State.
            ``(14) Foster care.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `foster care' means 24-
                hour substitute care for a child placed away from the 
                child's parents or guardians and for whom the State 
                agency has placement and care responsibility. The term 
                includes care through a placement in a foster family 
                home, a foster home of a relative, a group home, an 
                emergency shelter, a residential facility, a child care 
                institution, or a pre-adoptive home.
                    ``(B) Rule.--A child shall be considered to be in 
                foster care under subparagraph (A) without regard to 
                whether--
                            ``(i) the foster care facility is licensed 
                        and payments are made by the State or local 
                        agency for the care of the child;
                            ``(ii) adoption subsidy payments are being 
                        made prior to the finalization of an adoption; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) Federal matching funds for any 
                        payments described in clause (i) or (ii) are 
                        being made.
            ``(15) High-need early childhood education program.--The 
        term `high-need early childhood education program' means an 
        early childhood education program serving children from low-
        income families that is located within the geographic area 
        served by a high-need local educational agency.
            ``(16) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
        need local educational agency' means a local educational 
        agency--
                    ``(A)(i) that serves not fewer than 10,000 low-
                income children;
                    ``(ii) for which not less than 20 percent of the 
                children served by the agency are low-income children;
                    ``(iii) that meets the eligibility requirements for 
                funding under the Small, Rural School Achievement 
                Program under section 5211(b) of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965 or the Rural and Low-
                Income School Program under section 6221(b) of such 
                Act; or
                    ``(iv) that has a percentage of low-income children 
                that is in the highest quartile among such agencies in 
                the State; and
                    ``(B)(i) for which one or more schools served by 
                the agency is identified by the State for comprehensive 
                supports and interventions under section 
                1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965; or
                    ``(ii) for which one or more schools served by the 
                agency has a high teacher turnover rate or is 
                experiencing a teacher shortage in a high-needs field, 
                as determined by the State.
            ``(17) High-need school.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `high-need school' 
                means a school that, based on the most recent data 
                available, meets one or both of the following:
                            ``(i) The school is in the highest quartile 
                        of schools in a ranking of all schools served 
                        by a local educational agency, ranked in 
                        descending order by percentage of students from 
                        low-income families enrolled in such schools, 
                        as determined by the local educational agency 
                        based on one of the following measures of 
                        poverty:
                                    ``(I) The percentage of students 
                                aged 5 through 17 in poverty counted in 
                                the most recent census data approved by 
                                the Secretary.
                                    ``(II) The percentage of students 
                                eligible for a free or reduced price 
                                school lunch under the Richard B. 
                                Russell National School Lunch Act.
                                    ``(III) The percentage of students 
                                in families receiving assistance under 
                                the State program funded under part A 
                                of title IV of the Social Security Act.
                                    ``(IV) The percentage of students 
                                eligible to receive medical assistance 
                                under the Medicaid program.
                                    ``(V) A composite of two or more of 
                                the measures described in subclauses 
                                (I) through (IV).
                            ``(ii) In the case of--
                                    ``(I) an elementary school, the 
                                school serves students not less than 60 
                                percent of whom are eligible for a free 
                                or reduced price school lunch under the 
                                Richard B. Russell National School 
                                Lunch Act; or
                                    ``(II) any other school that is not 
                                an elementary school, the other school 
                                serves students not less than 45 
                                percent of whom are eligible for a free 
                                or reduced price school lunch under the 
                                Richard B. Russell National School 
                                Lunch Act.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--
                            ``(i) Designation by the secretary.--The 
                        Secretary may, upon approval of an application 
                        submitted by an eligible partnership seeking a 
                        grant under this title, designate a school that 
                        does not qualify as a high-need school under 
                        subparagraph (A) as a high-need school for the 
                        purpose of this title. The Secretary shall base 
                        the approval of an application for designation 
                        of a school under this clause on a 
                        consideration of the information required under 
                        clause (ii), and may also take into account 
                        other information submitted by the eligible 
                        partnership.
                            ``(ii) Application requirements.--An 
                        application for designation of a school under 
                        clause (i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) the number and percentage of 
                                students attending such school who 
                                are--
                                            ``(aa) aged 5 through 17 in 
                                        poverty counted in the most 
                                        recent census data approved by 
                                        the Secretary;
                                            ``(bb) eligible for a free 
                                        or reduced price school lunch 
                                        under the Richard B. Russell 
                                        National School Lunch Act;
                                            ``(cc) in families 
                                        receiving assistance under the 
                                        State program funded under part 
                                        A of title IV of the Social 
                                        Security Act; or
                                            ``(dd) eligible to receive 
                                        medical assistance under the 
                                        Medicaid program;
                                    ``(II) information about the 
                                student academic achievement of 
                                students at such school; and
                                    ``(III) for a secondary school, the 
                                four-year adjusted cohort graduation 
                                rate for such school.
            ``(18) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when 
        used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an 
        educator--
                    ``(A) with specialized education and training in 
                development and education of young children from birth 
                until entry into kindergarten or a specialization in 
                infants and toddlers or pre-school children;
                    ``(B) with--
                            ``(i) a baccalaureate degree in an academic 
                        major in an early childhood or related field; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) an associate's degree in an early 
                        childhood or related educational area; and
                    ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of 
                knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the 
                relevant areas associated with quality early childhood 
                education.
            ``(19) Homeless child.--The term `homeless child' means an 
        individual who is a homeless child or youth under section 725 
        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 
        11434).
            ``(20) Induction program.--The term `induction program' 
        means a formalized program for new teachers or school leaders, 
        during not less than the teachers' or school leaders' first 2 
        years of, respectively, teaching or leading, that is designed 
        to provide support for, and improve the professional 
        performance and increase the retention in the education field 
        of, beginning teachers or school leaders. Such program shall 
        promote effective teaching or leadership skills and shall 
        include the following components:
                    ``(A) High-quality mentoring.
                    ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration, 
                including with mentors, as well as time for 
                information-sharing among teachers, principals, other 
                school leaders and administrators, other appropriate 
                instructional staff, and participating faculty or 
                program staff in the partner institution.
                    ``(C) The application of evidence-based 
                instructional practices.
                    ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers or school 
                leaders to draw directly on the expertise of mentors, 
                faculty or program staff, and researchers to support 
                the integration of evidence-based research with 
                practice.
                    ``(E) The development of skills in evidence-based 
                instructional and behavioral interventions.
                    ``(F) Faculty or program staff who--
                            ``(i) model the integration of research and 
                        practice in the classroom and school; and
                            ``(ii) as appropriate, assist new teachers 
                        or school leaders with the effective use and 
                        integration of educational technology and the 
                        principles of universal design for learning 
                        into the classroom or school.
                    ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among teacher 
                leaders or school leaders, faculty or program staff, 
                researchers, and other staff who prepare new teachers 
                or school leaders with respect to, as applicable, the 
                learning process, the assessment of learning, or the 
                leadership of a school.
                    ``(H) As applicable to the role, assistance with 
                understanding of the effective use of data, 
                particularly student achievement data, and the 
                applicability of such data to inform and improve 
                classroom instruction and school leadership.
                    ``(I) Regular and structured observation and 
                evaluation of new teachers, principals, or other school 
                leaders that are based in part on evidence of student 
                learning, shall include multiple measures of educator 
                performance, and shall provide clear, timely, and 
                useful feedback to teachers, principals, or other 
                school leaders, as applicable.
                    ``(J) The development of skills in improving the 
                school culture and climate related to school leadership 
                and the role of the principal, including to--
                            ``(i) nurture teacher and staff development 
                        to strengthen classroom practice;
                            ``(ii) build and sustain an inclusive 
                        culture of learning among adults and children;
                            ``(iii) strengthen communications and 
                        relationships with parents, caregivers, 
                        paraprofessionals, and community stakeholders;
                            ``(iv) facilitate the sharing of knowledge, 
                        insight, and best practices in the community 
                        served by the school, preschool program, or 
                        early childhood education program, including 
                        with youth serving programs (such as before- 
                        and after-school and summer programs); and
                            ``(v) build relationships and communicate 
                        effectively with State and local educational 
                        agency officials.
            ``(21) Infant or toddler with a disability.--The term 
        `infant or toddler with a disability' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities 
        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1432).
            ``(22) Mentoring.--The term `mentoring' means the mentoring 
        of new or prospective teachers or school leaders through a 
        program that--
                    ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of 
                teacher or school leader mentors who may be program 
                staff and who will provide role model relationships for 
                mentees, which criteria shall be developed by the 
                eligible partnership and based on measures of teacher 
                or school leader effectiveness;
                    ``(B) provides high-quality training for such 
                mentors, including instructional strategies for 
                literacy instruction and classroom management 
                (including approaches that improve the schoolwide 
                climate for learning, create inclusive classroom 
                environments, and address the social and emotional 
                needs of students, which may include positive 
                behavioral interventions and supports);
                    ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities 
                for mentors and mentees to observe each other's 
                teaching or leading methods in classroom or school 
                settings during the day in a high-need school in the 
                high-need local educational agency in the eligible 
                partnership;
                    ``(D) provides paid release time for mentors;
                    ``(E) for teachers, provides mentoring to each 
                mentee by a colleague who teaches in the same field, 
                grade, or subject as the mentee;
                    ``(F) for teachers, promotes empirically-based 
                practice of, and evidence-based research on, where 
                applicable--
                            ``(i) teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
                            ``(iii) the development of teaching skills 
                        through the use of instructional and behavioral 
                        interventions; and
                            ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees' 
                        capacity to measurably advance student 
                        learning; and
                    ``(G) includes--
                            ``(i) common planning time or regularly 
                        scheduled collaboration for the mentor and 
                        mentee; and
                            ``(ii) as applicable, joint professional 
                        development opportunities.
            ``(23) Parent.--The term `parent' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965.
            ``(24) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution' 
        means an institution of higher education, which may include a 
        2-year institution of higher education offering a dual program 
        with a 4-year institution of higher education, participating in 
        an eligible partnership that has a teacher or school leader 
        preparation program that is accredited by the State--
                    ``(A) in the case of a teacher preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit strong 
                        performance on State-determined qualifying 
                        assessments for new teachers through--
                                    ``(I) demonstrating that 80 percent 
                                or more of the graduates of the program 
                                who intend to enter the field of 
                                teaching have passed all of the 
                                applicable State qualification 
                                assessments for new teachers, which 
                                shall include an assessment of each 
                                prospective teacher's subject matter 
                                knowledge in the content area in which 
                                the teacher intends to teach; or
                                    ``(II) that is not designated as a 
                                low-performing teacher preparation 
                                program in the State as determined by 
                                the State--
                                            ``(aa) using criteria 
                                        consistent with the 
                                        requirements for the State 
                                        assessment under section 207(a) 
                                        before the first publication of 
                                        such report card; and
                                            ``(bb) using the State 
                                        assessment required under 
                                        section 207(a), after the first 
                                        publication of such report card 
                                        and for every year thereafter; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) that requires--
                                    ``(I) each student in the program 
                                to meet high academic standards or 
                                demonstrate a record of success, as 
                                determined by the institution 
                                (including prior to entering and being 
                                accepted into a program), and 
                                participate in intensive clinical 
                                experience;
                                    ``(II) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become a teacher who meets 
                                the applicable State certification and 
                                licensure requirements, including any 
                                requirements for certification obtained 
                                through alternative routes to 
                                certification, or, with regard to 
                                special education teachers, the 
                                qualifications described in section 
                                612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                                Disabilities Education Act; and
                                    ``(III) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become an early childhood 
                                educator to meet degree requirements, 
                                as established by the State, and become 
                                highly competent; and
                    ``(B) in the case of a school leader preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit a strong 
                        record of successful school leadership as 
                        demonstrated by--
                                    ``(I) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates taking positions as assistant 
                                principals and principals within 3 
                                years of completing the program; and
                                    ``(II) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates rated effective or above in 
                                State school leader evaluation and 
                                support systems (as described in 
                                section 2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the 
                                Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
                                of 1965) or, if no such ratings are 
                                available, other, comparable indicators 
                                of performance; and
                            ``(ii) that requires each student in the 
                        program to participate in intensive clinical 
                        experience in an authentic setting (including 
                        by assuming substantial leadership 
                        responsibilities) in which the student can be 
                        evaluated on leadership skills and the 
                        student's effect on student outcomes as part of 
                        program completion.
            ``(25) Professional development.--The term `professional 
        development' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(26) Profession-ready.--The term `profession-ready'--
                    ``(A) when used with respect to a principal, means 
                a principal or other school leader who--
                            ``(i) has an advanced degree, or other 
                        appropriate credential;
                            ``(ii) has completed a principal or other 
                        school leader preparation process and is fully 
                        certified and licensed by the State in which 
                        the principal or other school leader is 
                        employed;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated instructional 
                        leadership, including the ability to collect, 
                        analyze, and utilize data on evidence of 
                        student learning and evidence of classroom 
                        practice;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated proficiency in 
                        professionally recognized leadership standards, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a performance assessment;
                                    ``(II) completion of a residency 
                                program; or
                                    ``(III) other measures of 
                                leadership effectiveness, as determined 
                                by the State; and
                            ``(v) has demonstrated the ability to work 
                        with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                    ``(B) when used with respect to a teacher, means a 
                teacher who--
                            ``(i) has completed a teacher preparation 
                        program and is fully certified and licensed to 
                        teach by the State in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) has demonstrated content knowledge 
                        in the subject or subjects the teacher teaches;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated the ability to 
                        work with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated teaching skills, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a teacher performance 
                                assessment; or
                                    ``(II) other measures of teaching 
                                skills, as determined by the State; and
                            ``(v) has demonstrated proficiency with the 
                        use of educational technology; and
                    ``(C) when used with respect to any other educator 
                not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), means an 
                educator who has completed an appropriate preparation 
                program and is fully certified or licensed by the State 
                in which the educator is employed.
            ``(27) Residency program.--The term `residency program' 
        means a school-based educator preparation program in which a 
        prospective teacher, principal or other school leader, or other 
        educator--
                    ``(A) for 1 academic year, works alongside a mentor 
                teacher, principal or other school leader, or other 
                educator who is the educator of record;
                    ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the 
                year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner 
                institution, which may be courses taught by local 
                educational agency personnel or residency program 
                faculty, in--
                            ``(i) the teaching of the content area in 
                        which the teacher will become certified or 
                        licensed;
                            ``(ii) pedagogical practices; and
                            ``(iii) leadership, management, 
                        organizational, and instructional skills 
                        necessary to serve as a principal or other 
                        school leader;
                    ``(C) acquires effective teaching or leadership 
                skills; and
                    ``(D) prior to completion of the program, earns a 
                master's degree or other appropriate advanced 
                credential, attains full State teacher, principal, or 
                school leader certification or licensure, and becomes 
                profession-ready.
            ``(28) School leader.--The term `school leader' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(29) School leader preparation entity.--The term `school 
        leader preparation entity' means an institution of higher 
        education or a nonprofit organization, including those 
        institutions or organizations that provide alternative routes 
        to certification, that is approved by the State to prepare 
        school leaders to be effective.
            ``(30) School leader preparation program.--The term `school 
        leader preparation program' means a program offered by a school 
        leader preparation entity, whether a traditional or alternative 
        route, that is approved by the State to prepare school leaders 
        to be effective and that leads to a specific State 
        certification to be a school leader.
            ``(31) Teacher leader.--The term `teacher leader' means a 
        highly effective educator who carries out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities based on the demonstrated needs of the 
        elementary school or secondary school in which the teacher is 
        employed, while maintaining a role as a classroom instructor 
        who--
                    ``(A) is trained in and practices teacher 
                leadership; and
                    ``(B) fosters a collaborative culture to--
                            ``(i) support educator development, 
                        effectiveness, and student learning;
                            ``(ii) support access and use research to 
                        improve practice and student learning;
                            ``(iii) promote professional learning for 
                        continuous improvement;
                            ``(iv) facilitate improvements in 
                        instruction and student learning; promote the 
                        appropriate use of assessments and data for 
                        school and district improvement;
                            ``(v) improve outreach and collaboration 
                        with families and community;
                            ``(vi) advance the profession by shaping 
                        and implementing policy; and
                            ``(vii) advocate for increased access to 
                        great teaching and learning for all students.
            ``(32) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means 
        skills that enable a teacher to--
                    ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and 
                the ability to apply knowledge;
                    ``(B) effectively convey, and explain, and provide 
                opportunities for students to apply academic subject 
                matter;
                    ``(C) effectively teach higher-order analytical, 
                evaluation, problem-solving, critical thinking, social 
                and emotional, collaboration, and communication skills;
                    ``(D) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines 
                of teaching and learning that--
                            ``(i) are based on empirically-based 
                        practice and evidence-based research, where 
                        applicable, related to teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) are specific to academic subject 
                        matter; and
                            ``(iii) focus on the identification of 
                        students' specific learning needs, particularly 
                        students with disabilities, students who are 
                        English-learners, students who are gifted and 
                        talented, and students with low literacy 
                        levels, and the tailoring of academic 
                        instruction to such needs;
                    ``(E) design and conduct an ongoing assessments of 
                student learning, which may include the use of 
                formative assessments, performance-based assessments, 
                project-based assessments, or portfolio assessments, 
                that measures higher-order thinking skills (including 
                application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation) and 
                use this information to inform and personalize 
                instruction;
                    ``(F) support the social, emotional, and academic 
                achievement of all students including effectively 
                manage a classroom creating a positive and inclusive 
                classroom environment, including the ability to 
                implement positive behavioral interventions and support 
                strategies;
                    ``(G) support technology-rich instruction, 
                assessment and learning management in content areas, 
                technology literacy, and understanding of the 
                principles of universal design;
                    ``(H) demonstrate proficiency with the use of 
                educational technology;
                    ``(I) communicate and work with families, and 
                involve families in their children's education; and
                    ``(J) use, in the case of an early childhood 
                educator or an educator at the elementary school or 
                secondary school level, age-appropriate and 
                developmentally appropriate strategies and practices 
                for children and youth in early childhood education and 
                elementary school or secondary school programs, 
                respectively.
            ``(33) Teacher performance assessment.--The term `teacher 
        performance assessment' means a pre-service assessment used to 
        measure teacher performance that is approved by the State and 
        is--
                    ``(A) based on professional teaching standards;
                    ``(B) used to measure the effectiveness of a 
                teacher's--
                            ``(i) curriculum planning;
                            ``(ii) instruction of students, including 
                        appropriate plans and modifications for 
                        students who are limited English proficient and 
                        students who are children with disabilities;
                            ``(iii) assessment of students, including 
                        analysis of evidence of student learning; and
                            ``(iv) ability to advance student learning;
                    ``(C) validated based on professional assessment 
                standards;
                    ``(D) reliably scored by trained evaluators, with 
                appropriate oversight of the process to ensure 
                consistency; and
                    ``(E) used to support continuous improvement of 
                educator practice.
            ``(34) Teacher preparation entity.--The term `teacher 
        preparation entity' means an institution of higher education, a 
        nonprofit organization, or other organization that is approved 
        by a State to prepare teachers to be effective in the 
        classroom.
            ``(35) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program' means a program offered by a teacher 
        preparation entity that leads to a specific State teacher 
        certification.
            ``(36) Trauma-informed care.--The term `trauma-informed 
        care' is defined as the evidence-based practices outlined in 
        section 4108(B)(II)(aa) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965.''.

SEC. 2002. PURPOSES.

    Section 201 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``by improving the 
        preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers'' and inserting ``, 
        school leaders, including teacher leaders, and other educators 
        by improving the preparation of prospective teachers, school 
        leaders, and other educators and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers, school leaders, and 
        other educators'';
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ``; and'' and inserting a 
        semicolon; and
            (3) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following 
        new paragraphs:
            ``(4) hold teacher, principal and school leader, and other 
        educator preparation programs accountable for preparing 
        effective teachers, principals and school leaders, and other 
        educators;
            ``(5) recruit profession-ready individuals, including 
        underrepresented groups and individuals from other occupations 
        (including informal education and youth development fields), as 
        teachers and other educators; and
            ``(6) meet the staffing needs of high-need local 
        educational agencies and high-need schools through close 
        partnerships with educator preparation programs within 
        institutions of higher education.''.

SEC. 2003. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

    Section 202 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``equitable 
                distribution,'' after ``professional development,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program to 
        be carried out with grant funds, as described in subsection 
        (c), will prepare prospective teachers, school leaders, and new 
        educators with strong teaching, leadership, and other 
        professional skills necessary to increase learning and academic 
        achievement;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, school 
                leaders, and other educators,'' after ``new teachers'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``other teacher''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``promote teacher'';
                    (E) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by striking subparagraphs (F), (G), and 
                        (H) and inserting the following:
                    ``(F) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students with disabilities, 
                including training related to early identification of 
                students with disabilities and participation as a 
                member of individualized education program teams, as 
                defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act to ensure that students with 
                disabilities receive effective services, consistent 
                with the requirements of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act, that are needed for such 
                students to achieve to challenging State academic 
                standards;
                    ``(G) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students who are English learners 
                to ensure that students who are English learners 
                receive the services that are needed for such students 
                to achieve to challenging State academic standards;
                    ``(H) how faculty at the partner institution will 
                work, during the term of the grant, with mentor 
                educators in the classrooms and administrators of high-
                need schools served by the high-need local educational 
                agency in the partnership to--
                            ``(i) provide high-quality professional 
                        development activities to strengthen the 
                        content knowledge and teaching skills of 
                        elementary school and secondary school teachers 
                        and other educators, including multi-tiered 
                        systems of support and universal design for 
                        learning;
                            ``(ii) train other classroom teachers, 
                        principals or other school leaders, school 
                        librarians, and other educators to implement 
                        literacy programs that incorporate the 
                        components of comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction; and
                            ``(iii) provide evidence-based, high-
                        quality professional development activities to 
                        strengthen the instructional and leadership 
                        skills of elementary school and secondary 
                        school principals or other school leaders and 
                        district superintendents, if the partner 
                        institution has a principal or school leader 
                        preparation program;'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (I), by inserting ``as 
                        applicable'' before ``how the partnership''; 
                        and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (K)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``, principals or 
                                other school leaders'' after 
                                ``teachers''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``; and'' and 
                                inserting a semicolon; and
                    (F) in paragraph (7)--
                            (i) in the matter before subparagraph (A), 
                        by striking ``under this section'' and 
                        inserting ``under paragraphs (1)(B)(iv) and (3) 
                        of subsection (d)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``as 
                        applicable,'' before ``a demonstration'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``scientifically valid'' and inserting 
                        ``evidence-based''; and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (D), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``; and'';
            (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section--
            ``(1) shall use such grant to carry out--
                    ``(A) a program for the pre-baccalaureate or post-
                baccalaureate preparation of teachers described in 
                subsection (d);
                    ``(B) a teaching or principal or other school 
                leader residency program described in subsection (e); 
                or
                    ``(C) a combination of such programs; and
            ``(2) may use such grant to carry out other educator 
        development programs under subsection (f), based upon the 
        results of the needs assessment in subsection (b)(1).'';
            (3) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``limited English 
                        proficient'' both places it appears and 
                        inserting ``English learners'';
                            (ii) by striking ``scientifically valid'' 
                        both places it appears inserting ``evidence-
                        based''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B)(ii)(VI), by 
                        striking ``reading instruction'' both places it 
                        appears and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ``limited 
                English proficient'' and inserting ``English 
                learners''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (6)(A), by striking ``reading 
                instruction'' and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                instruction'';
            (4) by amending subsection (e) to read as follows:
    ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching and 
Principal or Other School Leader Residency Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
        grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program or 
        principal or other school leader residency program that meets 
        the following requirements:
                    ``(A) Teaching residency program.--An eligible 
                partnership carrying out a teaching residency program 
                shall--
                            ``(i) support a teaching residency program 
                        described in paragraph (2) for high-need 
                        schools, as determined by the needs of high-
                        need local educational agency in the 
                        partnership, and in high-need subjects and 
                        areas, as defined by such local educational 
                        agency; and
                            ``(ii) place graduates of the teaching 
                        residency program in cohorts that facilitate 
                        professional collaboration, both among 
                        graduates of the residency program and between 
                        such graduates and mentor teachers in the 
                        receiving school.
                    ``(B) Principal or school leader residency 
                program.--An eligible partnership carrying out a 
                principal or school leader residency program shall 
                support a program described in paragraph (3) for high-
                need schools, as determined by the needs of the high-
                need local educational agency in the partnership.
            ``(2) Teaching residency program.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching 
                residency program under this paragraph shall be a 
                program based upon models of successful teaching 
                residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare 
                teachers for success in high-need schools in the 
                eligible partnership and shall be designed to include 
                the following characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) The integration of pedagogy, 
                        classroom practice and teacher mentoring.
                            ``(ii) The exposure to principles of child 
                        and youth development, and understanding and 
                        applying principles of learning, behavior, and 
                        community and family engagement.
                            ``(iii) The exposure to principles of 
                        universal design for learning and multi-tiered 
                        systems of support.
                            ``(iv) Engagement of teaching residents in 
                        rigorous graduate-level coursework to earn a 
                        master's degree while undertaking a guided 
                        teaching clinical experience.
                            ``(v) Experience and learning opportunities 
                        alongside a trained and experienced mentor 
                        teacher--
                                    ``(I) whose teaching shall 
                                complement the residency program so 
                                that school-based clinical practice is 
                                tightly aligned and integrated with 
                                coursework;
                                    ``(II) who shall have extra 
                                responsibilities as a teacher leader of 
                                the teaching residency program, as a 
                                mentor for residents, and as a teacher 
                                coach during the induction program for 
                                new teachers, and for establishing, 
                                within the program, a learning 
                                community in which all individuals are 
                                expected to continually improve their 
                                capacity to advance student learning; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) who may be relieved from 
                                teaching duties or may be offered a 
                                stipend as a result of such additional 
                                responsibilities.
                            ``(vi) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor teachers based on 
                        the appropriate subject area knowledge and 
                        measures of teacher effectiveness, which shall 
                        be based on, but not limited to, observations 
                        of the following:
                                    ``(I) Planning and preparation, 
                                including demonstrated knowledge of 
                                content, pedagogy, and assessment, 
                                including the use of formative, 
                                summative, and diagnostic assessments 
                                to inform instruction and improve 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(II) Appropriate instruction that 
                                engages all students.
                                    ``(III) Collaboration with 
                                colleagues to improve instruction.
                                    ``(IV) Analysis of evidence of 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(V) Collaboration and the 
                                cultivation of relationships with 
                                external stakeholders (which may 
                                include professional disciplinary 
                                organizations and nonprofit advocacy 
                                organizations) to foster the sharing of 
                                evidence-based resources to promote 
                                high-quality, effective practices.
                            ``(vii) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the teaching residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                teach as well as consideration of 
                                individuals from underrepresented 
                                populations in the teaching profession.
                            ``(viii) Continued support for residents 
                        once such residents are hired as the teachers 
                        of record, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development, and 
                        networking opportunities to support the 
                        residents through not less than the residents' 
                        first 2 years of teaching.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher 
                residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a teacher resident in a teacher 
                        residency program under this paragraph, an 
                        individual shall--
                                    ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-
                                year institution of higher education or 
                                a mid-career professional possessing 
                                strong content knowledge or a record of 
                                professional accomplishment; and
                                    ``(II) submit an application to the 
                                residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a teaching residency 
                        program under this subsection shall establish 
                        criteria for the selection of eligible 
                        individuals to participate in the teaching 
                        residency program based on the following 
                        characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong content knowledge or 
                                record of accomplishment in the field 
                                or subject area to be taught.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective teaching, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessments, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Partnership grants for the development of principal 
        and other school leader residency programs.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A principal or 
                other school leader residency program under this 
                paragraph shall be a program based upon models of 
                successful principal or other school leader residencies 
                that serve as a mechanism to prepare principals and 
                other school leaders for success in high-need schools 
                in the eligible partnership and shall be designed to 
                include the following characteristics of successful 
                programs:
                            ``(i) Engagement of principal or other 
                        school leader residents in rigorous graduate-
                        level coursework to earn an appropriate 
                        advanced credential while undertaking a guided 
                        principal or other school leader clinical 
                        experience.
                            ``(ii) Experience and learning 
                        opportunities, including those that provide 
                        continuous feedback throughout the program on a 
                        participants' progress, alongside a trained and 
                        experienced mentor principal or other school 
                        leader--
                                    ``(I) whose mentoring shall be 
                                based on standards of effective 
                                mentoring practice and shall complement 
                                the residence program so that school-
                                based clinical practice is tightly 
                                aligned with coursework; and
                                    ``(II) who may be relieved from 
                                some portion of principal or other 
                                school leader duties or may be offered 
                                a stipend as a result of such 
                                additional responsibilities.
                            ``(iii) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor principals or other 
                        school leaders, which may be based on 
                        observations of the following:
                                    ``(I) Demonstrating awareness of, 
                                and having experience with, the 
                                knowledge, skills, and attitudes to--
                                            ``(aa) establish and 
                                        maintain a professional 
                                        learning community that 
                                        effectively extracts 
                                        information from data to 
                                        improve the school culture and 
                                        climate, and personalize 
                                        instruction for all students to 
                                        result in improved student 
                                        achievement;
                                            ``(bb) create and maintain 
                                        a learning culture within the 
                                        school that provides an 
                                        inclusive climate conducive to 
                                        the development of all members 
                                        of the school community, 
                                        including one of continuous 
                                        improvement and learning for 
                                        adults tied to student learning 
                                        and other school goals;
                                            ``(cc) develop the 
                                        professional capacity and 
                                        practice of school personnel 
                                        and foster a professional 
                                        community of teachers and other 
                                        professional staff;
                                            ``(dd) engage in continuous 
                                        professional development, 
                                        utilizing a combination of 
                                        academic study, developmental 
                                        simulation exercises, self-
                                        reflection, mentorship, and 
                                        internship;
                                            ``(ee) understand youth 
                                        development appropriate to the 
                                        age level served by the school, 
                                        and use this knowledge to set 
                                        high expectations and standards 
                                        for the academic, social, 
                                        emotional, and physical 
                                        development of all students; 
                                        and
                                            ``(ff) actively engage with 
                                        families and the community to 
                                        create shared responsibility 
                                        for student academic 
                                        performance and successful 
                                        development.
                                    ``(II) Planning and articulating a 
                                shared and coherent schoolwide 
                                direction and policy for achieving high 
                                standards of student performance, and 
                                closing gaps in achievement among 
                                subgroups of students.
                                    ``(III) Identifying and 
                                implementing the activities and 
                                rigorous curriculum necessary for 
                                achieving such standards of student 
                                performance.
                                    ``(IV) Supporting a culture of 
                                learning, collaboration, and 
                                professional behavior and ensuring 
                                quality measures of instructional 
                                practice.
                                    ``(V) Communicating and engaging 
                                parents, families, and other external 
                                communities.
                                    ``(VI) Cultivating relationships 
                                and collaborating with external 
                                stakeholders, which may include 
                                professional disciplinary organizations 
                                and nonprofit advocacy organizations, 
                                to foster the sharing of evidence-based 
                                resources to promote high-quality, 
                                effective practices.
                                    ``(VII) Collecting, analyzing, and 
                                utilizing data and other evidence of 
                                student learning and evidence of 
                                classroom practice to guide decisions 
                                and actions for continuous improvement 
                                and to ensure performance 
                                accountability.
                            ``(iv) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the principal residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                serve and consideration of individuals 
                                from underrepresented populations in 
                                school leadership positions.
                            ``(v) Continued support for residents once 
                        such residents are hired as principals or other 
                        school leaders, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development to 
                        support the knowledge and skills of the 
                        principal or other school leader in a continuum 
                        of learning and content expertise in 
                        developmentally appropriate or age-appropriate 
                        educational practices, and networking 
                        opportunities to support the residents through 
                        not less than the residents' first 2 years of 
                        serving as principal or other school leader of 
                        a school.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as principal or 
                other school leader residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a principal or other school 
                        leader resident in a principal or other school 
                        leader residency program under this paragraph, 
                        an individual shall--
                                    ``(I) have prior prekindergarten 
                                through grade 12 teaching experience;
                                    ``(II) have experience as an 
                                effective leader, manager, and written 
                                and oral communicator; and
                                    ``(III) submit an application to 
                                the residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a principal or other 
                        school leader residency program under this 
                        subsection shall establish criteria for the 
                        selection of eligible individuals to 
                        participate in the principal residency program 
                        based on the following characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong instructional 
                                leadership skills in an elementary 
                                school or secondary school setting.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective leadership, such as sound 
                                judgment, organizational capacity, 
                                collaboration, commitment to equity and 
                                inclusiveness, and openness to 
                                continuous learning, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessment, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(4) Stipends or salaries; applications; agreements; and 
        repayments.--
                    ``(A) Stipends or salaries.--A teaching residency 
                program, or principal or other school leader residency 
                program, under this subsection--
                            ``(i) shall provide a 1-year living stipend 
                        or salary to teaching or principal or other 
                        school leader residents during the teaching 
                        residency program or principal residency 
                        program; and
                            ``(ii) may provide a stipend to a mentor 
                        teacher or mentor principal.
                    ``(B) Applications.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Each teaching, 
                        principal, or other school residency candidate 
                        desiring a stipend or salary during the period 
                        of residency shall submit an application to the 
                        eligible partnership at such time, in such 
                        manner, and containing such information and 
                        assurances, as the eligible partnership may 
                        require, and which shall include an agreement 
                        to serve described in clause (ii).
                            ``(ii) Agreements to serve.--Each 
                        application submitted under clause (i) shall 
                        contain or be accompanied by an agreement that 
                        the applicant will--
                                    ``(I) upon successfully completing 
                                the 1-year teaching, principal, or 
                                other school leader residency program, 
                                serve as a full-time teacher, 
                                principal, or other school leader for a 
                                total of not less than 3 school years 
                                at--
                                            ``(aa) a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership and, in 
                                        the case of a teacher, teach a 
                                        subject or area that is 
                                        designated as high-need by the 
                                        partnership; or
                                            ``(bb) in a case in which 
                                        no appropriate position is 
                                        available in a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership, any other 
                                        high-need school;
                                    ``(II) provide to the eligible 
                                partnership a certificate, from the 
                                chief administrative officer of the 
                                local educational agency in which the 
                                teacher or principal, or other school 
                                leader is employed, of the employment 
                                required under subclause (I) at the 
                                beginning of, and upon completion of, 
                                each year or partial year of service;
                                    ``(III) in the case of a teacher 
                                resident, meet the requirements to be a 
                                profession-ready teacher; and
                                    ``(IV) comply with the requirements 
                                set by the eligible partnership under 
                                subparagraph (C) if the applicant is 
                                unable or unwilling to complete the 
                                service obligation required by this 
                                subparagraph.
                    ``(C) Repayments.--
                            ``(i) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                        carrying out a teaching or principal, or other 
                        school leader, residency program under this 
                        subsection shall require a recipient of a 
                        stipend or salary under subparagraph (A) who 
                        does not complete, or who notifies the 
                        partnership that the recipient intends not to 
                        complete, the service obligation required by 
                        subparagraph (B) to repay such stipend or 
                        salary to the eligible partnership, together 
                        with interest, at a rate specified by the 
                        partnership in the agreement, and in accordance 
                        with such other terms and conditions specified 
                        by the eligible partnership, as necessary.
                            ``(ii) Other terms and conditions.--Any 
                        other terms and conditions specified by the 
                        eligible partnership may include reasonable 
                        provisions for prorate repayment of the stipend 
                        or salary described in subparagraph (A) or for 
                        deferral of a teaching or principal, or other 
                        school leader, resident's service obligation 
                        required by subparagraph (B), on grounds of 
                        health, incapacitation, inability to secure 
                        employment in a school served by the eligible 
                        partnership, being called to active duty in the 
                        Armed Forces of the United States, or other 
                        extraordinary circumstances.
                            ``(iii) Use of repayments.--An eligible 
                        partnership shall use any repayment received 
                        under this subparagraph to carry out additional 
                        activities that are consistent with the 
                        purposes of this section.''; and
            (5) by striking subsection (f) and inserting the following:
    ``(f) Teacher Leader Development Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--A teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        involve the professional development of teachers, as described 
        in paragraph (2), who maintain their roles as classroom 
        teachers and who also carry out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities to increase the academic achievement of 
        students and promote data-driven instructional practices that 
        address the demonstrated needs at the elementary schools and 
        secondary schools in which the teachers are employed, such as--
                    ``(A) development of curriculum and curricular 
                resources;
                    ``(B) facilitating the work of committees and 
                teams;
                    ``(C) family and community engagement;
                    ``(D) school discipline and culture;
                    ``(E) peer observations and coaching; or
                    ``(F) dual enrollment instruction.
            ``(2) Professional development.--The professional 
        development of teachers in a teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) one year of professional development, 
                training, and support that may--
                            ``(i) include--
                                    ``(I) the engagement of teachers in 
                                rigorous coursework and fieldwork 
                                relevant to their role as a teacher 
                                leader, including available teacher 
                                leader standards; and
                                    ``(II) regular observations and 
                                professional support from--
                                            ``(aa) a principal, vice 
                                        principal, or a designated 
                                        instructional leader of the 
                                        school;
                                            ``(bb) a representative 
                                        from the institution of higher 
                                        education that is a partner in 
                                        the eligible partnership;
                                            ``(cc) a representative 
                                        from another entity that is a 
                                        partner in the eligible 
                                        partnership; and
                                            ``(dd) another member of 
                                        the teacher leader cohort, if 
                                        applicable, or a peer teacher; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) result in the awarding of a 
                        credential in teacher leadership; and
                    ``(B) one or 2 additional years of support from a 
                principal, vice principal, or a designated 
                instructional leader of the school, a representative 
                from the institution of higher education that is a 
                partner in the eligible partnership, and a 
                representative from another entity that is a partner in 
                the eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Teacher leader development program plan.--In carrying 
        out a teacher leader development program under this section, an 
        eligible partnership shall develop a plan that shall describe--
                    ``(A) how the work hours of teacher leaders will be 
                allocated between their classroom responsibilities and 
                responsibilities as a teacher leader, which may include 
                a description of whether the teacher leader will be 
                relieved from teaching duties during their 
                participation in the teacher leader development 
                program;
                    ``(B) how the partnership will support teacher 
                leaders after the first year of professional 
                development in the program; and
                    ``(C) how teacher leader activities could be 
                sustained by the eligible partnership after the program 
                concludes, which may include a description of 
                opportunities for the teacher leaders to assist in the 
                educator preparation program at the institution of 
                higher education in the partnership.
            ``(4) Selection of teacher leaders; use of funds.--In 
        carrying out a teacher leader development program under this 
        section, an eligible partnership--
                    ``(A) shall select a teacher for participation in 
                the program--
                            ``(i) who--
                                    ``(I) is fully certified to teach 
                                in the State of the high-need local 
                                educational agency that is a partner in 
                                the eligible partnership;
                                    ``(II) is employed by such high-
                                need local educational agency;
                                    ``(III) has not less than 3 years 
                                of teaching experience; and
                                    ``(IV) submits an application for 
                                participation to the eligible 
                                partnership; and
                            ``(ii) based on selection criteria that 
                        includes--
                                    ``(I) demonstration of strong 
                                content knowledge or a record of 
                                accomplishment in the field or subject 
                                area the teacher will support as a 
                                teacher leader; and
                                    ``(II) demonstration of attributes 
                                linked to effective teaching that is 
                                determined through interviews, 
                                observations, artifacts, student 
                                achievement, or performance 
                                assessments, such as those leading to 
                                an advanced credential;
                    ``(B) may develop admissions goals and priorities 
                for the teacher leader development program that--
                            ``(i) are aligned with the demonstrated 
                        needs of the school or high-need local 
                        educational agency in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) considers cultural competencies that 
                        would make the applicant effective in the 
                        applicant's teacher leader role; and
                            ``(iii) considers whether the teacher has 
                        substantial teaching experience in the school 
                        in which the teacher is employed or in a school 
                        that is similar to the school in which the 
                        teacher is employed;
                    ``(C) shall use the grant funds to pay for costs of 
                training and supporting teacher leaders for not less 
                than 2 years and not more than 3 years;
                    ``(D) may use the grant funds to pay for a portion 
                of a stipend for teacher leaders if such grant funds 
                are matched by additional non-Federal public or private 
                funds as follows:
                            ``(i) during each of the first and second 
                        years of the grant period, grant funds may pay 
                        not more than 50 percent of such stipend; and
                            ``(ii) during the third year of the grant 
                        period, grant funds may pay not more than 33 
                        percent of such stipend; and
                    ``(E) may require teacher leaders to pay back the 
                cost of attaining the credential described in paragraph 
                (2)(A)(ii) if they do not complete their term of 
                service in the teacher leader development program.''.

SEC. 2004. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

    Section 203 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``five-year period'' 
        and inserting ``five-year period, except such partnership may 
        receive an additional grant during such period if such grant is 
        used to establish a teacher or principal residency program if 
        such residency program was not established with the prior 
        grant''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(2)(A), by striking ``teacher 
        preparation program'' and inserting ``teacher education, school 
        leader preparation, or educator development program''.

SEC. 2005. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

    Section 204(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022c(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible partnership 
submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish, 
and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes 
rigorous, comprehensive, and measurable performance objectives. The 
plan shall include objectives and measures for--
            ``(1) achievement for all prospective and new educators as 
        measured by the eligible partnership;
            ``(2) educator retention in the first 3 years;
            ``(3) as applicable, pass rates and scaled scores for 
        initial State certification or licensure of teachers or pass 
        rates and average scores on valid and reliable teacher 
        performance assessments; and
            ``(4)(A) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders, and other educators hired 
        by the high-need local educational agency participating in the 
        eligible partnership;
            ``(B) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals, and other educators hired by the high-need local 
        educational agency who are members of underrepresented groups;
            ``(C) as applicable, the percentage of profession-ready 
        teachers hired by the high-need local educational agency who 
        teach high-need academic subject areas, such as reading, 
        science, technology, engineering, mathematics, computer 
        science, and foreign language (including less commonly taught 
        languages and critical foreign languages);
            ``(D) as applicable, the percentage of profession-ready 
        teachers hired by the high-need local educational agency who 
        teach in high-need areas, including special education, 
        bilingual education, language instruction educational programs 
        for English language learners, and early childhood education;
            ``(E) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders, and other educators hired 
        by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-
        need schools, disaggregated by the elementary school and 
        secondary school levels;
            ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood 
        education program classes in the geographic area served by the 
        eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who 
        are highly competent;
            ``(G) as applicable, the percentage of educators able to--
                    ``(i) integrate technology effectively into 
                curricula and instruction, including technology 
                consistent with the principles of universal design for 
                learning; and
                    ``(ii) use technology effectively to collect, 
                manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and 
                learning for the purpose of improving student learning 
                outcomes; and
            ``(H) as applicable, the percentage of educators taking 
        school leadership positions who, after 3 years in the role, 
        receive ratings of effective or above in State school leader 
        evaluation and support systems (as described in section 
        2014(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
        of 1965) or, if no such ratings are available, other comparable 
        indicators of performance.''.

SEC. 2006. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE TEACHERS OR OTHER 
              SCHOOL LEADERS.

    Section 205 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022d)--
            (1) by amending subsection (a)(1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Report card.--Each teacher preparation or school 
        leader preparation entity approved to operate teacher 
        preparation or school leader preparation programs in the State 
        and that receives or enrolls students receiving Federal 
        assistance shall report annually to the State and the general 
        public, in a uniform and comprehensive manner that conforms 
        with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, 
        the following:
                    ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most 
                recent year for which the information is available for 
                each teacher or school leader preparation program 
                offered by the teacher preparation or school leader 
                preparation entity the following:
                            ``(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), 
                        for those students who took the assessments 
                        used for teacher or school leader certification 
                        or licensure by the State in which the entity 
                        is located and are enrolled in the teacher or 
                        school leader preparation program or, and for 
                        those who have taken such assessments and have 
                        completed the teacher or school preparation 
                        program during the 2-year period preceding such 
                        year, for each of such assessments--
                                    ``(I) the percentage of all 
                                students who passed such assessment;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of students 
                                who have taken such assessment who 
                                enrolled in and completed the teacher 
                                or school leader preparation program; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) the average scaled score 
                                for all students who took such 
                                assessment.
                            ``(ii) In the case of an entity that 
                        requires a valid and reliable teacher 
                        performance assessment in order to complete the 
                        preparation program, the entity may submit in 
                        lieu of the information described in clause (i) 
                        the pass rate and average score of students 
                        taking the teacher performance assessment.
                    ``(B) Entity information.--A description of the 
                following:
                            ``(i) The median grade point average and 
                        range of grade point averages for admitted 
                        students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the entity 
                        disaggregated by race (as defined in section 
                        153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                        of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), ethnicity, and 
                        gender.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required for 
                        each program.
                            ``(iv) The total number of students who 
                        have completed programs for certification or 
                        licensure disaggregated by subject area and by 
                        race (as defined in section 153(a)(3) of the 
                        Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 
                        U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), ethnicity, and gender, 
                        except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                        required in a case in which the result would 
                        reveal personally identifiable information 
                        about an individual student.
                    ``(C) Accreditation.--Whether the program or entity 
                is accredited by a specialized accrediting agency 
                recognized by the Secretary for accreditation of 
                professional teacher or school leader education 
                programs.
                    ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Which 
                programs (if any) offered by the entity have been 
                designated as low-performing by the State under section 
                207(a).'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``and school 
                                leader'' after ``teacher''; and
                                    (II) by inserting ``, including 
                                teacher performance assessments'' after 
                                ``the State'';
                            (ii) by amending subparagraph (D) to read 
                        as follows:
                    ``(D)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for 
                each of the assessments used by the State for teacher 
                or school leader certification or licensure, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race (as defined in 
                section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), ethnicity, and gender, 
                except that such disaggregation shall not be required 
                in a case in which the result would reveal personally 
                identifiable information about an individual student--
                            ``(I) for each entity located in the State, 
                        the percentage of students at such entities who 
                        have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical 
                        coursework and taken the assessment who pass 
                        such assessment;
                            ``(II) the percentage of all such students 
                        in all such programs and entities who have 
                        taken the assessment who pass such assessment;
                            ``(III) the percentage of students who have 
                        taken the assessment and who enrolled in and 
                        completed a teacher or school leader 
                        preparation program; and
                            ``(IV) the average scaled score of 
                        individuals participating in such a program, or 
                        who have completed such a program during the 2-
                        year period preceding the first year for which 
                        the annual State report card is provided, who 
                        took each such assessment.
                    ``(ii) In the case of a State that has implemented 
                a valid and reliable teacher performance assessment, 
                the State may submit in lieu of the information 
                described in clause (i) the pass rate and average score 
                of students taking the teacher performance assessment, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race (as defined in 
                section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), ethnicity, and gender, 
                except that such disaggregation shall not be required 
                in a case in which the result would reveal personally 
                identifiable information about an individual 
                student.''; and
                            (iii) by striking subparagraphs (G) through 
                        (L) and inserting the following:
                    ``(G) For each teacher and school leader 
                preparation program in the State the following:
                            ``(i) The programs' admission rate and 
                        median grade point average and range of grade 
                        point averages for admitted students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the 
                        program disaggregated by race (as defined in 
                        section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences 
                        Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), 
                        ethnicity, and gender.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required.
                            ``(iv) Whether such program has been 
                        identified as low-performing, as designated by 
                        the State under section 207(a).
                            ``(v) For each school leader preparation 
                        program in the State, the total number and 
                        percentage of program completers placed as 
                        principals who are rated as effective or above 
                        on the State school leader evaluation and 
                        support systems (as described in section 
                        2101(c)(4)(B)(2) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no such 
                        ratings are available, other comparable 
                        indicators of performance after three years of 
                        leading a school.
                    ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each 
                teacher preparation entity in the State, the number of 
                teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported 
                separately by the following:
                            ``(i) Area of certification or licensure.
                            ``(ii) Academic major.
                            ``(iii) Subject area for which the teacher 
                        has been prepared to teach.
                            ``(iv) The relationship of the subject area 
                        and grade span of teachers graduated by the 
                        teacher preparation entity to the teacher 
                        workforce needs of the State.
                            ``(v) The percentage of teachers graduated 
                        teaching in high-need schools.
                            ``(vi) Race (as defined in section 
                        153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                        of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543(a)(3))), gender, and 
                        ethnicity.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) No requirement for reporting on students not residing 
        in the state.--Nothing in this section shall require a State to 
        report data on program completers who do not reside in such 
        State.''; and
            (3) in subsection (d)(2), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(D) The relationship of the subject area and 
                grade span of teachers graduated by teacher preparation 
                entities across the States to identified teacher 
                shortage areas.
                    ``(E) The number and percentages of such graduates 
                teaching in high-need schools.''.

SEC. 2007. TEACHER DEVELOPMENT.

    Section 206 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022e) 
is amended by striking ``limited English proficient'' both places it 
appears and inserting ``English learner''.

SEC. 2008. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    Section 207 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022f) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 207. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    ``(a) State Assessment.--
            ``(1) In general.--In order to receive funds under this Act 
        or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall conduct an 
        assessment to identify at-risk and low-performing teacher and 
        school leader preparation programs in the State and to assist 
        such programs through the provision of technical assistance.
            ``(2) Provision of low-performing list.--Each State 
        described in paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) provide the Secretary and the general public 
                an annual list of low-performing teacher and school 
                leader preparation programs and an identification of 
                those programs at risk of being placed on such list, as 
                applicable;
                    ``(B) report any teacher and school leader 
                preparation program that has been closed and the 
                reasons for such closure; and
                    ``(C) describe the assessment, described in 
                paragraph (1), in the report under section 205(b).
            ``(3) Determination of at-risk and low-performing 
        programs.--The levels of performance and the criteria for 
        meeting those levels for purposes of the assessment under 
        paragraph (1) shall be determined by the State in consultation 
        with a representative group of community stakeholders, 
        including, at a minimum, representatives of leaders and faculty 
        of traditional and alternative route teacher and school leader 
        preparation programs, prekindergarten through 12th grade 
        leaders and instructional staff, current teacher and school 
        leader candidates participating in traditional and alternative 
        route teacher or school leader preparation programs, the 
        State's standards board or other appropriate standards body, 
        and other stakeholders identified by the State. In making such 
        determination, the State shall consider multiple measures and 
        the information reported by teacher preparation entities under 
        section 205.
    ``(b) Reporting and Improvement.--In order to receive funds under 
this Act or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall--
            ``(1) report to the Secretary and the general public any 
        programs described in subsection (a);
            ``(2) establish a period of improvement and redesign (as 
        established by the State) for programs identified as at-risk 
        under subsection (a);
            ``(3) provide programs identified as at-risk under 
        subsection (a) with technical assistance for a period of not 
        longer than 3 years;
            ``(4) identify at-risk programs as low-performing if there 
        is not sufficient improvement following the period of technical 
        assistance provided by the State; and
            ``(5) subject low-performing programs to the provisions 
        described in subsection (c) (as determined by the State) not 
        later than 1 year after the date of such identification as a 
        low-performing program.
    ``(c) Termination of Eligibility.--Any teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is projected to close--
            ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional 
        development activities awarded by the Department;
            ``(2) may not be permitted to provide new awards under 
        subpart 9 of part A of title IV; and
            ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including 
        remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled in the 
        program in the year prior to such closure.
    ``(d) Application of the Requirements.--The requirements of this 
section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs 
and alternative routes to State certification and licensure 
programs.''.

SEC. 2009. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 208(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022g(a)) is amended by striking ``sections 205 and 206'' and inserting 
``section 205''.

SEC. 2010. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 208 the following:

``SEC. 209. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of the elevation of the profession 
feasibility study is to examine State policies related to teacher and 
school leader education and certification, produce a comprehensive set 
of expectations that sets a high bar for entry into the profession and 
ensures that all entering teachers and school leaders are profession-
ready, and develop recommendations to Congress on best practices with 
respect to elevating the education profession that are evidence-based, 
reliable, and verified by the field.
    ``(b) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall 
        establish an Advisory Committee to carry out the elevation of 
        the education profession study described in subsection (c) and 
        make recommendations to Congress on the findings.
            ``(2) Membership of the advisory committee.--The Advisory 
        Committee shall include representatives or advocates from the 
        following categories:
                    ``(A) Teacher unions.
                    ``(B) School leader organizations.
                    ``(C) State and local officials.
                    ``(D) State educational agencies and local 
                educational agencies.
                    ``(E) Teacher and school leader advocacy 
                organizations.
                    ``(F) School administrator organizations.
                    ``(G) Institutions of higher education, including 
                colleges of teacher education.
                    ``(H) Civil rights organizations.
                    ``(I) Organizations representing students with 
                disabilities.
                    ``(J) Organizations representing English learners.
                    ``(K) Nonprofit organizations representing subject-
                fields, such as STEM Educator organizations, 
                comprehensive literacy Educator organizations, and arts 
                and humanities educator organizations.
                    ``(L) Professional development organizations.
                    ``(M) Educational technology organizations.
                    ``(N) Nonprofit research organizations.
                    ``(O) Organizations representing nontraditional 
                pathways into teacher and school leader education.
                    ``(P) Organizations representing parents.
    ``(c) Duties of the Advisory Committee.--
            ``(1) Feasibility study.--The Advisory Committee shall 
        conduct a feasibility study to--
                    ``(A) assess the state of policies and practices 
                related to teacher and school leader education and 
                entry into the profession including barriers to 
                achieving certification and licensure, best practices 
                in producing profession-ready teachers and school 
                leaders, and recruitment and retention of teachers and 
                school leaders in schools;
                    ``(B) compile best practices for educating and 
                training profession-ready teachers and school leaders 
                including evidence-based practices for training 
                teachers and school leaders to support diverse 
                learners, developing teacher and school leaders, and 
                successful pre-service and in-service educational 
                activities;
                    ``(C) review certification and credentialing 
                practices throughout the Nation including minimum 
                standards in each State, differences in types of 
                credentials, and impact of different certification 
                processes in each State for teachers and school leaders 
                who relocate; and
                    ``(D) recommend a comprehensive set of rigorous 
                expectations for States standards to elevate the 
                profession of teaching and to produce profession-ready 
                teachers and school leaders prepared to educate diverse 
                learners in inclusive educational settings.
            ``(2) Reports.--
                    ``(A) Not later than 1 year after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit 
                an interim report to the Secretary and to the 
                authorizing committees detailing the methods of the 
                study and progress in developing the set of 
                comprehensive and rigorous expectations.
                    ``(B) Not later than 3 years after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit a 
                final report to the Secretary and to the authorizing 
                committees detailing the findings, recommendations, and 
                suggested set of comprehensive and rigorous 
                expectations.
            ``(3) Dissemination of information.--In carrying out the 
        study under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall disseminate 
        information found in the study in an accessible format to all 
        stakeholders.
            ``(4) Database.--Not later than 180 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall produce 
        an electronically accessible clearinghouse of State 
        certification procedures and best State practices for producing 
        and retaining profession-ready teachers and school leaders.''.

SEC. 2011. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating section 209 as section 210; and
            (2) in section 210, as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$300,000,000'' and inserting 
                ``$500,000,000'';
                    (B) by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2019''; 
                and
                    (C) by striking ``two succeeding'' and inserting 
                ``5 succeeding''.

         PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

SEC. 2101. ENHANCING TEACHER EDUCATION.

    Part B of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1031 et seq.) is amended to read as follows:

                 ``PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER EDUCATION

``SEC. 230. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--There are authorized to be appropriated to carry 
out this part $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Distribution of Funds.--Subparts 1 through 4 of this part 
shall receive a minimum of 20 percent of the amount appropriated for a 
fiscal year, and the Secretary shall have discretion over the 
distribution under this part of the remaining amount appropriated for 
such fiscal year.

    ``Subpart 1--Honorable Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence

``SEC. 231. FINDINGS.

    ``Congress finds the following:
            ``(1) Our Nation's schools are experiencing a severe 
        diversity gap that negatively impacts student achievement and 
        school culture--50 percent of current students are from 
        minority groups while only 18 percent of teachers are from such 
        groups, according to a 2016 study by the Brookings Institution.
            ``(2) A 2016 report conducted by the Department of 
        Education shows that teachers of color tend to provide more 
        culturally relevant teaching and better understand the 
        situations that students of color may face. These factors help 
        develop trusting teacher-student relationships. Researchers 
        from Vanderbilt University also found that greater racial and 
        ethnic diversity in the principal corps benefits students, 
        especially students of color.
            ``(3) Minority teachers and school leaders can also serve 
        as cultural ambassadors who help students feel more welcome at 
        school or as role models.
            ``(4) Research shows that increasing diversity in the 
        teaching profession can have positive impacts on student 
        educational experiences and outcomes. Students of color 
        demonstrate greater academic achievement and social-emotional 
        development in classes with teachers of color. Studies also 
        suggest that all students, including White students, benefit 
        from having teachers of color because they bring distinctive 
        knowledge, experiences, and role modeling to the student body 
        as a whole.

``SEC. 232. PURPOSE.

    ``The purpose of this subpart is to strengthen and expand the 
recruitment, training, and retention of diverse candidates into the 
teaching profession.

``SEC. 233. ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION DEFINED.

    ``In this subpart, the term `eligible institution' means an 
institution of higher education that has a teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is a accredited by the State and that is--
            ``(1) a part B institution (as defined in section 322);
            ``(2) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section 
        502);
            ``(3) a Tribal college or university (as defined in section 
        316);
            ``(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(5) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(6) a predominantly black institution (as defined in 
        section 318);
            ``(7) an Asian-American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320(b));
            ``(8) a Native American-serving, nontribal institution (as 
        defined in section 319);
            ``(9) a consortium of any of the institutions described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (8); or
            ``(10) any institution described in paragraphs (1) through 
        (8) in which a center of excellence established under section 
        234 is located, or a consortium described in subparagraph (B), 
        in partnership with any other institution of higher education.

``SEC. 234. AUGUSTUS F. HAWKINS CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to establish centers of excellence.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution shall use a grant 
received under this subpart to ensure that programs offered at a center 
of excellence established by such institution prepare current and 
future teachers or school leaders to be profession-ready, and meet the 
applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including 
any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes 
to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the 
qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals 
with Disabilities Education Act, by carrying out one or more of the 
following activities:
            ``(1) Implementing reforms within teacher or school leader 
        preparation programs to ensure that such programs are preparing 
        teachers or school leaders who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, are 
        using evidence-based instructional practices to improve student 
        academic achievement, by--
                    ``(A) retraining or recruiting faculty; and
                    ``(B) designing (or redesigning) teacher or school 
                leader preparation programs that--
                            ``(i) prepare teachers or school leaders to 
                        serve in low-performing schools and close 
                        student achievement gaps, and that are based on 
                        rigorous academic content, evidence-based 
                        research, and challenging State academic 
                        standards as described in section 1111(b)(1) of 
                        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
                        1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)); and
                            ``(ii) promote effective teaching skills.
            ``(2) Providing sustained and high-quality preservice 
        clinical experience, including the mentoring of prospective 
        teachers by teacher leaders, substantially increasing 
        interaction between faculty at institutions of higher education 
        and new and experienced teachers, principals, school leaders, 
        and other administrators at elementary schools or secondary 
        schools, and providing support, including preparation time, for 
        such interaction.
            ``(3) Developing and implementing initiatives to promote 
        retention of teachers who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and 
        principals and other school leaders, including minority 
        teachers, principals and other school leaders, including 
        programs that provide--
                    ``(A) teacher or principal and other school leader 
                mentoring; and
                    ``(B) induction and support for teachers and 
                principals and other school leaders during their first 
                three years of employment as teachers, principals, or 
                other school leaders, respectively.
            ``(4) Awarding scholarships based on financial need to help 
        students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other 
        expenses of completing a teacher or other school leader 
        preparation program, not to exceed the cost of attendance as 
        defined in section 472.
            ``(5) Disseminating information on effective practices for 
        teacher or other school leader preparation and successful 
        teacher or other school leader certification and licensure 
        assessment preparation strategies.
            ``(6) Activities authorized under section 202.
    ``(c) Application.--Any eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible 
institution that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more 
than 2 percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.
    ``(e) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations 
as may be necessary to carry out this subpart.

              ``Subpart 2--Preparing Well-Rounded Teachers

``SEC. 241. WELL-ROUNDED TEACHING GRANTS.

    ``(a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
            ``(1) students have diverse learning needs and teachers 
        must be prepared to provide a high-quality, equitable education 
        to every child;
            ``(2) improving the pedagogical competencies, behavior 
        management skills, and cultural competencies of teacher 
        candidates prepares them to effectively teach students from 
        diverse backgrounds and increases the likelihood they will 
        remain in the profession; and
            ``(3) teachers who hold dual certification and receive 
        training in social and emotional learning competencies and 
        nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices are 
        better prepared to create a supportive school climate and meet 
        the needs of all students, including English learners, racially 
        diverse students, students with disabilities, low-income 
        students, and students who have experienced trauma.
    ``(b) Purpose.--The purpose of this subpart is to--
            ``(1) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed dual certification for teacher candidates in special 
        education; and
            ``(2) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed training on social and emotional learning 
        competencies and nonexclusionary, positive behavior management 
        practices to teacher candidates.
    ``(c) Authorization of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
        this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
        preparation of general education teacher candidates to ensure 
        that such teacher candidates possess the knowledge, skills, and 
        credentials necessary to effectively instruct students with 
        disabilities in general education classrooms, and an 
        understanding of positive behavior-management practices that 
        reduce the use of exclusionary and aversive disciplinary 
        practices and create a supportive school climate.
            ``(2) Duration of grants.--A grant under this subpart shall 
        be awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Non-federal share.--An eligible partnership that 
        receives a grant under this subpart shall provide not less than 
        25 percent of the cost of the activities carried out with such 
        grant from non-Federal sources, which may be provided in cash 
        or in-kind.
    ``(d) Definition of Eligible Partnership.--In this section, the 
term `eligible partnership' means a partnership that--
            ``(1) shall include--
                    ``(A) one or more departments or programs at an 
                institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) that prepare elementary or secondary 
                        general education teachers;
                            ``(ii) that have a program of study that 
                        leads to an undergraduate degree, a master's 
                        degree, or completion of a postbaccalaureate 
                        program required for teacher certification; and
                            ``(iii) the profession-ready graduates of 
                        which meet the applicable State certification 
                        and licensure requirements, including any 
                        requirements for certification obtained through 
                        alternative routes to certification, or, with 
                        regard to special education teachers, the 
                        qualifications described in section 
                        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                        Disabilities Education Act;
                    ``(B) a department or program that has expertise in 
                special education at an institution of higher 
                education; and
                    ``(C) a high-need local educational agency; and
            ``(2) may include--
                    ``(A) a department or program of mathematics, earth 
                or physical science, foreign language, or another 
                department at the institution that has a role in 
                preparing teachers; or
                    ``(B) a nonprofit, research-based organization.
    ``(e) Activities.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section--
            ``(1) shall use the grant funds to--
                    ``(A) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by integrating special education pedagogy into 
                the general education curriculum and academic content 
                that result in applicable dual State certification for 
                teacher candidates who complete the program;
                    ``(B) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by embedding social and emotional learning 
                strategies and nonexclusionary, positive behavior-
                management practices into the general education 
                curriculum and academic content;
                    ``(C) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (A) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) response to intervention, positive 
                        behavioral interventions and supports 
                        (including eliminating the use of aversive 
                        interventions such as seclusion and 
                        restraints), differentiated instruction, and 
                        data-driven instruction (including the use of 
                        data to identify and address disparities in 
                        rates of discipline among student subgroups);
                            ``(ii) universal design for learning;
                            ``(iii) determining and utilizing 
                        accommodations for instruction and assessments 
                        for students with disabilities;
                            ``(iv) collaborating with stakeholders such 
                        as special educators, related services 
                        providers, out-of-school time providers, and 
                        parents, including participation in 
                        individualized education program development 
                        and implementation;
                            ``(v) appropriately utilizing technology 
                        and assistive technology for students with 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(vi) effectively and equitably using 
                        technology for digital and blended learning;
                    ``(D) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (B) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) social and emotional learning 
                        competencies;
                            ``(ii) positive behavior interventions and 
                        supports or multitiered systems of support;
                            ``(iii) trauma-informed care;
                            ``(iv) evidenced-based restorative justice 
                        practices; and
                            ``(v) culturally responsive teaching and 
                        anti-bias training that is evidence-based; and
                    ``(E) provide extensive clinical experience for 
                participants described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) 
                with mentoring and induction support throughout the 
                program that continues during the first 2 years of 
                full-time teaching.
    ``(f) Application.--
            ``(1) Application requirements.--An eligible partnership 
        seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require. Such application 
        shall include--
                    ``(A) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership 
                of the existing teacher preparation program at the 
                institution of higher education and needs related to 
                preparing general education teacher candidates to 
                instruct students with disabilities; and
                    ``(B) an assessment of the existing personnel needs 
                for general education teachers who instruct students 
                with disabilities, performed by the local educational 
                agency in which most graduates of the teacher 
                preparation program are likely to teach after 
                completion of the program under subsection (e)(1).
            ``(2) Peer review.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall convene a 
                peer review committee to review applications for grants 
                under this subpart and to make recommendations to the 
                Secretary regarding the selection of eligible 
                partnerships for such grants.
                    ``(B) Membership.--Members of the peer review 
                committee shall be recognized experts in the fields of 
                special education, social and emotional learning, 
                teacher preparation, and general education and shall 
                not be in a position to benefit financially from any 
                grants awarded under this section.
    ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this subpart, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) By the partnership.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                receiving a grant under this subpart shall conduct an 
                evaluation at the end of the grant period to 
                determine--
                            ``(i) the effectiveness of the general 
                        education teachers who completed a program 
                        under subsection (c)(1) with respect to 
                        instruction of students with disabilities in 
                        general education classrooms; and
                            ``(ii) the systemic impact of the 
                        activities carried out by such grant on how 
                        each institution of higher education that is a 
                        member of the partnership prepares teachers for 
                        instruction in elementary schools and secondary 
                        schools.
                    ``(B) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible 
                partnership performing an evaluation under subparagraph 
                (A) shall report the findings of such evaluation to the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Report by the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period for which an evaluation 
        was conducted under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make 
        available to the authorizing committees and the public the 
        findings of the evaluations submitted under paragraph (1), and 
        information on best practices related to effective instruction 
        of students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

    ``Subpart 3--Preparing Teachers for English-Learner Instruction

``SEC. 251. TEACHING ENGLISH LEARNERS GRANT.

    ``(a) Authorization of Program.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
preparation of teacher candidates to ensure that such teacher 
candidates possess the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively 
instruct English learners.
    ``(b) Duration of Grants.--A grant under this section shall be 
awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
    ``(c) Non-Federal Share.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section shall provide not less than 25 percent of the 
cost of the activities carried out with such grant from non-Federal 
sources, which may be provided in cash or in-kind.
    ``(d) Uses of Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to--
            ``(1) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
        postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation program by 
        integrating strategies for teaching English learners into the 
        education curriculum and academic content;
            ``(2) provide teacher candidates participating in a program 
        under paragraph (1) with skills related to--
                    ``(A) helping English learners--
                            ``(i) achieve at high levels in 
                        prekindergarten programs, and elementary 
                        schools and secondary schools so that such 
                        English learners can meet the challenging State 
                        academic standards adopted under section 
                        1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)) by 
                        the State of the school attended by the English 
                        learners, which all children in the State are 
                        expected to meet; and
                            ``(ii) attain English proficiency;
                    ``(B) appropriately identifying and meeting the 
                specific learning needs of children with disabilities 
                who are English learners;
                    ``(C) recognizing and addressing the social and 
                emotional needs of English learners; and
                    ``(D) promoting parental, family, and community 
                engagement in educational programs that serve English 
                learners;
            ``(3) provide authentic clinical learning opportunities for 
        teacher candidates participating in the program involving 
        sustained interactions with teachers and English learners at 
        public prekindergarten programs, or elementary schools or 
        secondary schools, to the extent practicable, or simulated 
        environments at the eligible institution of higher education 
        involved, that foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with 
        tasks required of a teacher providing instruction to English 
        learners; and
            ``(4) provide teacher candidates with the required 
        coursework to qualify for an English-as-a-second-language 
        certification, endorsement, or initial teaching credential, as 
        recognized by the State of the eligible partnership.
    ``(e) Application.--An eligible partnership seeking a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require. Such application shall include--
            ``(1) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        existing teacher preparation program at the institution of 
        higher education and the needs related to preparing teacher 
        candidates to instruct English learners in the manner described 
        in subsection (d)(2); and
            ``(2) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        personnel needs for teachers who instruct English learners at 
        local, public prekindergarten programs, and elementary schools 
        and secondary schools.
    ``(f) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(g) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) Report from eligible partnerships.--An eligible 
        partnership receiving a grant under this section shall submit 
        to the Secretary the results of an evaluation conducted by the 
        partnership at the end of the grant period to determine--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of teachers who completed a 
                program under subsection (d)(1) with respect to 
                instruction of English learners; and
                    ``(B) the systemic impact of the activities carried 
                out by such grant on how such partnership prepares 
                teachers to provide instruction in prekindergarten 
                programs, and elementary schools and secondary schools.
            ``(2) Report from the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period under this section, the 
        Secretary shall make available to the authorizing committees 
        and the public--
                    ``(A) the findings of the evaluations submitted 
                under paragraph (1); and
                    ``(B) information on best practices related to 
                effective instruction of English learners.

``Subpart 4--Graduate Fellowships To Prepare Faculty in High-Need Areas 
                        at Colleges of Education

``SEC. 261. GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS TO PREPARE FACULTY IN HIGH-NEED AREAS 
              AT COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.

    ``(a) Grants by Secretary.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make graduate 
fellowship awards to qualified individuals in accordance with the 
provisions of this section.
    ``(b) Eligible Institutions.--In this section, the term `eligible 
institution' means an institution of higher education, or a consortium 
of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study 
leading to a doctoral degree.
    ``(c) Applications.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may reasonably require.
    ``(d) Types of Fellowships Supported.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use the grant funds to provide 
        graduate fellowships to individuals who are preparing for the 
        professorate in order to prepare individuals to become 
        elementary school and secondary school science, technology, 
        engineering, and math teachers, special education teachers, and 
        teachers who provide instruction for English-learners, who meet 
        the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, 
        including any requirements for certification obtained through 
        alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special 
        education teachers, the qualifications described in section 
        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
        Act.
            ``(2) Types of study.--A graduate fellowship provided under 
        this section shall support an individual in pursuing 
        postbaccalaureate study, which leads to a doctoral degree and 
        may include a master's degree as part of such study, related to 
        teacher preparation and pedagogy in one of the following areas:
                    ``(A) Science, technology, engineering, 
                mathematics, and computer science, and their related 
                subfields, if the individual has completed a master's 
                degree in mathematics, engineering, science, or 
                computer science and is pursuing a doctoral degree in 
                mathematics, science, engineering, or education.
                    ``(B) Special education.
                    ``(C) The instruction of English-learners, 
                including postbaccalaureate study in language 
                instruction educational programs.
    ``(e) Fellowship Terms and Conditions.--
            ``(1) Selection of fellows.--The Secretary shall ensure 
        that an eligible institution that receives a grant under this 
        subpart--
                    ``(A) shall provide graduate fellowship awards to 
                individuals who plan to pursue a career in instruction 
                at an institution of higher education that has a 
                teacher preparation program; and
                    ``(B) may not provide a graduate fellowship to an 
                otherwise eligible individual--
                            ``(i) during periods in which such 
                        individual is enrolled at an institution of 
                        higher education unless such individual is 
                        maintaining satisfactory academic progress in, 
                        and devoting full-time study or research to, 
                        the pursuit of the degree for which the 
                        fellowship support was provided; or
                            ``(ii) if the individual is engaged in 
                        gainful employment, other than part-time 
                        employment related to teaching, research, or a 
                        similar activity determined by the institution 
                        to be consistent with and supportive of the 
                        individual's progress toward the degree for 
                        which the fellowship support was provided.
            ``(2) Amount of fellowship awards.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that 
                receives a grant under this subpart shall award 
                stipends to individuals who are provided graduate 
                fellowships under this subpart.
                    ``(B) Awards based on need.--A stipend provided 
                under this subpart shall be in an amount equal to the 
                level of support provided by the National Science 
                Foundation graduate fellowships, except that such 
                stipend shall be adjusted as necessary so as not to 
                exceed the fellowship recipient's demonstrated need, as 
                determined by the institution of higher education where 
                the fellowship recipient is enrolled.
            ``(3) Service requirement.--
                    ``(A) Teaching required.--Each individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship under this subpart and 
                earns a doctoral degree shall teach for 1 year at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program for each year of fellowship support 
                received under this section.
                    ``(B) Institutional obligation.--Each eligible 
                institution that receives a grant under this subpart 
                shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that the 
                institution has inquired of and determined the decision 
                of each individual who has received a graduate 
                fellowship to, within 3 years of receiving a doctoral 
                degree, begin employment at an institution of higher 
                education that has a teacher preparation program, as 
                required by this section.
                    ``(C) Agreement required.--Prior to receiving an 
                initial graduate fellowship award, and upon the annual 
                renewal of the graduate fellowship award, an individual 
                selected to receive a graduate fellowship under this 
                section shall sign an agreement with the Secretary 
                agreeing to pursue a career in instruction at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A).
                    ``(D) Failure to comply.--If an individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship award under this section 
                fails to comply with the agreement signed pursuant to 
                subparagraph (C), the sum of the amounts of any 
                graduate fellowship award received by such recipient 
                shall, upon a determination of such a failure, be 
                treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 
                under part D of title IV, and shall be subject to 
                repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from 
                the date of the fellowship award, in accordance with 
                terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in 
                regulations under this subpart.
                    ``(E) Modified service requirement.--The Secretary 
                may waive or modify the service requirement of this 
                paragraph in accordance with regulations promulgated by 
                the Secretary with respect to the criteria to determine 
                the circumstances under which compliance with such 
                service requirement is inequitable or represents a 
                substantial hardship. The Secretary may waive the 
                service requirement if compliance by the fellowship 
                recipient is determined to be inequitable or represent 
                a substantial hardship--
                            ``(i) because the individual is permanently 
                        and totally disabled at the time of the waiver 
                        request; or
                            ``(ii) based on documentation presented to 
                        the Secretary of substantial economic or 
                        personal hardship.
    ``(f) Institutional Support for Fellows.--An eligible institution 
that receives a grant under this section may reserve not more than ten 
percent of the grant amount for academic and career transition support 
for graduate fellowship recipients and for meeting the institutional 
obligation described in subsection (e)(3)(B).
    ``(g) Restriction on Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may not use grant funds for general 
operational overhead of the institution.

                    ``Subpart 5--General Provisions

``SEC. 271. COMPETITIVE PRIORITY.

    ``In awarding grants under subparts 1 through 4, the Secretary 
shall award competitive priority to eligible institutions, eligible 
partnerships, and eligible entities that demonstrate in the application 
for such a grant a plan to--
            ``(1) increase the diversity in the educator workforce 
        through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing diverse 
                teacher candidates; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain diverse teacher 
                candidates in high-needs schools;
            ``(2) address the shortage of teachers in high-needs fields 
        including science, technology, engineering, arts, mathematics, 
        or computer science through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing teacher 
                candidates to achieve certification, as required by the 
                State, to offer instruction in high-needs fields, 
                including science, technology, engineering, arts, 
                mathematics, or computer science; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain teachers of high-
                needs fields in high-needs schools; and
            ``(3) expand the pipeline of school leaders through 
        preparing teacher leaders, which may be achieved by efforts 
        that may include--
                    ``(A) embedding pedagogical coursework for teacher 
                candidates that fosters--
                            ``(i) leadership and advocacy skills;
                            ``(ii) knowledge of school management and 
                        finance;
                            ``(iii) school operations and business 
                        skills;
                            ``(iv) effective use and management of 
                        educational technology;
                            ``(v) strategies for community and family 
                        engagement; and
                            ``(vi) mentorship and coaching strategies; 
                        and
                    ``(B) providing opportunities for teacher 
                candidates to receive--
                            ``(i) exposure to and modeling from teacher 
                        leaders and school leaders; and
                            ``(ii) ongoing support and continuation of 
                        professional development on teacher or other 
                        school leadership once exiting the teacher or 
                        other school leader preparation program.''.

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

SEC. 3001. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Strengthening Institutions.--Section 311(d) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057(d)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``or greater than'' and inserting 
                ``50 percent of''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarship.--An eligible institution that uses grant 
        funds provided under this section to establish or increase an 
        endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such 
        endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes 
        of attending such institution.''.
    (b) Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.--Section 
316(c)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(c)(3)) 
is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B)--
                    (A) by striking ``matching funds'' and inserting 
                ``matching funds (which may include gifts to the 
                endowment fund restricted for a specific purpose)''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to the Federal funds'' and 
                inserting ``equal to 50 percent of the Federal funds''; 
                and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (c) Definition of Student Count; Use of Unexpended Funds; 
Elimination of Pre-Approval Requirement.--Section 316(d) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraph (1);
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as 
        paragraphs (1) through (3), respectively; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B)(i)(I), by striking ``based 
                on the respective Indian student counts (as defined in 
                section 2(a) of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
                Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(a)) 
                of the Tribal Colleges and Universities.'' and 
                inserting ``based on the respective full-time 
                equivalent of all enrolled students.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Use of unexpended funds.--Any funds paid to 
                an institution and not expended or used for the 
                purposes for which the funds were paid during the 5-
                year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award, may be carried over and expended during the 
                succeeding 5-year period, if such funds were obligated 
                for a purpose for which the funds were paid during the 
                5-year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award.''.
    (d) Promoting the Sustainability of Native American Languages.--
Part A of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 
et seq.) is further amended by inserting after section 316 (20 U.S.C. 
1059c) the following:

``SEC. 316A. NATIVE AMERICAN LANGUAGE VITALIZATION AND TRAINING 
              PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        subsection (d), the Secretary shall establish the Native 
        American Language Vitalization and Training Program under which 
        the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to 
        eligible institutions to promote the preservation, 
        revitalization, relevancy, and use of Native American 
        languages.
            ``(2) Term.--The term of a grant under this section shall 
        be not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Application.--
                    ``(A) Streamlined process.--In carrying out the 
                program under this section, the Secretary shall 
                establish application requirements in such a manner as 
                to simplify and streamline the process for the grant 
                application under this section.
                    ``(B) In general.--To be eligible to receive a 
                grant under this subsection, an eligible institution 
                shall submit to the Secretary an application at such 
                time, in such manner, and in accordance with any other 
                application requirements described in subparagraph (A), 
                that the Secretary may prescribe, and including the 
                following:
                            ``(i) A description of the 5-year program 
                        of the eligible institution for meeting the 
                        needs of American Indians, Alaska Natives, or 
                        Native Hawaiians, as appropriate, in the area 
                        served by the institution, and how such plan is 
                        consistent with the purposes described in 
                        paragraph (1).
                            ``(ii)(I) An identification of the 
                        population to be served by the eligible 
                        institution; and
                            ``(II) an identification of the status of 
                        Native American language understanding and use 
                        within that population and a description of the 
                        manner in which the program will help preserve 
                        and revitalize the relevant Native American 
                        language.
                            ``(iii) A description of the services to be 
                        provided under the program, including the 
                        manner in which the services will be integrated 
                        with other appropriate activities.
                            ``(iv) A description, to be prepared in 
                        consultation with the Secretary, of the 
                        performance measures to be used to assess the 
                        performance of the eligible institution in 
                        carrying out the program.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution may use a grant under 
this section to carry out activities consistent with the purposes 
described in subsection (a)(1), including--
            ``(1) curriculum development and academic instruction, 
        including educational activities, programs, and partnerships 
        relating to students in early childhood education programs 
        through grade 12;
            ``(2) professional development for faculty at the eligible 
        institution and in-service training programs for early 
        childhood education programs through grade 12 instructors and 
        administrators; and
            ``(3) innovative Native American language programs for 
        students in early childhood education programs through grade 
        12, including language immersion programs.
    ``(c) Applicability of Other Provisions.--
            ``(1) Concurrent funding.--
                    ``(A) Tribal college or university.--An eligible 
                institution that is a Tribal College or University may 
                receive a grant under this section and funds under 
                section 316 concurrently.
                    ``(B) Alaska native-serving institution or native 
                hawaiian-serving institution.--An eligible institution 
                that is an Alaska Native-serving institution or Native 
                Hawaiian-serving institution may receive a grant under 
                this section and funds under section 317 concurrently.
            ``(2) Exemption.--Sections 312(b) and 313(d) shall not 
        apply to an eligible institution that receives a grant under 
        this section.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means--
                    ``(A) a Tribal College or University, as defined in 
                section 316;
                    ``(B) an Alaska Native-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317; or
                    ``(C) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317.
            ``(2) Native american.--The term `Native American' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 371(c)(6).''.
    (e) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 318(d)(3) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (f) Technical Correction to Section 318.--Section 318(i) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Special Rule 
        on Eligibility'' and inserting ``Special Rules'';
            (2) by striking ``No Predominantly'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Eligibility.--No Predominantly''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
        institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this 
        section.''.
    (g) State Relief From Federal Higher Education Mandate.--Part A of 
title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 et seq.) 
is amended by inserting after section 319 the following:

``SEC. 319A. STATE RELIEF FROM FEDERAL HIGHER EDUCATION MANDATE.

    ``(a) Amount of Payment.--For fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years, the Secretary may pay to any eligible college 
an amount that equals the charges for tuition waived by the college (as 
described in subsection (e)(1)) for the academic year ending before the 
beginning of such fiscal year for Native American Indian students who 
were enrolled in the college for such academic year and who were not 
residents of the State in which the college is located during such 
academic year.
    ``(b) Treatment of Payment.--Any amounts received by an eligible 
college under subsection (a) shall be treated as a reimbursement from 
the State in which the college is located, which is provided in 
fulfillment of any Federal mandate upon the State to waive charges for 
tuition for Native American Indian students.
    ``(c) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be 
construed to relieve any State from any mandate the State may have 
under Federal law to reimburse an eligible college for an academic 
year--
            ``(1) with respect to Native American Indian students 
        enrolled in the college who are not residents of the State in 
        which the college is located, any amount of charges for tuition 
        waived by the college for such students that exceeds the amount 
        received by the college under subsection (a) for such academic 
        year; and
            ``(2) with respect to Native American Indian students 
        enrolled in the college who are residents of the State in which 
        the college is located, an amount equal to the charges for 
        tuition waived by the college for such students for such 
        academic year.
    ``(d) Applicability.--
            ``(1) In general.--The provisions of any other section of 
        this part or part G shall not apply with respect to funds paid 
        under this section.
            ``(2) No effect on eligibility.--Funds received by a Native 
        American-serving, nontribal institution under this section 
        shall not be taken into account for purposes of section 
        319(d)(3)(A).
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible college.--The term `eligible college' means 
        any 4-year Native American-serving, nontribal institution that 
        waives the charges for tuition as mandated by Federal statute, 
        with the support of the State in which the institution is 
        located, for Native American Indian students in fulfillment of 
        a condition under which the institution or State received its 
        original grant of land and facilities from the United States.
            ``(2) Native american indian students.--The term `Native 
        American Indian students' includes reference to the term 
        `Indian pupils' as that term has been utilized in Federal 
        statutes imposing a mandate upon any eligible college or State 
        to waive charges for tuition for Native American Indian 
        students in fulfillment of a condition under which the college 
        or State received its original grant of land and facilities 
        from the United States.
            ``(3) Native american-serving, nontribal institution.--The 
        term `Native American-serving, nontribal institution' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 319(b).
    ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds under this section shall be 
used to supplement, not supplant, any Federal or non-Federal funds that 
would otherwise be used for Indian education programs.''.
    (h) Technical Correction to Section 320.--Section 320(d)(3)(A) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059g(d)(3)(A)) is amended 
by inserting ``part A of'' after ``or''.

SEC. 3002. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

    (a) Allowable Uses of Funds.--Section 323(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraphs (6) and (7) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(6) Tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion.
            ``(7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition 
        of technology, services, and equipment for use in strengthening 
        funds and administrative management.'';
            (2) in paragraph (10)--
                    (A) by striking ``teacher education'' and inserting 
                ``traditional or alternative route teacher 
                preparation''; and
                    (B) by striking ``preparation for teacher 
                certification'' and inserting ``preparation of 
                graduates for teacher certification or licensure'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph (19); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (14) the following:
            ``(15) Distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(16) Establishing or improving a program that produces 
        improved results in the educational outcomes of African 
        American males.
            ``(17) Scholarships, fellowships, and other financial 
        assistance for financially needy undergraduate students, as 
        determined by the institution, to permit the enrollment and 
        degree completion of such students in the physical or natural 
        sciences, engineering, mathematics or other scientific 
        disciplines in which African Americas are underrepresented, 
        except that not more than 30 percent of the grant amount may be 
        for this purpose.
            ``(18) Establishing or improving an office of sponsored 
        programs to assist with identifying external funding 
        opportunities, applying for external funding, and administering 
        grant awards.''.
    (b) Historically Black Colleges and Universities.--Section 323(b) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses 
        grant funds provided under this section to establish or 
        increase an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from 
        such endowment to provide scholarships to students for the 
        purposes of attending such institution.''.
    (c) Allotments and Application Process.--
            (1) Allotments.--Section 324 of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended--
                    (A) in subsection (c), by striking ``5'' and 
                inserting ``6'';
                    (B) in subsection (d)(1), by striking subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) less than $500,000 for a part B institution 
                which has received a grant under this part, the 
                Secretary shall award the part B institution an 
                allotment in the amount of $500,000; and
                    ``(B) less than $250,000 for a part B institution 
                which has not received a grant under this part for a 
                fiscal year prior to fiscal year 2017, the Secretary 
                shall award the part B institution an allotment in the 
                amount of $250,000.''; and
                    (C) in subsection (h)--
                            (i) in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)(C), by 
                        striking ``within 5 years'' each time it 
                        appears and inserting ``within 6 years''; and
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Limitation for new institutions.--Notwithstanding any 
        other provision of this section, no part B institution that 
        would otherwise be eligible for funds under this part shall 
        receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year, 
        unless--
                    ``(A) such institution received an allotment under 
                this part for fiscal year 2017; or
                    ``(B) the amount appropriated under section 
                399(a)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is not less than 
                $275,000,000.''.
            (2) Applications.--Section 325(c) of the Higher Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063a(c)) is amended by inserting ``, 
        including goals to enhance student retention, graduation, and 
        postgraduate outcomes,'' after ``management and academic 
        programs''.
    (d) Professional or Graduate Institutions.--Section 326(c) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)--
                    (A) by striking ``equipment,'' and inserting 
                ``equipment, technology, and services,''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``and administrative'' after ``in 
                strengthening funds'';
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (12) as paragraph (13); and
            (3) by striking paragraph (11) and inserting the following:
            ``(11) tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion; and
            ``(12) distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services; 
        and''.
    (e) Eligibility.--Section 326(e)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(e)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (W), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in subparagraph (X), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(Y) University of the Virgin Islands School of 
                Medicine.''.
    (f) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--Section 326(h) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(h)) is amended by 
striking ``or 724'' and inserting ``724, or 727.''.

SEC. 3003. HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING.

    (a) Bond Insurance and Capital Finance of STEM Facilities.--Section 
343 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``an escrow 
                account'' and inserting ``a bond insurance fund'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``(except that 
                loans for the purpose of science, technology, 
                engineering, or mathematics related academic facilities 
                shall carry not more than a 1 percent rate of 
                interest)'' after ``charge such interest on loans'';
                    (C) in paragraph (8)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``an escrow account'' and 
                        inserting ``a bond insurance fund''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the 
                        escrow account'' and inserting ``the bond 
                        insurance fund'';
                    (D) in paragraph (9), by striking ``escrow 
                account'' each place it appears and inserting ``bond 
                insurance fund''; and
                    (E) in paragraph (12), by striking ``, except as 
                otherwise required by the Secretary''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``escrow account'' each 
        place it appears and inserting ``bond insurance fund''.
    (b) Increased Aggregate Bond Limit.--Section 344 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066c) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``$1,100,000,000'' and inserting ``$3,600,000,000'';
            (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$733,333,333'' and 
        inserting ``two-thirds''; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$366,666,667'' and 
        inserting ``one-third''.
    (c) Strengthening Technical Assistance.--Section 345 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (8), by inserting ``and'' at the end;
            (2) by striking paragraph (9) and inserting the following:
            ``(9) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide 
        financial counseling and technical assistance to eligible 
        institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, 
        and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under 
        this part.''; and
            (3) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
            ``(10) may provide for the modification or deferment of a 
        loan made under this part based on need of the institution, as 
        defined by the Secretary, for a period not to exceed 6 fiscal 
        years, and, during the period of deferment of such a loan, 
        interest on the loan will not accrue or be capitalized.''.
    (d) HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board.--Paragraph (2) of 
Section 347(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066f(c)) 
is amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) Report.--On an annual basis, the Advisory Board shall 
        prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report on--
                    ``(A) the status of the historically Black colleges 
                and universities described in paragraph (1)(A);
                    ``(B) an overview of all loans awarded under the 
                program under this part, including the most recent 
                loans awarded for the fiscal year in which the report 
                is submitted; and
                    ``(C) administrative and legislative 
                recommendations for addressing the issues related to 
                construction financing facing historically Black 
                colleges and universities.''.

SEC. 3004. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 
              AND OTHER MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 371(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1067q(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking 
                ``appropriated,'' and all that follows through ``2019'' 
                and inserting the following: ``appropriated, 
                $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each succeeding 
                fiscal year''; and
                    (B) by striking the second sentence; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting 
                        ``$117,500,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting ``$99,875,000'';
                            (iii) in clause (iii)--
                                    (I) by striking ``$55,000,000'' and 
                                inserting ``$65,000,000''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``(D)'' and 
                                inserting ``(E)'';
                            (iv) by redesignating clause (iii) as 
                        clause (iv); and
                            (v) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                            ``(iii) $17,625,000 shall be available for 
                        allocation under subparagraph (D);'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as 
                subparagraph (E) and--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$30,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$35,000,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$15,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$18,000,000''; and
                            (iii) in clauses (iii) and (iv), by 
                        striking ``$5,000,000'' each place it appears 
                        and inserting ``$6,000,000''; and
                    (C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the 
                following:
                    ``(C) Allocation and allotment hbcus.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(1) and shall be made available as grants 
                under section 323 and allotted among such institutions 
                under section 324, treating such amount, plus the 
                amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular 
                or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out part B 
                of this title, as the amount appropriated to carry out 
                part B of this title for purposes of allotments under 
                section 324, for use by such institutions with a 
                priority for--
                            ``(i) activities described in paragraphs 
                        (1), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of section 323(a); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) other activities, consistent with 
                        the institution's comprehensive plan and 
                        designed to increase the institution's capacity 
                        to prepare students for careers in the physical 
                        or natural sciences, mathematics, computer 
                        science or information technology or sciences, 
                        engineering, language instruction in the less-
                        commonly taught languages or international 
                        affairs, or nursing or allied health 
                        professions.
                    ``(D) Allocation and allotment pbis.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(iii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(5) and shall be available for a 
                competitive grant program to award grants of $600,000 
                annually for programs in any of the following areas:
                            ``(i) science, technology, engineering, or 
                        mathematics (STEM);
                            ``(ii) health education;
                            ``(iii) internationalization or 
                        globalization;
                            ``(iv) teacher preparation; or
                            ``(v) improving educational outcomes of 
                        African American males.''.

SEC. 3005. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 399(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1068h(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``2019'';
            (2) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$135,000,000'' and inserting ``$150,000,000'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$45,000,000'';
                    (C) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                ``$15,000,000'' and inserting ``$25,000,000'';
                    (D) in subparagraph (D), by striking 
                ``$75,000,000'' and inserting ``$90,000,000'';
                    (E) in subparagraph (E), by striking 
                ``$25,000,000'' and inserting ``$30,000,000'';
                    (F) in subparagraph (F), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$60,000,000'';
                    (G) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as 
                subparagraph (G); and
                    (H) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the 
                following:
            ``(F) Section 319a.--There is authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out section 319A $17,400,000 for fiscal year 2019 and 
        each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.'';
            (3) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$375,000,000'' and inserting ``$400,000,000''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$125,000,000'' and inserting ``$135,000,000'';
            (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$220,000,000''; and
            (5) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ``$185,000'' and 
        inserting ``$225,000''.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

SEC. 4001. EFFECTIVE DATE FOR TITLE IV.

    Except as otherwise provided in this title or the amendments made 
by this title, this title and the amendments made by this title shall 
take effect on July 1, 2019.

                                 PART A

SEC. 4011. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) 
is amended--
            (1) by striking subsections (a) and (b) and inserting the 
        following:
    ``(a) Program Authority and Method of Distribution.--
            ``(1) For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall pay to each 
        eligible institution such sums as may be necessary to pay to 
        each eligible student (defined in accordance with section 484) 
        for each academic year during which that student is in 
        attendance at an institution of higher education, as an 
        undergraduate, a Federal Pell Grant in the amount for which 
        that student is eligible, as determined pursuant to subsection 
        (b). Not less than 85 percent of such sums shall be advanced to 
        eligible institutions prior to the start of each payment period 
        and shall be based upon an amount requested by the institution 
        as needed to pay eligible students until such time as the 
        Secretary determines and publishes in the Federal Register with 
        an opportunity for comment, an alternative payment system that 
        provides payments to institutions in an accurate and timely 
        manner, except that this sentence shall not be construed to 
        limit the authority of the Secretary to place an institution on 
        a reimbursement system of payment.
            ``(2) Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to 
        prohibit the Secretary from paying directly to students, in 
        advance of the beginning of the academic term, an amount for 
        which they are eligible, in cases where the eligible 
        institution elects not to participate in the disbursement 
        system required by paragraph (1).
            ``(3) Grants made under this subpart shall be known as 
        `Federal Pell Grants'.
    ``(b) Purpose and Amount of Grants.--
            ``(1) Amount.--The amount of the Federal Pell Grant for a 
        student eligible under this subpart shall be--
                    ``(A) the maximum Federal Pell Grant described in 
                paragraph (6); less
                    ``(B) the amount equal to the amount determined to 
                be the expected family contribution with respect to 
                such student for such year.
            ``(2) In any case where a student attends an institution of 
        higher education on less than a full-time basis (including a 
        student who attends an institution of higher education on less 
        than a half-time basis) during any academic year, the amount of 
        the Federal Pell Grant to which that student is entitled shall 
        be reduced in proportion to the degree to which that student is 
        not so attending on a full-time basis, in accordance with a 
        schedule of reductions established by the Secretary for the 
        purposes of this division, computed in accordance with this 
        subpart. Such schedule of reductions shall be established by 
        regulation and published in the Federal Register in accordance 
        with section 482 of this Act.
            ``(3) No Federal Pell Grant under this subpart shall exceed 
        the difference between the expected family contribution for a 
        student and the cost of attendance (as defined in section 472) 
        at the institution at which that student is in attendance. If, 
        with respect to any student, it is determined that the amount 
        of a Federal Pell Grant plus the amount of the expected family 
        contribution for that student exceeds the cost of attendance 
        for that year, the amount of the Federal Pell Grant shall be 
        reduced until the combination of expected family contribution 
        and the amount of the Federal Pell Grant does not exceed the 
        cost of attendance at such institution.
            ``(4) No Federal Pell Grant shall be awarded to a student 
        under this subpart if the amount of that grant for that student 
        as determined under this subsection for any academic year is 
        less than ten percent of the maximum Federal Pell Grant 
        described in paragraph (6) for such academic year.
            ``(5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, 
        the Secretary shall allow the amount of the Federal Pell Grant 
        to be exceeded for students participating in a program of study 
        abroad approved for credit by the institution at which the 
        student is enrolled when the reasonable costs of such program 
        are greater than the cost of attendance at the student's home 
        institution, except that the amount of such Federal Pell Grant 
        in any fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum amount of a 
        Federal Pell Grant award described in paragraph (6), for which 
        a student is eligible during such award year. If the preceding 
        sentence applies, the financial aid administrator at the home 
        institution may use the cost of the study abroad program, 
        rather than the home institution's cost, to determine the cost 
        of attendance of the student.
            ``(6) Maximum federal pell grant.--
                    ``(A) Award year 2019-2020.--For award year 2019-
                2020, the maximum Federal Pell Grant shall be $6,595.
                    ``(B) Subsequent award years.--For award year 2020-
                2021 and each subsequent award year, the maximum 
                Federal Pell Grant shall be equal to the total maximum 
                Federal Pell Grant for the preceding award year under 
                this paragraph--
                            ``(i) increased by the annual adjustment 
                        percentage for the award year for which the 
                        amount under this subparagraph is being 
                        determined; and
                            ``(ii) rounded to the nearest $5.
                    ``(C) Definition of annual adjustment percentage.--
                In this paragraph, the term `annual adjustment 
                percentage', as applied to an award year, is equal to 
                the estimated percentage increase in the Consumer Price 
                Index (as determined by the Secretary, using the 
                definition in section 478(f)) for the most recent 
                calendar year ending prior to the beginning of that 
                award year.
            ``(7)(A) Effective in the 2017-2018 award year and 
        thereafter, the Secretary shall award an eligible student not 
        more than one and one-half Federal Pell Grants during a single 
        award year to permit such student to work toward completion of 
        an eligible program if, during that single award year, the 
        student--
                    ``(i) has received a Federal Pell Grant for an 
                award year and is enrolled in an eligible program for 
                one or more additional payment periods during the same 
                award year that are not otherwise fully covered by the 
                student's Federal Pell Grant; and
                    ``(ii) is enrolled on at least a half-time basis 
                while receiving any funds under this section.
            ``(B) In the case of a student receiving more than one 
        Federal Pell Grant in a single award year under subparagraph 
        (A), the total amount of Federal Pell Grants awarded to such 
        student for the award year may exceed the maximum Federal Pell 
        Grant available for an award year.
            ``(C) Any period of study covered by a Federal Pell Grant 
        awarded under subparagraph (A) shall be included in determining 
        a student's duration limit under subsection (c)(5).
            ``(D) In any case where an eligible student is receiving a 
        Federal Pell Grant for a payment period that spans two award 
        years, the Secretary shall allow the eligible institution in 
        which the student is enrolled to determine the award year to 
        which the additional period shall be assigned, as it determines 
        is most beneficial to students.'';
            (2) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the matter 
                preceding subparagraph (A) and inserting the following: 
                ``After receiving an application for a Federal Pell 
                Grant under this subpart, the Secretary (including any 
                contractor of the Secretary processing applications for 
                Federal Pell Grants under this subpart) shall, in a 
                timely manner, furnish to the student financial aid 
                administrator at each institution of higher education 
                that a student awarded a Federal Pell Grant under this 
                subpart is attending, the expected family contribution 
                for each such student. Each such student financial 
                administrator shall--''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) by striking ``after academic year 1986-
                        1987''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``the Committee on 
                        Appropriations of the Senate, the Committee on 
                        Appropriations of the House of Representatives, 
                        and'';
            (3) by striking subsections (g) and (h);
            (4) by redesignating subsections (i) and (j) as subsections 
        (g) and (h), respectively;
            (5) in subsection (h), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by inserting before the period 
                the following: ``, or if such institution of higher 
                education is subject to an ineligibility determination 
                under section 435(a)(9)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by inserting ``or final 
                adjusted cohort default rate'' before 
                ``determination''; and
            (6) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(k) Appropriation of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated, 
        and there are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury 
        not otherwise appropriated--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2019, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $19,448,200,000;
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2020, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $20,610,000,000;
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2021, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $21,887,400,000;
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2022, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $23,305,600,000;
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2023, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $24,609,400,000;
                    ``(F) for fiscal year 2024, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $26,119,400,000;
                    ``(G) for fiscal year 2025, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $27,776,200,000;
                    ``(H) for fiscal year 2026, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $29,463,000,000;
                    ``(I) for fiscal year 2027, the greater of--
                            ``(i) the coverage amount; or
                            ``(ii) $31,339,200,000; and
                    ``(J) for each subsequent fiscal year, the coverage 
                amount.
            ``(2) Coverage amount defined.--In this subsection, the 
        term `coverage amount' means, with respect to a fiscal year, 
        such sums as may be necessary to cover 60 percent of the costs 
        of the Federal Pell Grant Program.''.

SEC. 4012. AMENDMENTS TO PELL GRANT ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 401(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1) by striking ``except'' and all that 
        follows and inserting ``except--
                    ``(A) that any period during which the student is 
                enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as 
                define in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the 
                purpose of this paragraph; and
                    ``(B) in the case of a student who received Pell 
                Grants during an undergraduate baccalaureate course of 
                study, but did not exhaust the maximum period of 
                eligibility as described in paragraph (5), the period 
                during which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants 
                shall also include the period required for the 
                completion of the first postbaccalaureate course of 
                study up to the maximum period of eligibility.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (5)--
                    (A) by striking ``(5) The period'' and inserting 
                the following: ``(5) Maximum period.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraph (B), the period'';
                    (B) by striking ``12'' each place the term appears 
                and inserting ``14''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) Exception.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Any Federal Pell Grant 
                        that a student received during a period 
                        described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause 
                        (ii) shall not count toward the student's 
                        duration limits under this paragraph.
                            ``(ii) Applicable periods.--Clause (i) 
                        shall apply with respect to any Federal Pell 
                        Grant awarded to a student to attend an 
                        institution--
                                    ``(I) during a period--
                                            ``(aa) for which the 
                                        student received a loan under 
                                        this title; and
                                            ``(bb) for which the loan 
                                        described in item (aa) is 
                                        forgiven under--

                                                    ``(AA) section 
                                                437(c)(1) or 464(g)(1) 
                                                due to the closing of 
                                                the institution;

                                                    ``(BB) section 
                                                455(h) due to the 
                                                student's successful 
                                                assertion of a defense 
                                                to repayment of the 
                                                loan; or

                                                    ``(CC) section 
                                                432(a)(6), section 
                                                685.215 of title 34, 
                                                Code of Federal 
                                                Regulations (or a 
                                                successor regulation), 
                                                or any other loan 
                                                forgiveness provision 
                                                or regulation under 
                                                this Act, as a result 
                                                of a determination by 
                                                the Secretary or a 
                                                court that the 
                                                institution committed 
                                                fraud or other 
                                                misconduct; or

                                    ``(II) during a period for which 
                                the student did not receive a loan 
                                under this title but for which, if the 
                                student had received such a loan, the 
                                student would have qualified for loan 
                                forgiveness under subclause (I)(bb).''.

SEC. 4013. EXTENDING FEDERAL PELL GRANT ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN SHORT-
              TERM PROGRAMS.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) 
is further amended by inserting after subsection (h) the following:
    ``(i) Job Training Federal Pell Grant Program.--
            ``(1) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Eligible career pathway program.--The term 
                `eligible career pathway program' means a program 
                that--
                            ``(i) meets the requirements of section 
                        484(d)(2);
                            ``(ii) is a program of training services 
                        listed under section 122(d) of the Workforce 
                        Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 
                        3152(d)); and
                            ``(iii) is part of a career pathway, as 
                        defined in section 3 of such Act (29 U.S.C. 
                        3102).
                    ``(B) Job training program.--The term `job training 
                program' means a career and technical education program 
                at an institution of higher education that--
                            ``(i) provides not less than 150, and not 
                        more than 600, clock hours of instructional 
                        time over a period of not less than 8, and not 
                        more than 15, weeks;
                            ``(ii) provides training aligned with the 
                        requirements of employers in the State or local 
                        area, which may include in-demand industry 
                        sectors or occupations, as defined in section 3 
                        of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act 
                        (29 U.S.C. 3102), in the State or local area 
                        (as defined in such section);
                            ``(iii) is a program of training services, 
                        and provided through an eligible provider of 
                        training services, listed under section 122(d) 
                        of such Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(d));
                            ``(iv) provides a student, upon completion 
                        of the program, with a recognized postsecondary 
                        credential, as defined in section 3 of such 
                        Act, that is recognized by employers in the 
                        relevant industry, including credentials 
                        recognized by industry or sector partnerships 
                        in the State or local area where the industry 
                        is located;
                            ``(v) has been determined, by the 
                        institution of higher education, to provide 
                        academic content, an amount of instructional 
                        time, and a recognized postsecondary credential 
                        that are sufficient to--
                                    ``(I) meet the hiring requirements 
                                of potential employers; and
                                    ``(II) satisfy any applicable 
                                educational prerequisite requirement 
                                for professional licensure or 
                                certification, so that the student who 
                                completes the program and seeks 
                                employment qualifies to take any 
                                licensure or certification examination 
                                needed to practice or find employment 
                                in an occupation that the program 
                                prepares students to enter;
                            ``(vi) may include integrated or basic 
                        skills courses; and
                            ``(vii) may be offered as part of an 
                        eligible career pathway program.
            ``(2) In general.--For the award year beginning on July 1, 
        2019, and each subsequent award year, the Secretary shall carry 
        out a program through which the Secretary shall award job 
        training Federal Pell Grants to students in job training 
        programs. Each job training Federal Pell Grant awarded under 
        this subsection shall have the same terms and conditions, and 
        be awarded in the same manner, as a Federal Pell Grant awarded 
        under subsection (a), except as follows:
                    ``(A) A student who is eligible to receive a job 
                training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection is a 
                student who--
                            ``(i) has not yet attained a baccalaureate 
                        degree or postbaccalaureate degree;
                            ``(ii) attends an institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iii) is enrolled, or accepted for 
                        enrollment, in a job training program at such 
                        institution of higher education; and
                            ``(iv) meets all other eligibility 
                        requirements for a Federal Pell Grant (except 
                        with respect to the type of program of study, 
                        as provided in clause (iii)).
                    ``(B) The amount of a job training Federal Pell 
                Grant for an eligible student shall be determined under 
                subsection (b)(1), except that--
                            ``(i) the maximum Federal Pell Grant 
                        awarded under this subsection for an award year 
                        shall be 50 percent of the maximum Federal Pell 
                        Grant awarded under subsection (b)(5) 
                        applicable to that award year; and
                            ``(ii) subsection (b)(4) shall not apply.
            ``(3) Inclusion in total eligibility period.--Any period 
        during which a student receives a job training Federal Pell 
        Grant under this subsection shall be included in calculating 
        the student's period of eligibility for Federal Pell Grants 
        under subsection (c), and any regulations under such subsection 
        regarding students who are enrolled in an undergraduate program 
        on less than a full-time basis shall similarly apply to 
        students who are enrolled in a job training program at an 
        eligible institution on less than a full-time basis.''.

SEC. 4014. PROVIDING FEDERAL PELL GRANTS FOR IRAQ AND AFGHANISTAN 
              VETERAN'S DEPENDENTS.

    (a) Amendments.--Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a et seq.) is amended in section 401 by inserting 
after subsection (i) the following:
    ``(j) Scholarships for Veteran's Dependents.--
            ``(1) Definition of eligible veteran's dependent.--In this 
        subsection, the term `eligible veteran's dependent' means a 
        dependent or an independent student--
                    ``(A) whose parent or guardian was a member of the 
                Armed Forces of the United States and died as a result 
                of performing military service in Iraq or Afghanistan 
                after September 11, 2001; and
                    ``(B) who, at the time of the parent or guardian's 
                death, was--
                            ``(i) less than 24 years of age; or
                            ``(ii) enrolled at an institution of higher 
                        education on a part-time or full-time basis.
            ``(2) Grants.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award a 
                Federal Pell Grant, as modified in accordance with the 
                requirements of this subsection, to each eligible 
                veteran's dependent to assist in paying the eligible 
                veteran's dependent's cost of attendance at an 
                institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) Designation.--Federal Pell Grants made under 
                this subsection may be known as `Iraq and Afghanistan 
                Service Grants'.
            ``(3) Prevention of double benefits.--No eligible veteran's 
        dependent may receive a grant under both this subsection and 
        subsections (a) or (i).
            ``(4) Terms and conditions.--The Secretary shall award Iraq 
        and Afghanistan Service Grants under this subsection in the 
        same manner and with the same terms and conditions, including 
        the length of the period of eligibility, as the Secretary 
        awards Federal Pell Grants under subsection (a), except that--
                    ``(A) the award rules and determination of need 
                applicable to the calculation of Federal Pell Grants 
                under subsection (a) shall not apply to Iraq and 
                Afghanistan Service Grants;
                    ``(B) the provisions of paragraph (1)(B) and (3) of 
                subsection (b), and subsection (f), shall not apply;
                    ``(C) the maximum period determined under 
                subsection (c)(5) shall be determined by including all 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants received by the 
                eligible veteran's dependent, including such Grants 
                received under subpart 10 before the effective date of 
                this subsection; and
                    ``(D) an Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant to an 
                eligible veteran's dependent for any award year shall 
                equal the maximum Federal Pell Grant available under 
                subsection (b)(5) for that award year, except that an 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant--
                            ``(i) shall not exceed the cost of 
                        attendance of the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        for that award year; and
                            ``(ii) shall be adjusted to reflect the 
                        attendance by the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        on a less than full-time basis in the same 
                        manner as such adjustments are made for a 
                        Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
            ``(5) Estimated financial assistance.--For purposes of 
        determinations of need under part F, an Iraq and Afghanistan 
        Service Grant shall not be treated as estimated financial 
        assistance as described in sections 471(3) and 480(j).''.
    (b) Effective Date; Transition.--
            (1) Effective date.--The amendments made by this section 
        shall take effect with respect to the award year immediately 
        following the date of enactment of this Act.
            (2) Transition.--The Secretary shall take such steps as are 
        necessary to transition from the Iraq and Afghanistan Service 
        Grants program under subpart 10 of part A of title IV of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070h), as in effect on 
        the day before the effective date of this section, and the Iraq 
        and Afghanistan Service Grants program under section 401(j) of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a(j)), as 
        amended by this section.

SEC. 4015. FEDERAL PELL GRANT FRAUD PREVENTION.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a et seq.) is amended in section 401, by inserting after subsection 
(j) the following:
    ``(k) Prevention of Fraud.--
            ``(1) Report.--Not later than December 31 of each year, the 
        Secretary shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing 
        committees that includes the following information with respect 
        to unusual enrollment history:
                    ``(A) The number and percentage of total applicants 
                who were flagged for an unusual enrollment history in 
                the preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of institutions 
                that have had fewer than 2 percent of applicants 
                flagged for an unusual enrollment history in the 
                preceding award year.
                    ``(C) The name of every institution that has had 
                more than 3 percent of total applicants flagged for an 
                unusual enrollment history in the preceding award year.
                    ``(D) If the percentage of total applicants in 
                subparagraph (A) is greater than 2 percent, a detailed 
                plan from the Secretary as to how to reduce that 
                percentage below 2 percent by the following award year.
            ``(2) Definition.--For the purposes of this subsection the 
        term `unusual enrollment history' means, with respect to the 
        application for Federal student aid--
                    ``(A) a pattern in which a student attends an 
                institution long enough to receive a disbursement of 
                credit balance funds authorized by this title, does not 
                complete the enrollment period, enrolls at another 
                institution and repeats this pattern to collect an 
                additional credit balance of funds authorized by this 
                title without earning academic credit; or
                    ``(B) any other enrollment pattern that the 
                Department of Education believes may signal an attempt 
                by a student to receive funds authorized under this 
                title in a fraudulent manner.''.

SEC. 4016. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS TO ACADEMIC COMPETITIVENESS GRANTS.

    Section 401A(d)(1)(B)(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1070a-1(d)(1)(B)(i)) is amended by striking ``section 
401(b)(2)(B)'' and inserting ``section 401(b)(2)''.

SEC. 4017. FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAM.

    Section 402A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
11) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``$200,000'' and all 
        that follows through the period at the end and inserting the 
        following: ``$220,000, except that for any fiscal year for 
        which such minimum individual grant amount would result in 
        fewer than 2,780 grants awarded under this chapter, an 
        individual grant authorized under this chapter shall be awarded 
        in an amount that would result in not fewer than 2,780 grants 
        awarded under this chapter for such fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by amending subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) 
                to read as follows:
                    ``(A) Accountability for outcomes.--In making 
                grants under this chapter, the Secretary shall consider 
                each applicant's prior success in achieving high-
                quality service delivery, as determined under 
                subsection (f) under the particular program for which 
                funds are sought. The level of consideration given the 
                factor of prior success in achieving high-quality 
                service delivery shall not vary from the level of 
                consideration given such factor during fiscal years 
                1994 through 1997, except that grants made under 
                section 402H shall not be given such consideration.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (6), by striking the last sentence 
                and inserting the following: ``The Secretary shall 
                require each applicant for funds under the programs 
                authorized by this chapter to identify and conduct 
                outreach to foster care children and youth and homeless 
                children and youths (as such term is defined in section 
                725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
                U.S.C. 11434a)), and make available to foster care 
                children and youth and homeless children and youths 
                services under such programs, including mentoring, 
                tutoring, and other services provided by such 
                programs.'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as 
                paragraphs (8) and (9), respectively;
                    (D) in paragraph (6), as so amended--
                            (i) by striking ``with other programs for 
                        disadvantaged students'' in the heading; and
                            (ii) by striking ``The Secretary shall, as 
                        appropriate, require each applicant for funds 
                        under the programs authorized by this chapter'' 
                        and inserting the following:
            ``(7) Inclusion of homeless and foster students.--The 
        Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for 
        funds under the programs authorized by this chapter (other than 
        the programs authorized under section 402E or 402G)'';
                    (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by 
                striking ``8 months'' and inserting ``90 days'' both 
                places it appears; and
                    (F) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``Not later than 
                                180 days after the date of enactment of 
                                the Higher Education Opportunity Act,'' 
                                and inserting ``Not less than 90 days 
                                before the commencement of each 
                                competition for a grant under this 
                                chapter is held,'';
                                    (II) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes''; and
                                    (III) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes''; and
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B) and 
                        redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph 
                        (B);
            (3) in subsection (d)(3), by adding at the end the 
        following: ``In addition, the Secretary shall host at least one 
        virtual, interactive training to ensure that any interested 
        applicants have access to technical assistance.'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(E) documentation that the student has been 
                determined eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized 
                under section 401; or
                    ``(F) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of 
                this chapter, documentation that a student is attending 
                a school that elects, or for which the local 
                educational agency serving the school elects on behalf 
                of the school, to receive special assistance payment 
                under section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)), or that had a percentage of 
                enrolled students who were identified students (defined 
                in clause (i) of section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 
                U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the 
                threshold described in clause (viii) of such section 
                (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that 
                ends prior to the first period for which such grant is 
                awarded.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(E) documentation that the student has been 
                determined to be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant 
                authorized under section 401; or
                    ``(F) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of 
                this chapter, documentation that a student is attending 
                a school that elects, or for which the local 
                educational agency serving the school elects on behalf 
                of the school, to receive special assistance payment 
                under section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)), or that had a percentage of 
                enrolled students who were identified students (defined 
                in clause (i) of section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 
                U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the 
                threshold described in clause (viii) of such section 
                (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that 
                ends prior to the first period for which such grant is 
                awarded.'';
            (5) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``prior experience'' and 
                        inserting ``accountability in outcomes'' in the 
                        heading;
                            (ii) by striking ``on or after January 1, 
                        2009'' and inserting ``on or after the date of 
                        enactment of the''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``prior experience of'' 
                        and inserting ``success in achieving'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``college 
                students, and'' and inserting ``college students, 
                foster care children and youth, homeless children and 
                youth, and''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (II) by redesignating clauses (v) 
                                and (vi) as clauses (vi) and (vii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (iv) the following:
                            ``(v) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admissions applications;'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``except in the 
                                case of programs that specifically 
                                target veterans,'' after ``under 
                                section 402C,'';
                                    (II) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (III) by redesignating clauses (vi) 
                                and (vii) as clauses (vii) and (viii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (IV) by inserting after clause (v) 
                                the following:
                            ``(vi) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admission applications;'';
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C), 
                        (D), and (E), as subparagraphs (D), (E), and 
                        (F), respectively;
                            (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B) 
                        the following:
                    ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402C 
                that specifically target veterans, the extent to which 
                the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's 
                objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students served by the program, as 
                        agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
                        the period of the program;
                            ``(ii) such students' academic performance 
                        as measured by standardized tests;
                            ``(iii) the retention and completion of 
                        participants in the program;
                            ``(iv) the provision of assistance to 
                        students served by the program in completing 
                        financial aid applications, including the Free 
                        Application for Federal Student Aid described 
                        in section 483(a) and college admission 
                        applications;
                            ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an 
                        institution of higher education; and
                            ``(vi) to the extent practicable, the 
                        postsecondary completion of such students.'';
                            (v) in subparagraph (D), as redesignated in 
                        clause (ii)--
                                    (I) in subclause (I), by striking 
                                ``in which such students were 
                                enrolled'' and inserting ``at any 
                                baccalaureate granting institution 
                                within 6 years of initial enrollment in 
                                the project''; and
                                    (II) in subclause (II), by striking 
                                items (aa) and (bb) and inserting the 
                                following:
                                            ``(aa) the transfer of such 
                                        students to institutions of 
                                        higher education that offer 
                                        baccalaureate degrees, 
                                        regardless of whether the 
                                        transferring student completes 
                                        a degree or certificate; or
                                            ``(bb) the completion of a 
                                        degree or certificate by such 
                                        students at any accredited 
                                        institution within 4 years of 
                                        initial enrollment in the 
                                        project;'';
                            (vi) in subparagraph (E), as redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``; and'' and inserting ``within 2 
                                years of receiving the baccalaureate 
                                degree;''; and
                                    (II) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``graduate study and the attainment of 
                                doctoral degrees by former program 
                                participants.'' and inserting 
                                ``graduate study; and
                            ``(v) the attainment of doctoral degrees by 
                        former program participants within 10 years of 
                        receiving the baccalaureate degree.''; and
                            (vii) in subparagraph (F), as 
                        redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (i), by inserting 
                                ``within 2 years of service'' before 
                                the semicolon; and
                                    (II) in clause (ii), by inserting 
                                ``or re-enrollment'' after ``the 
                                enrollment'';
            (6) in subsection (g)--
                    (A) by striking ``$900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 
                and such sums as may be necessary for each'' and 
                inserting ``$1,010,000,000 for fiscal year 2019, and 
                each of the 5 succeeding years. The amount authorized 
                to be appropriated in the preceding sentence for fiscal 
                year 2020 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years 
                shall be deemed increased by the annual adjustment 
                percentage. For purposes of this subsection, the term 
                `adjustment percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, 
                means the estimated percentage change in the Consumer 
                Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, using the 
                definition in section 478(f)) for the most recent 
                calendar year ending before the beginning of that 
                fiscal year.'';
                    (B) by striking ``\1/2\ of'';
                    (C) by striking ``, and to provide'' and inserting 
                ``, to provide''; and
                    (D) by striking ``current grantees.'' and all that 
                follows through ``additional readers.'' and inserting 
                ``current grantees, and to carry out the requirements 
                of section 402A(c)(9)(B).'';
            (7) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (4) to read as follows:
            ``(4) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income 
        individual' means--
                    ``(A) an individual from a family whose taxable 
                income for the preceding year did not exceed 150 
                percent of the poverty line applicable to the 
                individual's family size as determined under section 
                673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 
                U.S.C. 9902(2));
                    ``(B) an individual whose taxable income as 
                reported on the individual's most recently completed 
                Free Application for Federal Student Aid under section 
                483(a) did not exceed 150 percent of such poverty line;
                    ``(C) an individual who has been determined to be 
                eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under 
                section 401; or
                    ``(D) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of 
                this chapter, a student who is attending a school that 
                elects, or for which the local educational agency 
                serving the school elects on behalf of the school, to 
                receive special assistance payment under section 
                11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell National 
                School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)), or 
                that had a percentage of enrolled students who were 
                identified students (defined in clause (i) of section 
                11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) 
                that meets or exceeds the threshold described in clause 
                (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F)) 
                during the school year that ends prior to the first 
                year of the period for which such grant is awarded.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (5) as subsection 
                (i) and subparagraphs (A) through (D) as paragraphs (1) 
                through (4); and
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (6) as subsection 
                (j); and
            (8) in subsection (j), as redesignated, by striking 
        ``subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)'' and 
        inserting ``paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (i)''.

SEC. 4018. TALENT SEARCH.

    Section 402B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
12) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) to advise such youths regarding the postsecondary 
        education selection process, including consideration of 
        financial aid awards offered, potential Federal loan burden, 
        and likelihood of graduating; and'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (5); and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(6) education or counseling services to assist students 
        and their families regarding career choice; and
            ``(7) connections to programs providing financial literacy 
        and economic literacy so that students and their families are 
        able to make informed choices regarding postsecondary 
        education, including considering degree choice and potential 
        Federal loan burden.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(2), by striking ``career'' and 
        inserting ``academic''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), including unaccompanied 
        youth, and foster care children and youth;
            ``(6) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application for the project, a description of the activities 
        that will be undertaken to reach out to homeless children and 
        youths and foster care children and youth as part of the 
        project; and
            ``(7) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding homeless children and 
        youths and foster care children and youth.''.

SEC. 4019. UPWARD BOUND.

    Section 402C of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
13) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking paragraphs (5) and (6) 
        and inserting the following:
            ``(5) assistance to students and their families regarding 
        career choice;
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to 
        education improve the financial literacy and economic literacy 
        of students or the students' parents in order to aid them in 
        making informed decisions about the postsecondary education 
        selection process and assist students and their families in 
        making informed choices regarding the postsecondary education 
        selection process; and
            ``(7) in the case of such a project that is not 
        specifically designed for veterans, as part of core curriculum, 
        instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, science, 
        foreign language, language arts, and literature, and in the 
        case of such a project that is specifically designed for 
        veterans, instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, 
        science, foreign language, and language arts.'';
            (2) by striking subsections (c) and (g) and redesignating 
        subsections (d), (e), (f), and (h) as subsections (c), (d), 
        (e), and (f), respectively;
            (3) in subsection (c), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``youth'' and 
                inserting ``participants'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``youth participating in 
                        the project'' and inserting ``project 
                        participants''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``youth;'' and inserting 
                        ``participants;'' and
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``youth 
                participating in the project'' and inserting 
                ``participants''; and
            (4) in subsection (e), as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$60'' and inserting ``$90'';
                    (B) by striking ``$300'' and inserting ``$450'';
                    (C) by striking ``$40'' and inserting ``$60'';
                    (D) by adding at the end the following: ``Adults 
                participating in a project specifically targeting 
                veterans under this section may be paid stipends not in 
                excess of $100 per month during the year.'';
                    (E) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (F) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (G) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), including unaccompanied 
        youth, and foster care children and youth;
            ``(8) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to homeless children and youths and 
        foster care children and youth regarding the project; and
            ``(9) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding homeless children and 
        youths and foster care children and youth.''.

SEC. 4020. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES.

    Section 402D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
14) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``limited English 
                proficient'' and inserting ``low-income and first 
                generation college students, including limited English 
                proficient students''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``, including--'' 
                and all that follows through the end of the paragraph 
                and inserting a period;
            (2) in subsection (b)(4), by striking ``including financial 
        planning for postsecondary education;'' and inserting 
        ``including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including loan burdens required, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(1), by striking ``section 
        401(b)(2)(A)'' and inserting ``section 401(b)(1)''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), including unaccompanied 
        youth, and foster care children and youth;
            ``(8) require that such entity submit, in the application 
        for the project, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to homeless children and youths, and 
        foster care children and youth, who are enrolled or accepted 
        for enrollment at the institution; and
            ``(9) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding homeless children and 
        youths and foster care children and youth.''.

SEC. 4021. POSTBACCALAUREATE ACHIEVEMENT PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

    Section 402E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
15) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(2)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led research 
                experiences'' before the semicolon;
            (2) in subsection (d)(4)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led experiences who 
                have stipends'' after ``internships''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(1), by striking ``$2,800'' and 
        inserting ``$4,000''.

SEC. 4022. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY CENTERS.

    Section 402F of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
16) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``pursue'' and 
        inserting ``begin or re-enter'';
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``students;'' and 
        inserting ``students, including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including loan burdens required, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills;''; and
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), including unaccompanied 
        youth, and foster care children and youth;
            ``(5) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to homeless children and youths and 
        foster care children and youth regarding the project; and
            ``(6) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding homeless children and 
        youths and foster care children and youth.''.

SEC. 4023. STAFF DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES.

    Section 402G(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-17(b)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``webinars, online classes,'' after 
        ``seminars, workshops,'';
            (2) by striking ``new directors'' and inserting ``staff'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (2) through (6), respectively;
            (4) by inserting before paragraph (2), as so redesignated, 
        the following:
            ``(1) Legislation and regulatory requirements and program 
        management for new directors of programs funded under this 
        chapter.'';
            (5) in paragraph (2), as redesignated, by inserting ``for 
        continuing directors and staff of programs'' after ``operation 
        of programs''; and
            (6) in paragraph (4), as redesignated, by striking ``model 
        programs'' and inserting ``innovations''.

SEC. 4024. REPORTS AND EVALUATIONS.

    (a) Other Reporting Requirements.--Section 402H of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``, 
                        including a rigorous evaluation of the programs 
                        and projects assisted under section 402C. The 
                        evaluation of the programs and projects 
                        assisted under section 402C shall be 
                        implemented not later than June 30, 2010.'' and 
                        inserting ``The issues such evaluations shall 
                        measure shall include the effectiveness of 
                        programs and projects assisted under this 
                        chapter in--
                            ``(i) meeting or exceeding the stated 
                        objectives regarding the outcome criteria under 
                        402A(f);
                            ``(ii) enhancing the access of low-income 
                        individuals and first-generation college 
                        students to postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) preparing individuals for 
                        postsecondary education; and
                            ``(iv) comparing students who participate 
                        in the programs funded under this chapter with 
                        students who do not participate in such 
                        programs with respect to--
                                    ``(I) level of education completed;
                                    ``(II) retention rates;
                                    ``(III) graduation rates;
                                    ``(IV) college admission and 
                                completion rates; and
                                    ``(V) other issues as the Secretary 
                                considers appropriate.''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting 
                        ``and take into account the agreed upon target 
                        determined under section 402A(f)(4)'' before 
                        the period; and
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) Practices.--The evaluations described in paragraph 
        (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or 
        project practices that are effective in--
                    ``(A) enhancing the access of low-income 
                individuals and first-generation college students to 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(B) the preparation of such individuals and 
                students for postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) fostering the success of the individuals and 
                students in postsecondary education; and
                    ``(D) for programs and projects assisted under 
                section 402C, the characteristics of students who 
                benefit most from such programs and projects.''; and
            (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``, including the 
        authorizing committees'' before the period.
    (b) Homeless Children and Youths and Foster Care Children and 
Youth.--Section 402H of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-18) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Report Regarding Homeless Children and Youths and Foster Care 
Children and Youth.--Each entity carrying out a project under section 
402B, 402C, 402D, or 402F shall, at the conclusion of the project, 
prepare and submit a report to the Secretary that includes--
            ``(1) data on the number of homeless children and youths 
        (as such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
        Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) and foster care 
        children and youth served through the project; and
            ``(2) a description of any strategies or program 
        enhancements that were used in the project and that were 
        effective in meeting the needs of homeless children and youths 
        and foster care children and youth.''.

SEC. 4025. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    Section 404C(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-23(a)(2)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (I), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in subparagraph (J), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(K) describe how the eligible entity will 
                facilitate the participation of foster care children 
                and youth and homeless children and youths (as such 
                term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
                Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), 
                including--
                            ``(i) how the eligible entity will identify 
                        foster care children and youth and homeless 
                        children and youths, in collaboration with 
                        child welfare agencies, homeless shelters, and 
                        local educational agency liaisons for homeless 
                        children and youths designated under section 
                        722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(g)(1)(J)(ii));
                            ``(ii) how the eligible entity will collect 
                        and submit to the Secretary data on the number 
                        of homeless children and youths and foster care 
                        children and youth served; and
                            ``(iii) the policies and practices the 
                        eligible entity will adopt to remove barriers 
                        to the participation of homeless children and 
                        youths and foster care children and youth, 
                        including policies to facilitate continued 
                        participation despite changes in residence 
                        resulting from homelessness or foster care 
                        placement and policies consistent with the 
                        McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
                        U.S.C. 11301 et seq.).''.

SEC. 4026. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
              PROGRAMS; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 404H of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
28) is amended by striking ``$400,000,000 for fiscal year 2009'' and 
inserting ``$500,000,000 for fiscal year 2019''.

SEC. 4027. PURPOSE; APPROPRIATIONS AUTHORIZED.

    Section 413A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b) 
is amended--
            (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
    ``(a) Purpose of Subpart.--It is the purpose of this subpart to--
            ``(1) provide, through institutions of higher education, 
        supplemental grants to assist in making available the benefits 
        of postsecondary education to qualified students who 
        demonstrate financial need in accordance with the provisions of 
        part F of this title; and
            ``(2) to establish demonstration projects at various 
        institutions of higher education, as defined in section 101, to 
        determine best practices and policies regarding the 
        distribution of emergency grant aid to assist students in 
        completing their program of study, notwithstanding aid they may 
        have received in accordance with the provisions of part F of 
        this title.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ``appropriated'' and 
        all that follows through the end and inserting ``appropriated--
                    ``(A) $1,150,000,000 for fiscal year 2019;
                    ``(B) $1,300,000,000 for fiscal year 2020;
                    ``(C) $1,450,000,000, for fiscal year 2021;
                    ``(D) $1,600,000,000 for fiscal year 2022; and
                    ``(E) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2023 and each 
                succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to fund 
        demonstration projects under section 413(F), there are 
        allocated, from funds authorized under paragraph (b)(1), 
        $1,250,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 3 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4028. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    Section 413D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-
3) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 413D. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2019 Through 2023.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2019, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under subsection (a) for 
                        fiscal year 2018, as such subsection was in 
                        effect with respect to such fiscal year (in 
                        this subparagraph referred to as `the 2018 
                        amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2020, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year is less than the 
                amount required to be allocated to the institutions 
                under this subsection, then the amount of the 
                allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(b) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2024 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--From the amount appropriated under section 413A(b)(1) for 
fiscal year 2024 and each succeeding fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
allocate to each institution the fair share amount for the institution 
determined under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of the institution's undergraduate student need 
        described in paragraph (2) for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need.--The 
        undergraduate student need for an institution for a fiscal year 
        shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this part to any institution that, for 
        2 or more fiscal years during any 3 fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has a student population with less than 7 percent of 
        undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal Pell 
        Grants.''.

SEC. 4029. EMERGENCY GRANT AID DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.

    Subpart 3 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:

``SEC. 413F. EMERGENCY GRANT AID DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Demonstration Projects Authorized.--The Secretary shall 
select, in accordance with subsection (d), eligible entities to 
voluntarily carry out emergency grant aid demonstration projects 
designed to aid in the completion of their program of study.
    ``(b) Non-Federal Share Requirement; Use of Funds.--The Federal 
share of the cost of any project funded under this section shall not 
exceed 50 percent. The share provided by the eligible entity shall not 
include in-kind contributions. Federal funds provided shall be used 
solely to provide emergency grant aid to eligible students and cannot 
be used to pay or subsidize the salary of any employee of an eligible 
entity.
    ``(c) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry 
        out a demonstration project under this section shall submit an 
        application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner 
        as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Outreach.--The Secretary shall, prior to any deadline 
        to submit applications under paragraph (1), conduct outreach to 
        any institution eligible to receive funds under section 371 (20 
        U.S.C. 1067(q)) to provide those institutions with information 
        on the opportunity to apply to carry out a demonstration 
        project under this section.
            ``(3) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall 
        include a description of the emergency grant aid program to be 
        offered by the eligible entity under the demonstration project 
        which shall include--
                    ``(A) a description of the assessment the entity 
                has undertaken to develop an estimate of the number of 
                emergency aid grants that entity will make in an award 
                year;
                    ``(B) the criteria the entity will use to define an 
                emergency for which a student will be eligible to 
                receive an emergency grant;
                    ``(C) an assurance that the definition or criteria 
                of an emergency for which a student will be eligible to 
                receive an emergency grant will include at a minimum--
                            ``(i) the unexpected loss of employment, 
                        transportation, child care or housing;
                            ``(ii) an unexpected medical condition of 
                        the student, or a dependent of the student; and
                            ``(iii) in the case of a dependent 
                        student--
                                    ``(I) the unexpected death of a 
                                parent or guardian; or
                                    ``(II) an unexpected medical 
                                condition of the parent or guardian 
                                which results in their loss of 
                                employment;
                    ``(D) a description of the process by which a 
                student will navigate the process for applying and 
                receiving emergency aid;
                    ``(E) how the entity will administer the program, 
                including--
                            ``(i) which employees and departments of 
                        the entity will administer the program;
                            ``(ii) which departments will coordinate in 
                        the delivery of the program;
                            ``(iii) the role of the student financial 
                        aid administrator of the eligible entity in the 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) the processes the entity has in 
                        place to respond to applications, approve 
                        applications, and disburse emergency grant aid 
                        outside of normal business hours;
                            ``(v) the data management tools the entity 
                        will have in place to ensure efficient 
                        administration of the program and data 
                        collection for evaluation; and
                            ``(vi) the internal controls in place to 
                        discourage fraud in the program;
                    ``(F) an assurance that either the financial aid 
                department or the student services department will 
                serve as the primary program administrator;
                    ``(G) an assurance that the process by which a 
                student applies for emergency aid includes at a 
                minimum--
                            ``(i) an in-person interview where 
                        feasible;
                            ``(ii) an opportunity for the student to 
                        learn about other forms of emergency aid 
                        outside of the eligible entity that they may be 
                        eligible for; and
                            ``(iii) at least one opportunity to appeal 
                        a denial of a grant;
                    ``(H) an assurance that an eligible entity will be 
                able to acknowledge a student request for emergency aid 
                within 8 hours of a request, make a decision within 48 
                hours of a request and disburse aid within 24 hours of 
                approval of a request;
                    ``(I) an assurance that a student eligible to 
                receive an emergency aid grant is enrolled at least 
                part-time at the entity and is making satisfactory 
                academic progress;
                    ``(J) an assurance that the eligible entity will 
                limit the emergency grant aid a student may receive in 
                any individual request to no more than $750 and the 
                lifetime limit for emergency grant aid for a student is 
                $2,000;
                    ``(K) a description of how the school intends to 
                limit excessive demand, fraud or abuse through program 
                audits, required student documentation of the expenses 
                for which the grant aid was disbursed, and other means; 
                and
                    ``(L) any other information the Secretary may 
                require.
    ``(d) Notification.--Not later than 9 months after the date of 
enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall make available to the 
authorizing committees and the public a list of eligible entities 
selected to carry out a demonstration project under this section.
    ``(e) Information and Evaluation.--
            ``(1) Information.--
                    ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity 
                that carries out a demonstration project under this 
                section shall provide to the Director of the Institute 
                of Education Sciences the student-level data and the 
                record of emergency grant aid received by students who 
                participated in the program authorized in subsection 
                (a), to enable the Director--
                            ``(i) to determine the aggregate 
                        information described in subparagraph (B) with 
                        respect to the program; and
                            ``(ii) to the extent practicable, to 
                        compare the grant aid programs using a rigorous 
                        evaluation.
                    ``(B) Aggregate information.--For purposes of the 
                evaluation under paragraph (2), the Director shall use 
                the student-level data provided under subparagraph (A) 
                by an eligible entity to determine the following 
                information with respect to each program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i) offered at such eligible entity:
                            ``(i) the average number of credit hours 
                        students earned prior to receipt of an 
                        emergency grant;
                            ``(ii) the average period of time between 
                        the receipt of emergency aid by a student and 
                        when that student completes their program;
                            ``(iii) the average amount of grant aid 
                        received in one disbursement;
                            ``(iv) the average amount of grant aid 
                        received over a recipient's period of 
                        enrollment at the eligible entity;
                            ``(v) the completion and retention rates of 
                        students who received aid under the program;
                            ``(vi) the point in the academic year the 
                        student applied for emergency aid;
                            ``(vii) the type of emergency declared by 
                        the student;
                            ``(viii) the average time taken by the 
                        eligible entity to acknowledge a grant 
                        application, make a decision on the 
                        application, and disburse funding to a student; 
                        and
                            ``(ix) such other information as the 
                        Director may reasonably require.
                    ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined 
                under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated as 
                follows, provided that the disaggregation of the 
                information does not identify any individual student:
                            ``(i) For each eligible entity that carries 
                        out a demonstration project under this section, 
                        disaggregation by--
                                    ``(I) the students receiving aid 
                                under the program;
                                    ``(II) the students who applied but 
                                did not receive aid under the program;
                                    ``(III) the students who received 
                                more than one grant under the program; 
                                and
                                    ``(IV) the students who received 
                                the maximum lifetime benefit awarded by 
                                the program.
                            ``(ii) For each group of students described 
                        in clause (i), disaggregation by age, race (as 
                        defined in section 153(a)(3) of the Education 
                        Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543)), 
                        gender, disability status, students who are 
                        veterans or servicemembers, first generation 
                        college students, and status as a recipient of 
                        a Federal Pell Grant.
            ``(2) Evaluation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Director, in consultation 
                with the Secretary and using the information determined 
                under paragraph (1), shall annually evaluate each 
                eligible entity carrying out a demonstration project 
                under this section. Each evaluation shall be 
                disaggregated in accordance with subparagraph (B) and 
                include--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the eligible 
                        entity has met the elements of its application 
                        under subsection (c);
                            ``(ii) whether the demonstration project 
                        led to reduced time to completion or increased 
                        retention rates;
                            ``(iii) obstacles related to administration 
                        of emergency grant aid;
                            ``(iv) total cost and net cost per student 
                        who received emergency aid;
                            ``(v) the 3-year adjusted cohort default 
                        rate, as defined in section 435(m), of students 
                        receiving aid;
                            ``(vi) the median student earnings 1, 3, 
                        and 4 years after graduation;
                            ``(vii) enrollment data, disaggregated by 
                        enrollment status, retention rates, credit 
                        accumulation, and completion rates for--
                                    ``(I) first-time, full-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(II) first-time, part-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(III) non-first-time, full-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(IV) non-first-time, part-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(V) eligibility for Federal Pell 
                                Grants;
                                    ``(VI) race (as defined in section 
                                153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences 
                                Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543)), 
                                and ethnicity; and
                                    ``(VII) transfer rates; and
                            ``(viii) a description of the role of staff 
                        and faculty in the administration of the 
                        project.
            ``(3) Disaggregation.--The data collected under clause (v) 
        through (vii) shall be disaggregated by each group of students 
        described in paragraph (1)(C).
            ``(4) Annual report.--The Director, in consultation with 
        the Secretary, shall annually provide to the authorizing 
        committees a report on the effectiveness of the programs.
    ``(f) Data Privacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who 
        obtains or has access to personally identifiable information in 
        connection with this section to willfully disclose to any 
        person (except as authorized in this section or any Federal 
        law) such personally identifiable information.
            ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall 
        be fined not more than $5,000, imprisoned not more than 5 
        years, or both, together with the costs of prosecution.
            ``(3) Employee or officer of the united states.--If a 
        violation of paragraph (1) is committed by any officer or 
        employee of the United States, the officer or employee shall be 
        dismissed from office or discharged from employment upon 
        conviction for the violation.
            ``(4) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected under this 
        section shall not be sold to any third party by the Director, 
        any postsecondary institution, or any other entity.
            ``(5) Limitation on use by other federal agencies.--The 
        Director shall not allow any other Federal agency to use data 
        collected under this section for any purpose except as 
        explicitly authorized by this section.
            ``(6) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information 
        collected under this section shall not be used for any law 
        enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in 
        adverse action against any student, including debt collection 
        activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
    ``(g) Definitions.--For the purpose of this section:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education that participates in the FSEOG 
        program as authorized in section 413A.
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(3) First generation college student.--The term `first 
        generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 402A(h)(3).''.

SEC. 4030. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN 
              MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

    Section 418A(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070d-2(i)) is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2019''.

SEC. 4031. CCAMPIS REAUTHORIZATION.

    Section 419N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070e) 
is amended by striking subsection (g) and inserting the following:
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $67,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2020 
                and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal 
                year, means the estimated percentage change in the 
                Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, 
                using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                recent calendar year ending before the beginning of 
                that fiscal year.''.

SEC. 4032. JUMPSTART TO COLLEGE GRANT PROGRAMS.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.) is further amended by inserting after subpart 7 the 
following:

                   ``Subpart 8--Jumpstart to College

``SEC. 419O. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education in partnership with one or more 
        local educational agencies (which may be an educational service 
        agency). Such partnership may also include other entities such 
        as nonprofit organizations or businesses.
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
            ``(3) ESEA terms.--The terms `dual or concurrent enrollment 
        program', `early college high school', `educational service 
        agency', `four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate', `local 
        educational agency', `secondary school', and `State' have 
        meanings given the terms in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(4) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student' 
        means a student counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)).
            ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
        Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).

``SEC. 419P. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--To carry out this subpart, there are authorized 
to be appropriated $250,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 
five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Reservations.--From the funds appropriated under subsection 
(a) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve--
            ``(1) not less than 40 percent for grants to eligible 
        entities under section 419Q;
            ``(2) not less than 55 percent for grants to States under 
        section 419R; and
            ``(3) not less than 5 percent for national activities under 
        section 419T.

``SEC. 419Q. GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities, on a competitive basis, to assist such entities in 
establishing or supporting an early college high school or dual or 
concurrent enrollment program in accordance with this section.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (h), except that a 
grant under this section may not exceed $2,000,000.
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--For each year that an eligible entity 
        receives a grant under this section, the entity shall 
        contribute matching funds, in the amounts described in 
        paragraph (2), for the activities supported by the grant.
            ``(2) Amounts described.--The amounts described in this 
        paragraph are--
                    ``(A) for each of the first and second years of the 
                grant period, 20 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(B) for each of the third and fourth years of the 
                grant period, 30 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(C) for the fifth year of the grant period, 40 
                percent of the grant amount; and
                    ``(D) for the sixth year of the grant period, 50 
                percent of the grant amount.
            ``(3) Determination of amount contributed.--
                    ``(A) In-kind contributions.--The Secretary shall 
                allow an eligible entity to meet the requirements of 
                this subsection through in-kind contributions.
                    ``(B) Non-federal sources.--Not less than half of 
                each amount described in paragraph (2) shall be 
                provided by the eligible entity from non-Federal 
                sources.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--An eligible entity shall use a 
grant received under this section only to supplement funds that would, 
in the absence of such grant, be made available from other Federal, 
State, or local sources for activities supported by the grant, not to 
supplant such funds.
    ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that--
            ``(1) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or other dual or concurrent enrollment program that will 
        serve a student population of which not less than 51 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) are from States that provide assistance to early 
        college high schools or other dual enrollment programs, such as 
        assistance to defray the costs of higher education (including 
        costs of tuition, fees, and textbooks); and
            ``(3) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or dual or concurrent enrollment program that meets 
        quality standards established by--
                    ``(A) a nationally recognized accrediting agency or 
                association that offers accreditation specifically for 
                such programs; or
                    ``(B) a State process specifically for the review 
                and approval of such programs.
    ``(g) Equitable Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure, to the 
extent practicable, that eligible entities receiving grants under this 
section--
            ``(1) are from a representative cross section of--
                    ``(A) urban, suburban, and rural areas; and
                    ``(B) regions of the United States; and
            ``(2) include both two-year and four-year institutions of 
        higher education.
    ``(h) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity shall use 
                grant funds received under this section--
                            ``(i) to support the activities described 
                        in its application under subsection (i);
                            ``(ii) to create and maintain a coherent 
                        system of supports for students, teachers, 
                        principals, and faculty under the program, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) college and career readiness, 
                                academic, and social support services 
                                for students; and
                                    ``(II) professional development for 
                                secondary school teachers, faculty, and 
                                principals and faculty from the 
                                institution of higher education, 
                                including--
                                            ``(aa) joint professional 
                                        development activities; and
                                            ``(bb) activities to assist 
                                        such teachers, faculty, and 
                                        principals in using effective 
                                        parent and community engagement 
                                        strategies and to help ensure 
                                        the success of students 
                                        academically at risk of not 
                                        enrolling in or completing 
                                        postsecondary education, first-
                                        generation college students, 
                                        and students described in 
                                        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of 
                                        the Elementary and Secondary 
                                        Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                        U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                            ``(iii) to carry out liaison activities 
                        among the partners that comprise the eligible 
                        entity pursuant to an agreement or memorandum 
                        of understanding documenting commitments, 
                        resources, roles, and responsibilities of the 
                        partners consistent with the design of the 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) for outreach programs to ensure that 
                        secondary school students and their families, 
                        including students academically at risk of not 
                        enrolling in or completing postsecondary 
                        education, first-generation college students, 
                        and students described in section 
                        1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)), are--
                                    ``(I) aware of, and recruited into, 
                                the early college high school or dual 
                                or concurrent enrollment program; and
                                    ``(II) assisted with the process of 
                                enrolling in the early college high 
                                school or dual or concurrent enrollment 
                                program;
                            ``(v) to collect, share, and use data (in 
                        compliance with section 444 of the General 
                        Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g)) for 
                        program improvement and program evaluation; and
                            ``(vi) to review and strengthen its program 
                        to maximize the potential that students 
                        participating in the program will eventually 
                        complete a recognized postsecondary credential, 
                        including by optimizing--
                                    ``(I) the curriculum of the 
                                program;
                                    ``(II) the sequence of courses 
                                offered by the program; and
                                    ``(III) the alignment of academic 
                                calendars between the secondary schools 
                                and the institution of higher education 
                                participating in the program.
                    ``(B) New programs.--In the case of an eligible 
                entity that uses a grant under this section to 
                establish an early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program, the entity shall use 
                such funds during the first year of the grant period--
                            ``(i) to design the curriculum and sequence 
                        of courses in collaboration with, at a 
                        minimum--
                                    ``(I) faculty from the institution 
                                of higher education;
                                    ``(II) teachers and faculty from 
                                the local educational agency; and
                                    ``(III) in the case of a career and 
                                technical education program, employers 
                                or workforce development entities to 
                                ensure that the program is aligned with 
                                labor market demand;
                            ``(ii) to develop and implement an 
                        articulation agreement between the institution 
                        of higher education and the local educational 
                        agency that governs how secondary and 
                        postsecondary credits will be awarded under the 
                        program; and
                            ``(iii) to carry out the activities 
                        described in subparagraph (A).
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--An eligible entity may use 
        grant funds received under this section to support the 
        activities described in its application under subsection (i), 
        including by--
                    ``(A) purchasing textbooks and equipment that 
                support the program's curriculum;
                    ``(B) pursuant to the assurance provided by the 
                eligible entity under subsection (i)(3)(A), paying 
                tuition and fees for postsecondary courses taken by 
                students under the program;
                    ``(C) incorporating work-based learning 
                opportunities into the program (which may include 
                partnering with entities that provide such 
                opportunities), including--
                            ``(i) internships;
                            ``(ii) career-based capstone projects;
                            ``(iii) pre-apprenticeships and 
                        apprenticeships provided by eligible providers 
                        of apprenticeship programs described in section 
                        122(a)(2)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(a)(2)(B)); and
                            ``(iv) work-based learning opportunities 
                        provided under chapters 1 and 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act 
                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11 et seq.);
                    ``(D) providing students with transportation to and 
                from the program;
                    ``(E) paying costs for--
                            ``(i) high school teachers to obtain the 
                        skills, credentials, or industry certifications 
                        necessary to teach for the institution of 
                        higher education participating in the program; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) postsecondary faculty to become 
                        certified to teach high school; or
                    ``(F) providing time during which secondary school 
                teachers and faculty and faculty from an institution of 
                higher education can collaborate, which may include the 
                planning of team activities for such teachers and 
                faculty.
    ``(i) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, an eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary 
        an application at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) the partnership that comprises the eligible 
                entity, including documentation of partner commitments, 
                resources and budget, roles, and responsibilities;
                    ``(B) how the partners that comprise the eligible 
                entity will coordinate to carry out the mandatory 
                activities described in subsection (h)(1);
                    ``(C) the number of students intended to be served 
                by the program and demographic information relating to 
                such students;
                    ``(D) how the eligible entity's curriculum and 
                sequence of courses form a program of study leading to 
                a recognized postsecondary credential;
                    ``(E) how postsecondary credits earned will be 
                transferable to institutions of higher education within 
                the State, including any applicable statewide transfer 
                agreements and any provisions of such agreements that 
                are specific to dual or concurrent enrollment programs;
                    ``(F) how the eligible entity will ensure that 
                students understand how credits earned by such students 
                will transfer;
                    ``(G) outreach programs to provide secondary school 
                students, especially those in middle grades, and their 
                parents, teachers, school counselors, and principals 
                information about, and academic preparation for, the 
                early college high school or other dual or concurrent 
                enrollment program;
                    ``(H) how the eligible entity will determine the 
                eligibility of students for postsecondary courses, 
                including an explanation of the multiple factors the 
                entity will take into account to assess the readiness 
                of students for such courses; and
                    ``(I) the sustainability plan for the early college 
                high school or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
            ``(3) Assurances.--The application under paragraph (1) 
        shall include assurances from the eligible entity that--
                    ``(A) students participating in a program funded 
                with a grant under this section will not be required to 
                pay tuition or fees for postsecondary courses taken 
                under the program;
                    ``(B) postsecondary credits earned by students 
                under the program will be transcribed upon completion 
                of the required course work; and
                    ``(C) instructors of postsecondary courses under 
                the program will meet the same standards applicable to 
                other faculty at the institution of higher education 
                that is participating in the program.

``SEC. 419R. GRANTS TO STATES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to States, on a 
competitive basis, to assist States in supporting or establishing early 
college high schools or dual or concurrent enrollment programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (f).
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--For each year that a State receives a 
grant under this section, the State shall provide, from non-Federal 
sources, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the grant 
received by the State for such year to carry out the activities 
supported by the grant.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--A State shall use a grant received 
under this section only to supplement funds that would, in the absence 
of such grant, be made available from other Federal, State, or local 
sources for activities supported by the grant, not to supplant such 
funds.
    ``(f) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--A State shall use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) support the activities described in its 
                application under subsection (g);
                    ``(B) plan and implement a statewide strategy for 
                expanding access to early college high schools and dual 
                or concurrent enrollment programs for students who are 
                underrepresented in higher education to raise statewide 
                rates of secondary school graduation, readiness for 
                postsecondary education, and completion of recognized 
                postsecondary credentials, with a focus on students 
                academically at risk of not enrolling in or completing 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) identify any obstacles to such a strategy 
                under State law or policy;
                    ``(D) provide technical assistance (either directly 
                or through a knowledgeable intermediary) to early 
                college high schools and other dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, which may include--
                            ``(i) brokering relationships and 
                        agreements that forge a strong partnership 
                        between elementary and secondary and 
                        postsecondary partners; and
                            ``(ii) offering statewide training and peer 
                        learning opportunities for school leaders, 
                        instructors, and counselors or advisors;
                    ``(E) identify and implement policies that will 
                improve the effectiveness and ensure the quality of 
                early college high schools and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, such as eligibility and access, 
                funding, data and quality assurance, governance, 
                accountability, and alignment policies;
                    ``(F) disseminate best practices for early college 
                high schools and dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs, which may include best practices from 
                programs in the State or other States;
                    ``(G) facilitate statewide secondary and 
                postsecondary data collection, research and evaluation, 
                and reporting to policymakers and other stakeholders; 
                and
                    ``(H) conduct outreach programs to ensure that 
                secondary school students, their families, and 
                community members are aware of early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs in 
                the State.
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--A State may use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) establish a mechanism to offset the costs of 
                tuition, fees, and support services for low-income 
                students enrolled in early college high schools or dual 
                or concurrent enrollment programs;
                    ``(B) establish formal transfer systems within and 
                across State higher education systems, including two-
                year and four-year public and private institutions, to 
                maximize the transferability of college courses;
                    ``(C) provide incentives to school districts that--
                            ``(i) assist high school teachers in 
                        getting the credentials needed to participate 
                        in early college high school programs and dual 
                        or concurrent enrollment; and
                            ``(ii) encourage the use of college 
                        instructors to teach college courses in high 
                        schools;
                    ``(D) support initiatives to improve the quality of 
                early college high school and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs at participating institutions, 
                including by assisting such institutions in aligning 
                programs with the quality standards described in 
                section 419Q(f)(3); and
                    ``(E) reimburse low-income students to cover part 
                or all of the costs of an Advanced Placement or 
                International Baccalaureate examination.
    ``(g) State Applications.--
            ``(1) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, a State shall submit to the Secretary an 
        application at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) how the State will carry out the mandatory 
                State activities described in subsection (f)(1);
                    ``(B) how the State will ensure that any programs 
                funded with a grant under this section are coordinated 
                with programs under--
                            ``(i) the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
                        Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 
                        et seq.);
                            ``(ii) the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.);
                            ``(iii) the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.); 
                        and
                            ``(iv) the Individuals with Disabilities 
                        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
                    ``(C) how the State intends to use grant funds to 
                address achievement gaps for each category of students 
                described in section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)) as identified by the State in 
                its accountability system under section 1111(c) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(c));
                    ``(D) how the State will access and leverage 
                additional resources necessary to sustain early college 
                high schools or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs;
                    ``(E) how the State will identify and eliminate 
                barriers to implementing effective early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs 
                after the grant expires, including by engaging 
                businesses and nonprofit organizations; and
                    ``(F) such other information as the Secretary 
                determines to be appropriate.

``SEC. 419S. REPORTING AND OVERSIGHT.

    ``(a) In General.--Not less frequently than once annually, each 
State and eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart 
shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the State or 
eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such grant.
    ``(b) Form of Report.--The report under subsection (a) shall be 
submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
such information as the Secretary may require. The Secretary shall 
issue uniform guidelines describing the information that shall be 
reported by grantees under such subsection.
    ``(c) Contents of Report.--
            ``(1) In general.--The report under subsection (a) shall 
        include, at minimum, the following:
                    ``(A) The number of students enrolled in the early 
                college high school or dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of students 
                reimbursed by the State for part or all of the costs of 
                an Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate 
                examination and the student test scores.
                    ``(C) The number and percentage of students 
                enrolled in the early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program who earn a recognized 
                postsecondary credential concurrently with a high 
                school diploma.
                    ``(D) The number of postsecondary credits earned by 
                eligible students while enrolled in the early college 
                high school or dual or concurrent enrollment program 
                that may be applied toward a recognized postsecondary 
                credential.
                    ``(E) The number and percentage of students who 
                earn a high school diploma.
                    ``(F) Total number and percentage of eligible 
                students who enroll in and subsequently complete the 
                early college high school or dual or concurrent 
                enrollment program.
                    ``(G) The number and percentage of graduates who 
                enroll in postsecondary education, in military service, 
                and in employment.
            ``(2) Categories of students.--The information described in 
        each of subparagraphs (A) through (G) of paragraph (1) shall be 
        set forth separately for each category of students described in 
        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)).

``SEC. 419T. NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Reporting by Secretary.--Not less frequently than once 
annually, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) an analysis of the information received from States 
        and eligible entities under section 419S;
            ``(2) an identification of best practices for carrying out 
        programs supported by grants under this subpart; and
            ``(3) the results of the evaluation under subsection (b).
    ``(b) National Evaluation.--Not later than 6 months after the date 
of the enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary shall seek to 
enter into a contract with an independent entity to perform an 
evaluation of the grants awarded under this subtitle. Such evaluation 
shall apply rigorous procedures to obtain valid and reliable data 
concerning student outcomes by social and academic characteristics and 
monitor the progress of students from secondary school to and through 
postsecondary education.
    ``(c) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to States and eligible entities concerning best practices 
and quality improvement programs in early college high schools and dual 
or concurrent enrollment programs and shall disseminate such best 
practices among eligible entities, States, and local educational 
agencies.
    ``(d) Administrative Costs.--From amounts reserved to carry out 
this section under section 419P(b)(3), the Secretary may reserve such 
sums as may be necessary for the direct administrative costs of 
carrying out the Secretary's responsibilities under this subtitle.

``SEC. 419U. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

    ``(a) Employees.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
alter or otherwise affect the rights, remedies, and procedures afforded 
to the employees of local educational agencies (including schools) or 
institutions of higher education under Federal, State, or local laws 
(including applicable regulations or court orders) or under the terms 
of collective bargaining agreements, memoranda of understanding, or 
other agreements between such employees and their employers.
    ``(b) Graduation Rate.--A student who graduates from an early 
college high school supported by a grant under section 419Q within 100 
percent of the normal time for completion described in the eligible 
entity's application under such section shall be counted in the four-
year adjusted cohort graduation rate for such high school.''.

SEC. 4033. REVISED DEFINITIONS OF TEACH GRANTS.

    Section 420L of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program'--
                    ``(A) means a State-approved course of study 
                provided by an institution of higher education, the 
                completion of which signifies that an enrollee has met 
                all the State's educational or training requirements 
                for initial certification or licensure to teach in the 
                State's elementary schools or secondary schools; and
                    ``(B) may be a regular program or an alternative 
                route to certification, as defined by the State that 
                approved such course of study.''.

SEC. 4034. REVISIONS TO ESTABLISHING TEACH GRANT PROGRAM.

    Section 420M(d)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070g-1(d)(1)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 
        ``baccalaureate or'' and inserting ``associate or 
        baccalaureate, or''; and
            (2) in subparagraph (B), by inserting before the period at 
        the end the following: ``, except that not more than $8,000 may 
        be received for undergraduate associate study''.

SEC. 4035. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT APPLICATIONS AND ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 420N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
2) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading of paragraph (2), by striking 
                ``Demonstration of teach'' and inserting ``TEACH'';
                    (B) in paragraphs (2)(B)(i), by striking ``or 
                another high-need'' and inserting ``early childhood 
                education, or another high-need''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (2)(B)(ii), by striking ``, such 
                as Teach for America,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        before the semicolon at the end the following: 
                        ``or in a high-need early childhood education 
                        program (as defined in section 200(15));'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C)--
                                    (I) by striking ``or'' at the end 
                                of clause (vi);
                                    (II) by redesignating clause (vii) 
                                as clause (viii);
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (vi), as so amended, the following:
                            ``(vii) early childhood education; or''; 
                        and
                                    (IV) in clause (viii), as so 
                                redesignated, by adding ``and'' at the 
                                end;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D), by striking 
                        ``and'' at the end; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraph (E);
                    (B) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (2);
                    (C) by striking the period at the end of paragraph 
                (3) and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) contains an assurance by the Secretary that the 
        Secretary will notify, or ensure that the applicable loan 
        servicer will notify, the applicant of--
                    ``(A) the date on which submission of the 
                certification under paragraph (1)(D) is required; and
                    ``(B) any failure to submit such certification.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking ``In the event'' and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) In general.--In the event''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Clarification.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraph (B) and without regard to whether a 
                recipient of a grant under this subpart submits the 
                evidence under subsection (b)(1)(D) for any year or 
                receives or responds to a notification described in 
                subsection (b)(4), such recipient shall be considered 
                to be in compliance with the service obligation under 
                subsection (b) and shall not be subject to paragraph 
                (1) of this subsection.
                    ``(B) Exceptions.--Paragraph (1) of this subsection 
                shall apply to a recipient of a grant under this 
                subpart if--
                            ``(i) after completing the course of study 
                        for which the recipient received the grant, the 
                        recipient does not serve as a full-time teacher 
                        as required under subsection (b)(1) for at 
                        least--
                                    ``(I) 1 year, by not later than 5 
                                years after such completion;
                                    ``(II) 2 years, by not later than 6 
                                years after such completion;
                                    ``(III) 3 years, by not later than 
                                7 years after such completion; or
                                    ``(IV) 4 years, by not later than 8 
                                years after such completion; or
                            ``(ii) the recipient elects to have such 
                        grant treated as a loan in accordance with such 
                        paragraph (1).''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (4);
                    (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(vii)'' and inserting ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(viii)''; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1), the 
                following:
            ``(2) Change of school description or program definition.--
        If a recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches 
        in a school or an early childhood education program for an 
        academic year during which the school is identified as a school 
        described in section 465(a)(2)(A) or a program that meets the 
        definition of section 200(15), but the school or program no 
        longer meets such description or definition during a subsequent 
        academic year, the grant recipient may fulfill the service 
        obligation described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to 
        teach at that school or program.
            ``(3) Change of teacher duties or assignment.--If a 
        recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches as a 
        full-time teacher described in subsection (b)(1)(A), but the 
        recipient no longer meets such description during a subsequent 
        academic year due to switching academic roles to that of a 
        full-time co-teacher, teacher leader, instructional or academic 
        coach, department chairperson, special education case manager, 
        guidance counselor, or school administrator within a school or 
        program, the grant recipient may fulfill the service obligation 
        described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to work in any 
        such academic role on a full-time basis at that school or 
        program.''.

SEC. 4036. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    Section 420P of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
4) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 420P. DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    ``(a) Data Collection.--
            ``(1) Aggregate student data.--On an annual basis, the 
        Secretary shall determine, disaggregate in accordance with 
        paragraph (2), and make available to the public in accordance 
        with paragraph (3), with respect to each institution (and each 
        category of institution listed in section 132(d)) that received 
        a payment under this subpart in the previous academic year, the 
        following information:
                    ``(A) The number and mean dollar amount of TEACH 
                Grants awarded to students at the institution.
                    ``(B) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who exit their program of study before 
                completing the program.
                    ``(C) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who complete their program of study and 
                begin employment as a teacher in the first academic 
                year following the year of such completion.
                    ``(D) The adjusted cohort default rate (as 
                determined under section 435(m)) for TEACH Grant 
                recipients who exit their program of study before 
                completing the program, and for TEACH Grant recipients 
                who complete their program of study.
                    ``(E) The number and proportion of individuals 
                employed as teachers who received a TEACH Grant and 
                whose TEACH Grants are converted into loans during the 
                8-year period following the year in which the recipient 
                completed the recipient's program of study, set forth 
                separately for each year in such period.
                    ``(F) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who fulfill the terms of their agreement to 
                serve under section 420N(b) during the 8-year period 
                following the year in which the recipient completed the 
                recipient's program of study, set forth separately for 
                each year in such period.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information determined under 
        paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) except in cases in which such disaggregation 
                would reveal personally identifiable information about 
                an individual student, shall be disaggregated by--
                            ``(i) race, in accordance with section 
                        153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                        of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543);
                            ``(ii) gender;
                            ``(iii) socioeconomic status;
                            ``(iv) Federal Pell Grant eligibility 
                        status;
                            ``(v) status as a first-generation college 
                        student (as defined in section 402A(h));
                            ``(vi) veteran or active duty status;
                            ``(vii) disability status;
                            ``(viii) level of study (undergraduate, 
                        postbaccalaureate, or graduate, as applicable);
                            ``(ix) year of study (freshman, sophomore, 
                        junior, senior, as applicable); and
                            ``(x) each teacher preparation program 
                        offered by an institution; and
                    ``(B) may be disaggregated by any combination of 
                subgroups or descriptions described in subparagraph 
                (A).
            ``(3) Availability of data.--The information determined 
        under paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) remain available to the public for a period 
                of not less than 10 years after its initial release by 
                the Secretary; and
                    ``(B) be updated as necessary to reflect the most 
                accurate and up-to-date information for each 
                institution for each year of data collection.
    ``(b) Information From Institutions.--Each institution that 
receives a payment under this subpart shall provide to the Secretary, 
on an annual basis, such information as may be necessary for the 
Secretary to carry out subsection (a).
    ``(c) Reports and Dissemination.--
            ``(1) Initial and interim reports.--Not later than one year 
        after the date on which the first TEACH Grant is awarded under 
        this subpart after the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, 
        and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the 
        authorizing committees a report that includes the information 
        required under paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Final report.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than one year after 
                the date described in subparagraph (B), the Secretary 
                shall submit to the authorizing committees a final 
                report that includes the information required under 
                paragraph (3).
                    ``(B) Date described.--The date described in this 
                subparagraph is the later of--
                            ``(i) the date on which the last service 
                        agreement associated with a TEACH Grant is 
                        completed; or
                            ``(ii) the date on which the last TEACH 
                        Grant awarded under this subpart is converted 
                        into a loan.
            ``(3) Elements.--Each report under this subsection shall 
        include, based on information determined under subsection (a), 
        the following:
                    ``(A) A review of the utilization of TEACH Grants 
                at teacher preparation programs at institutions that 
                received a payment under this subpart.
                    ``(B) A review of TEACH Grant practices that 
                correlate with higher rates of completion of agreements 
                under section 420N(b).
                    ``(C) Guidance and recommendations on how effective 
                utilization of TEACH Grants can be replicated.
            ``(4) Availability.--Each report under this subsection 
        shall be made available to the public in an accessible format--
                    ``(A) on a website of the Department of Education; 
                and
                    ``(B) in any other format determined to be 
                appropriate by the Secretary.''.

SEC. 4037. NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS AND AMERICAN SAMOA COLLEGE ACCESS.

    Subpart 10 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070(h)) is amended to 
read as follows:

   ``Subpart 10--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College 
                                 Access

``SEC. 420R. PUBLIC SCHOOL GRANTS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this subpart to establish a 
program that enables college-bound residents of the Northern Mariana 
Islands and American Samoa to have greater choices among institutions 
of higher education.
    ``(b) Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        subsection (j), the Secretary shall provide--
                    ``(A) 50 percent of such amount to the Northern 
                Mariana Islands for the Governor to award grants to 
                eligible institutions that enroll eligible students to 
                pay the difference between the tuition and fees charged 
                for in-State students and the tuition and fees charged 
                for out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution; and
                    ``(B) 50 percent of such amount to the American 
                Samoa for the Governor to award grants to eligible 
                institutions that enroll eligible students to pay the 
                difference between the tuition and fees charged for in-
                State students and the tuition and fees charged for 
                out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution.
            ``(2) Maximum student amounts.--The amount paid on behalf 
        of an eligible student under this section shall be--
                    ``(A) not more than $15,000 for any one award year 
                (as defined in section 481); and
                    ``(B) not more than $45,000 in the aggregate.
            ``(3) Proration.--The Governor shall prorate payments under 
        this section for students who attend an eligible institution on 
        less than a full-time basis.
    ``(c) Reduction for Insufficient Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--If the funds appropriated pursuant to 
        subsection (j) for any fiscal year are insufficient to award a 
        grant in the amount determined under subsection (a) on behalf 
        of each eligible student enrolled in an eligible institution, 
        then the Governor, in consultation with the Secretary of 
        Education, shall--
                    ``(A) first, ratably reduce the amount of the 
                tuition and fee payment made on behalf of each eligible 
                student who has not received funds under this section 
                for a preceding year; and
                    ``(B) after making reductions under subparagraph 
                (A), ratably reduce the amount of the tuition and fee 
                payments made on behalf of all other eligible students.
            ``(2) Adjustments.--The Governor, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of Education, may adjust the amount of tuition and 
        fee payments made under paragraph (1) based on--
                    ``(A) the financial need of the eligible students 
                to avoid undue hardship to the eligible students; or
                    ``(B) undue administrative burdens on the Governor.
            ``(3) Further adjustments.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) 
        and (2), the Governor may prioritize the making or amount of 
        tuition and fee payments under this subsection based on the 
        income and need of eligible students.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution that--
                    ``(A) is a public four-year institution of higher 
                education located in one of the several States, the 
                District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States 
                Virgin Islands, or Guam;
                    ``(B) is eligible to participate in the student 
                financial assistance programs under title IV; and
                    ``(C) enters into an agreement with the Governors 
                of the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa 
                containing such conditions as each Governor may 
                specify, including a requirement that the institution 
                use the funds made available under this section to 
                supplement and not supplant assistance that otherwise 
                would be provided to eligible students from the 
                Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        an individual who--
                    ``(A) graduated from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(B) begins the individual's course of study 
                within the 3 calendar years (excluding any period of 
                service on active duty in the Armed Forces or service 
                under the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.) or 
                subtitle D of title I of the National and Community 
                Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)) of 
                graduation from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(C) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment, on at 
                least a half-time basis, in a baccalaureate degree or 
                other program (including a program of study abroad 
                approved for credit by the institution at which such 
                student is enrolled) leading to a recognized 
                educational credential at an eligible institution;
                    ``(D) if enrolled in an eligible institution, is 
                maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of 
                study the student is pursuing in accordance with 
                section 484(c); and
                    ``(E) has not completed the individual's first 
                undergraduate baccalaureate course of study.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Governor.--The term `Governor' means the Governor of 
        the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands or American 
        Samoa.
    ``(e) Construction.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
require an institution of higher education to alter the institution's 
admissions policies or standards in any manner to enable an eligible 
student to enroll in the institution.
    ``(f) Applications.--Each student desiring a tuition payment under 
this section shall submit an application to the eligible institution at 
such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
eligible institution may require.
    ``(g) Administration of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each Governor shall carry out the 
        program under this section in consultation with the Secretary. 
        Each Governor may enter into a grant, contract, or cooperative 
        agreement with another public or private entity to administer 
        the program under this section if the Governor determines that 
        doing so is a more efficient way of carrying out the program.
            ``(2) Policies and procedures.--Each Governor, in 
        consultation with institutions of higher education eligible for 
        participation in the program authorized under this section, 
        shall develop policies and procedures for the administration of 
        the program.
            ``(3) Memorandum of agreement.--Each Governor and the 
        Secretary shall enter into a Memorandum of Agreement that 
        describes--
                    ``(A) the manner in which the Governor shall 
                consult with the Secretary with respect to 
                administering the program under this section; and
                    ``(B) any technical or other assistance to be 
                provided to the Governor by the Secretary for purposes 
                of administering the program under this section (which 
                may include access to the information in the common 
                financial reporting form developed under section 483).
    ``(h) Governor's Report.--Each Governor shall report to the 
authorizing committees annually regarding--
            ``(1) the number of eligible students attending each 
        eligible institution and the amount of the grant awards paid to 
        those institutions on behalf of the eligible students;
            ``(2) the extent, if any, to which a ratable reduction was 
        made in the amount of tuition and fee payments made on behalf 
        of eligible students; and
            ``(3) the progress in obtaining recognized academic 
        credentials of the cohort of eligible students for each year.
    ``(i) GAO Report.--Beginning on the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall monitor the 
effect of the program assisted under this section on educational 
opportunities for eligible students. The Comptroller General shall 
analyze whether eligible students had difficulty gaining admission to 
eligible institutions because of any preference afforded in-State 
residents by eligible institutions, and shall expeditiously report any 
findings regarding such difficulty to Congress and the Governor. In 
addition the Comptroller General shall--
            ``(1) analyze the extent to which there are an insufficient 
        number of eligible institutions to which Northern Mariana 
        Islands and American Samoa students can gain admission, 
        including admission aided by assistance provided under this 
        subpart, due to--
                    ``(A) caps on the number of out-of-State students 
                the institution will enroll;
                    ``(B) significant barriers imposed by academic 
                entrance requirements (such as grade point average and 
                standardized scholastic admissions tests); and
                    ``(C) absence of admission programs benefitting 
                minority students; and
            ``(2) report the findings of the analysis described in 
        paragraph (1) and the assessment described in paragraph (2) to 
        Congress and the Governor.
    ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and 
American Samoa to carry out this subpart $5,000,000, to be available 
until expended, for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
fiscal years.
    ``(k) Effective Date.--This subpart shall take effect with respect 
to payments for periods of instruction that begin on or after January 
1, 2019.

``SEC. 420S. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

    ``(a) Personnel.--The Secretary shall arrange for the assignment of 
an individual, pursuant to subchapter VI of chapter 33 of title 5, 
United States Code, to serve as an adviser to each Governor with 
respect to the programs assisted under this subpart.
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--Each Governor may use not more than 
5 percent of the funds made available for a program under section 420R 
for a fiscal year to pay the administrative expenses of a program under 
section 420R for the fiscal year.
    ``(c) Inspector General Review.--Each of the programs assisted 
under this subpart shall be subject to audit and other review by the 
Inspector General of the Department of Education in the same manner as 
programs are audited and reviewed under the Inspector General Act of 
1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
    ``(d) Gifts.--The Governor may accept, use, and dispose of 
donations of services or property for purposes of carrying out this 
subpart.
    ``(e) Maximum Student Amount Adjustments.--Each Governor shall 
establish rules to adjust the maximum student amounts described in 
section 440S(b)(2) for eligible students described in section 
440S(d)(2) who transfer between the eligible institutions described in 
section 440S(d)(1).''.

SEC. 4038. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

    Part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:

            ``Subpart 11--Community College Student Success

``SEC. 420T. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM 
              AUTHORIZED.

    ``From the amounts appropriated under 420BB, the Secretary of 
Education shall establish and carry out the community college student 
success grant program to award grants under sections 420U and 420V, on 
a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to plan and implement 
community college student success programs designed to increase--
            ``(1) the rate at which eligible students graduate from a 
        program of study at such eligible institution within 150 
        percent of the normal time for graduation; and
            ``(2) transfer rates of eligible students.

``SEC. 420U. GRANTS TO PLAN COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Planning Grants Authorized.--From the amounts appropriated to 
carry out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
Secretary shall award planning grants for such fiscal year, on a 
competitive basis, to eligible institutions to develop plans for 
community college student success programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
1-year period.
    ``(c) Peer Review Process; Priority.--In awarding grants under this 
section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
            ``(1) carry out a peer review process that--
                    ``(A) requires that each application submitted 
                under subsection (d) be peer reviewed by a panel of 
                readers composed of individuals selected by the 
                Secretary, which shall include--
                            ``(i) not less than 50 percent of readers--
                                    ``(I) who are not employees of the 
                                Federal Government; and
                                    ``(II) who have relevant research 
                                or practical experience with respect to 
                                student support programs designed to 
                                increase graduation rates and transfer 
                                rates at public 2-year institutions of 
                                higher education; and
                            ``(ii) to the maximum extent practicable, 
                        individuals who are members of groups 
                        underrepresented in higher education, including 
                        African Americans, Hispanics, Native Americans, 
                        Alaska Natives, Asian Americans, Native 
                        American Pacific Islanders (including Native 
                        Hawaiians), and individuals with disabilities; 
                        and
                    ``(B) ensures that no individual assigned under 
                subparagraph (A) to review an application has any 
                conflict of interest with regard to that application 
                that may make the individual unable to impartially 
                conduct such review; and
            ``(2) give priority to eligible institutions that are 
        eligible to receive funding under title III or V.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, which shall include--
            ``(1) the graduation rate and transfer rate for the most 
        recent academic year for which data are available for eligible 
        students and all students, respectively;
            ``(2) an analysis of how implementing a community college 
        student success program may improve the graduation rate or 
        transfer rate for eligible students; and
            ``(3) an analysis of the methods the eligible institution 
        has previously used to improve the graduation rate or transfer 
        rate with respect to eligible students and all students, 
        respectively.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to develop a plan to implement a 
community college student success program at the eligible institution.
    ``(f) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date on which an 
eligible institution receives a grant under this section, such eligible 
institution shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes--
            ``(1) a plan for implementing a community college student 
        success program at the eligible institution, including--
                    ``(A) the ambitious outcome goals for achieving 
                significant improvements in graduation rates and 
                transfer rates for eligible students and all students, 
                respectively, as such rates are defined by the eligible 
                institution, in consultation with the Secretary, before 
                the end of the grant period;
                    ``(B) the number of such eligible students who will 
                participate in such program, including how such 
                eligible students will be identified, referred, and 
                selected, in cases where the interest in the program is 
                larger than the budget for the program;
                    ``(C) the demographics (including income, race (as 
                defined by section 153(a) of the Education of the 
                Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543)), 
                disability status, and gender) of such eligible 
                students; and
                    ``(D) based on the most recent academic year for 
                which data are available, disaggregated by eligible 
                students and all students--
                            ``(i) graduation rates;
                            ``(ii) transfer rates;
                            ``(iii) retention rates;
                            ``(iv) rates of completion of remedial 
                        courses for students required to complete such 
                        courses; and
                            ``(v) average number of credits attempted 
                        and average number of credits earned;
                    ``(E) an analysis of the financial needs of the 
                eligible students described in subparagraph (B);
                    ``(F) an analysis of how the eligible institution 
                will collaborate across departments at the institution 
                and with external partners to implement a community 
                college student success program, including the detailed 
                roles and responsibilities of each potential external 
                partner (including each investor, State or local 
                government entity, or other stakeholder);
                    ``(G) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will effectively staff a community college student 
                success program; and
                    ``(H) a timeline for the implementation of such 
                program;
            ``(2) a budgetary analysis that includes--
                    ``(A) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will--
                            ``(i) provide non-Federal funds for such 
                        program under subsection (d) of section 420V; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) meet the requirement of subsection 
                        (b)(3) of such section; and
                    ``(B) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will continue to fund such program after the end of the 
                grant period for the grant awarded to the institution 
                under section 420V;
            ``(3) a description of the data system the eligible 
        institution will use to track and evaluate the progress of 
        eligible students participating in such program;
            ``(4) an analysis of the institutional barriers that may 
        hinder implementation of such program at such eligible 
        institution; and
            ``(5) such other information as the Secretary may require.

``SEC. 420V. GRANTS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Implementation Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry 
        out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall award grants for such fiscal year, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible institutions awarded a grant 
        under section 420U to implement community college student 
        success programs.
            ``(2) Consultation.--In awarding grants under this section 
        for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall consult with the 
        independent evaluator before finalizing which eligible 
        institutions will receive such a grant for such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Requirements for Selection.--To be eligible to receive a 
grant under this section, an eligible institution shall meet the 
following requirements:
            ``(1) The eligible institution was awarded a grant under 
        section 420U at least 1 year before such eligible institution 
        submits an application under subsection (e).
            ``(2) The eligible institution submits an application under 
        subsection (e).
            ``(3) The eligible institution demonstrates, on the date of 
        the application described in subsection (e), the availability 
        of non-Federal funding for the matching funds required under 
        subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (d)(1).
    ``(c) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
5-year period.
    ``(d) Non-Federal Contribution.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an 
        eligible institution awarded a grant under this section shall 
        contribute in cash from non-Federal sources, the following:
                    ``(A) For the second year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 20 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                the community college student success program at the 
                institution for such year.
                    ``(B) For the third year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 40 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(C) For the fourth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 60 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(D) For the fifth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 80 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
            ``(2) Exception.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                with respect to an exempt institution awarded a grant 
                under this section, for each year of the grant period 
                beginning with the second year through the fifth year, 
                the Secretary shall not require the institution to make 
                a cash contribution from non-Federal sources in an 
                amount that is greater than the amount equal to 5 
                percent of the cost of carrying out the community 
                college student success program at the institution for 
                such year.
                    ``(B) Definitions.--For purposes of this paragraph:
                            ``(i) Exempt institution.--The term `exempt 
                        institution' means an eligible institution that 
                        is a--
                                    ``(I) Tribal college or university; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) an institution located in 
                                the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, 
                                American Samoa, the United States 
                                Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the 
                                Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic 
                                of the Marshall Islands, the Federated 
                                States of Micronesia, or the Republic 
                                of Palau.
                            ``(ii) Tribal college or university.--The 
                        term `Tribal college or university' has the 
                        meaning given the term in section 316 of the 
                        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c).
    ``(e) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution desiring a grant 
        under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary 
        at such time, in such manner, and containing such information 
        as the Secretary may require, which shall include a copy of the 
        report described in 420U(e).
            ``(2) Requirements for eligible institutions that 
        reapply.--An institution that submits an application under 
        paragraph (1) that is not the first application submitted by 
        such institution under such paragraph shall include the 
        following in such application:
                    ``(A) The number of applications such eligible 
                institution has submitted under paragraph (1) and the 
                dates on which such applications were submitted.
                    ``(B) A description of the changes the eligible 
                institution has made since the most recent application 
                submitted under paragraph (1) to improve the plan to 
                implement a community college student success program 
                at such eligible institution.
            ``(3) Review.--Not later than 60 days after receiving an 
        application under this subsection, the Secretary shall approve 
        or deny such application.
    ``(f) Required Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives 
a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to--
            ``(1) implement a community college student success 
        program;
            ``(2) regularly review--
                    ``(A) data to monitor the academic progress of 
                eligible students participating in such program; and
                    ``(B) the meeting and program participation 
                requirements described in section 420AA(1); and
            ``(3) cover the employment of administrators for the 
        program whose sole job shall be to administer the program, 
        without regard to whether the employment is full-time or less 
        than full-time.
    ``(g) Permissible Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may use the grant to--
            ``(1) establish or expand a data tracking system that 
        includes early alerts to complete the regular reviews required 
        under subsection (f)(2);
            ``(2) provide eligible students participating in the 
        community college student success program for which the grant 
        is awarded with financial assistance to cover the costs 
        described in paragraph (2), (3), or (8) of section 472;
            ``(3) establish or expand career development services for 
        such students, such as career workshops or career counseling;
            ``(4) establish or expand tutoring services for such 
        students; and
            ``(5) provide financial support for eligible students 
        participating in such program to enroll in courses offered 
        during enrollment periods that are outside the fall and spring 
        semesters (or equivalent terms).
    ``(h) Reports.--An eligible institution that receives a grant under 
this section shall--
            ``(1) not less than once for each year of the grant period, 
        submit to the Secretary an annual performance report for such 
        year of the grant period, and when data is available, compares 
        such year with each of the 2 years preceding the date on which 
        the grant was awarded--
                    ``(A) the demographic characteristics of the 
                eligible students participating in the community 
                college student success program;
                    ``(B) the average number of credits attempted and 
                average number of credits earned, rate of retention, 
                rate of degree completion, and rates of transfer of 
                such eligible students;
                    ``(C) the graduation rate of such eligible students 
                within--
                            ``(i) 100 percent of the normal time for 
                        graduation;
                            ``(ii) 150 percent of the normal time for 
                        graduation; and
                            ``(iii) 200 percent of the normal time for 
                        graduation;
                    ``(D) an analysis of the implementation and 
                progress of such program based on the ambitious outcome 
                goals described in the report submitted by the 
                institution under section 420U(e)(1)(A), including 
                challenges to and changes made to such program; and
                    ``(E) if according to the analysis under 
                subparagraph (D), the program is not on track to meet 
                such ambitious outcome goals, a description of the 
                plans to adjust the program to improve the performance 
                of the program; and
                    ``(F) the participation of such eligible students 
                in tutoring, career services, and meetings with program 
                advisors;
                    ``(G) for the report for year 3 of the grant 
                period, the plan to meet the non-Federal contribution 
                requirement under subsection (d)(1)(D); and
                    ``(H) for the report for year 4 of the grant 
                period, a description of--
                            ``(i) the source of the funds to meet the 
                        non-Federal contribution requirement under 
                        subsection (d)(1)(D);
                            ``(ii) the plans to continue to fund such 
                        program after the grant period ends; and
                            ``(iii) the plans to use this program as a 
                        catalyst for institution-wide reform with 
                        respect to graduation rates and transfer rates 
                        for all students; and
            ``(2) not later than 6 years after the date on which the 
        eligible institution received such grant, submit a final report 
        to the Secretary that includes an analysis of--
                    ``(A) the factors that contributed to the success 
                or failure of the community college student success 
                program in meeting the ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 3(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the challenges faced in attempting to 
                implement such program;
                    ``(C) information on how to improve such program;
                    ``(D) whether the program has created an 
                institution-wide reform with respect to graduation 
                rates and transfer rates for all students, and if so, 
                how such reform was created; and
                    ``(E) how the eligible institution will continue to 
                fund such program after the end of the grant period.

``SEC. 420W. EVALUATIONS.

    ``(a) Independent Evaluations.--Before finalizing which eligible 
institutions will receive grants under section 420V for a fiscal year, 
the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Institute of 
Education Sciences, shall enter into a contract with an independent 
evaluator--
            ``(1) to consult with the Secretary on which eligible 
        institutions should receive the grants; and
            ``(2) to use the What Works Clearinghouse Standards 
        (without reservations) to evaluate, throughout the duration of 
        the grant period of such grants--
                    ``(A) each community college student success 
                program for which such grant is awarded, including 
                whether the program met its ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 420U(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the average impact of community college 
                student success programs on graduation rates and 
                transfer rates for eligible students;
                    ``(C) the variation in program impact across 
                eligible institutions with respect to such rates; and
                    ``(D) whether such programs lead to higher 
                graduation rates and transfer rates of eligible 
                students per dollar spent for such students by such 
                institutions compared with such rates at eligible 
                institutions without such programs.
    ``(b) Results of Evaluations.--The results of the evaluations under 
subsection (a) shall be made publicly available on the website of the 
Department of Education.
    ``(c) Funding for Evaluations.--The Secretary may reserve not more 
than 15 percent of the funds appropriated under section 420BB for a 
fiscal year to carry out this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420X. OUTREACH AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

    ``(a) Outreach.--The Secretary shall conduct outreach activities to 
notify eligible institutions of the availability of grants under this 
subpart.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance--
            ``(1) to eligible institutions that may be interested in 
        applying for grants under this subpart, including assistance 
        with applications for such grants; and
            ``(2) to eligible institutions awarded grants under this 
        subpart, including assistance with--
                    ``(A) establishing ambitious outcome goals 
                described in section 420U(e)(1)(A); and
                    ``(B) the implementation of a community college 
                student success program.
    ``(c) Funding for Technical Assistance for Evaluations.--The 
Secretary may reserve not more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated 
under section 420BB for a fiscal year for technical assistance under 
this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420Y. REPORT TO CONGRESS.

    ``Not later than 1 year after the date on which the Secretary 
receives the final evaluation results under section 420W for eligible 
institutions that were awarded grants under section 420V for the same 
fiscal year, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) the number of grants awarded under section 420V for 
        such fiscal year, and the amount of such grants;
            ``(2) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that received the grants described in 
        paragraph (1), and the amount of such grants;
            ``(3) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that would have been eligible but did not 
        receive the grants in paragraph (1);
            ``(4) such final evaluation results; and
            ``(5) any other information the Secretary may deem 
        relevant.

``SEC. 420Z. SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.

    ``Funds awarded to an eligible institution under this subpart shall 
be used only to supplement the amount of funds that would, in the 
absence of the Federal funds provided under this subpart, be made 
available from non-Federal sources or other Federal sources to carry 
out the activities under this subpart, and not to supplant such funds.

``SEC. 420AA. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Community college student success program.--The term 
        `community college student success program' means a program 
        carried out by an eligible institution under which the 
        institution carries out the following:
                    ``(A) Provides eligible students participating in 
                such program with an amount that covers the cost of 
                tuition and fees that are not covered by any Federal, 
                State, or institutional financial assistance received 
                by the student.
                    ``(B) Requires eligible students participating in 
                such program to--
                            ``(i) be enrolled in the eligible 
                        institution and carry a full-time academic 
                        workload during each fall and spring semester 
                        (or equivalent terms) during which the student 
                        participates in such program;
                            ``(ii) if the eligible student is referred 
                        to remedial courses or is on academic 
                        probation, meet, on at least a weekly basis, 
                        with a tutor, except that in the case of an 
                        eligible student who is academically 
                        struggling, but who is not referred to remedial 
                        courses or on academic probation, the student 
                        may meet with a tutor as often as the program 
                        advisor for such student requires;
                            ``(iii) meet with a program advisor--
                                    ``(I) twice each month during the 
                                first semester (or equivalent term) of 
                                participation in such program; and
                                    ``(II) as directed by the program 
                                advisor in subsequent semesters (or 
                                equivalent terms) under subparagraph 
                                (C)(ii); and
                            ``(iv) meet with an on-campus career 
                        advisor or participate in a career services 
                        event once each semester (or equivalent term).
                    ``(C) Provides a program advisor to each eligible 
                student participating in such program who--
                            ``(i) provides comprehensive academic and 
                        personal advising to the eligible student, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) the creation and 
                                implementation of an academic plan for 
                                the student to graduate from a program 
                                of study at the eligible institution 
                                within 150 percent of the normal time 
                                for graduation from such program;
                                    ``(II) if an eligible student is 
                                referred to remedial courses, 
                                encouraging such student to complete 
                                such courses as quickly as possible; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) assisting the eligible 
                                student with developing and achieving 
                                academic goals, including creating 
                                strong transfer pathways that 
                                demonstrate programmatic transfer for 
                                students interested in transferring to 
                                a 4-year institution of higher 
                                education;
                            ``(ii) after the eligible student 
                        participating in such program completes a 
                        semester (or equivalent term), creates for the 
                        eligible student a needs-based advising 
                        schedule that indicates, based on the eligible 
                        student's academic performance, the frequency 
                        with which such eligible student shall be 
                        required to meet with a program advisor for 
                        each subsequent semester (or equivalent term) 
                        of program participation;
                            ``(iii) has a caseload of not more than 150 
                        eligible students;
                            ``(iv) tracks the attendance of the 
                        eligible student at the meetings described in 
                        clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph 
                        (B);
                            ``(v) monitors the academic progress of the 
                        eligible student; and
                            ``(vi) provides each eligible student who 
                        meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), on 
                        at least a monthly basis, with financial 
                        incentives, such as a transportation pass or a 
                        gas card.
                    ``(D) Provides free tutoring and career services to 
                eligible students participating in such program, and 
                may reserve places in select courses for such eligible 
                students in order to create a community within cohorts 
                of eligible students.
            ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means a public 2-year institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(3) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student enrolled at an eligible institution who--
                    ``(A) on the date such eligible student would begin 
                participation in a community college student success 
                program at such eligible institution--
                            ``(i) is enrolled in a program of study 
                        leading to an associate degree;
                            ``(ii) is enrolled at such institution and 
                        carrying a full-time academic workload during 
                        each fall and spring semester (or equivalent 
                        terms) during which the student participates in 
                        such program;
                            ``(iii) is--
                                    ``(I) a first-time undergraduate 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) a continuing or transfer 
                                student with not more than 15 credits 
                                and a minimum grade point average of 
                                2.0 (or its equivalent); and
                            ``(iv) is considered by the eligible 
                        institution to need no more than two remedial 
                        courses; and
                    ``(B) if the student is eligible for financial aid 
                under title IV, has completed the Free Application for 
                Federal Student Aid or other common financial reporting 
                form under section 483(a); and
                    ``(C) meets any other requirements established by 
                the institution.
            ``(4) Full-time academic workload.--The term `full-time 
        academic workload', when used with respect to a semester or 
        equivalent term, means at least 12 credits (or the equivalent).
            ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term under section 101.
            ``(6) Transfer rate.--The term `transfer rate', when used 
        with respect to students enrolled in a program of study at an 
        eligible institution, means the rate at which such students 
        transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

``SEC. 420BB. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$1,000,000,000, to be available until expended for fiscal year 2019 and 
each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

                                 PART B

SEC. 4041. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN REPAYMENT PLAN OPTIONS AND 
              OPPORTUNITY TO CHANGE REPAYMENT PLANS.

    Section 428(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1078(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (D)--
                            (i) in clause (ii), by striking ``may 
                        annually change the selection of a repayment 
                        plan under this part,'' and inserting ``may at 
                        any time after July 1, 2019, change the 
                        selection of a repayment plan under this part 
                        to one of the 2 repayment plans described in 
                        paragraph (9)(C),''; and
                            (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ``be 
                        subject to income contingent repayment in 
                        accordance with subsection (m);'' and inserting 
                        ``be subject to income-based repayment in 
                        accordance with section 493C(f);''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (E)(i), by striking ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                standard, graduated, income-sensitive, or extended 
                repayment schedule (as described in paragraph (9)) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and'' and inserting ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                repayment plan described in paragraph (9)(C) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and''; and
            (2) in paragraph (9), by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Selection of repayment plans on and after 
                july 1, 2019.--
                            ``(i) Opportunity to change repayment 
                        plans.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
                        this paragraph, or any other provision of law, 
                        and in accordance with regulations, beginning 
                        on July 1, 2019, the lender shall offer a 
                        borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
                        under this part the opportunity to change 
                        repayment plans, and to enroll in one of the 
                        following repayment plans:
                                    ``(I) A fixed repayment plan 
                                described in section 493E.
                                    ``(II) The income-based repayment 
                                plan under section 493C(f).''.

SEC. 4042. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO SEPARATE JOINT CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

    Section 428C(a)(3)(B)(i)(V) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1078-3(3)(B)(i)(V)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``or'' at the end of item (bb);
            (2) by striking the period at the end of item (cc) and 
        inserting ``; or''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                            ``(dd) for the purpose of 
                                        separating a joint 
                                        consolidation loan into 2 
                                        separate Federal Direct 
                                        Consolidation Loans under 
                                        section 455(g)(2).''.

SEC. 4043. DISBURSEMENT OF STUDENT LOANS.

    Section 428G of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-
7(a)) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Adjusted cohort default rate.--Beginning on the date 
        on which the final adjusted cohort default rates are published 
        by the Secretary for not less than 3 fiscal years under section 
        435(m), an institution whose adjusted cohort default rate (as 
        determined under section 435(m)) for each of the 3 most recent 
        fiscal years for which data are available is less than 5 
        percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
        under this part in a single installment for any period of 
        enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1 
        quarter, or 4 months.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e), by inserting before the period the 
        following: ``, or beginning on the date on which the final 
        adjusted cohort default rates are published by the Secretary 
        for fiscal year 2016 under section 435(m), an adjusted cohort 
        default rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of less than 
        2 percent''.

SEC. 4044. STUDENT LOAN CONTRACT AND LOAN DISCLOSURES.

    (a) Student Loan Contract.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is amended by adding at 
the end the following:
                            ``(iv) Student loan contract.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--Any master 
                                promissory note form described in this 
                                subparagraph that is developed or used 
                                for loans made under part D for periods 
                                of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                                date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act 
                                shall be referred to as a `student loan 
                                contract'.
                                    ``(II) Clarification on use.--
                                Notwithstanding clause (i), each 
                                student loan contract for a part D loan 
                                made for periods of enrollment 
                                beginning on or after the date of 
                                enactment of the Aim Higher Act shall--
                                            ``(aa) not be entered into 
                                        by a student unless the student 
                                        has completed all required 
                                        counseling related to such 
                                        loan, including counseling 
                                        required under section 485(l);
                                            ``(bb) be signed by the 
                                        student entering such student 
                                        loan contract after completion 
                                        of such counseling; and
                                            ``(cc) be used only for the 
                                        award year for which the 
                                        initial loans are made under 
                                        the contract, and shall not be 
                                        valid for additional loans for 
                                        the same or subsequent periods 
                                        of enrollment.''.
    (b) Loan Disclosures.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is further amended by adding 
after clause (iv) (as amended) the following:
                            ``(v) Loan disclosures.--For loans made for 
                        periods of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                        date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the 
                        Secretary shall take such steps as are 
                        necessary to streamline the student loan 
                        disclosure requirements under this Act. The 
                        Secretary shall ensure that information 
                        required to be disclosed to a student who is 
                        applying for, receiving, or preparing to repay 
                        a loan under part D of this Act shall be 
                        streamlined in a manner that--
                                    ``(I) reduces and simplifies the 
                                paperwork students are required to 
                                complete; and
                                    ``(II) limits the number of times 
                                students are presented with disclosures 
                                by incorporating the streamlined 
                                disclosures into required student loan 
                                counseling under section 485(l), the 
                                student loan contract under this 
                                subparagraph, or both.''.

SEC. 4045. COHORT DEFAULT RATES.

    (a) Ineligibility Based on High Default Rates.--
            (1) In general.--Section 435(a) of the Higher Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in paragraph (7)(A), by adding at the end the 
                following:
                            ``(iii) Default management plan.--The 
                        default management plan required under clause 
                        (II) may not include placing students in 
                        forbearance as a means of reducing the cohort 
                        default rate of the institution.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) Ineligibility based on high default rates on or after 
        fiscal year 2016.--Beginning on the date that is one year after 
        the date on which the final adjusted cohort default rates are 
        published by the Secretary for not less than 3 fiscal years--
                    ``(A) an institution shall be ineligible to 
                participate in a program under this title--
                            ``(i) in a case in which the institution's 
                        adjusted cohort default rate is greater than 20 
                        percent for each of the three most recent 
                        fiscal years for which the adjusted cohort 
                        default rate is published; or
                            ``(ii)(I) in a case in which the 
                        institution's adjusted cohort default rate is 
                        greater than 10 percent for each of the 8 most 
                        recent fiscal years for which the adjusted 
                        cohort default rate is published; and
                            ``(II) the Secretary determines that the 
                        institution has not made adequate progress in 
                        meeting standards for student achievement 
                        established by the relevant accrediting agency 
                        or association pursuant to section 496(a)(5)(A) 
                        during such 8-year period; and
                    ``(B) an institution whose adjusted cohort default 
                rate is greater than 15 percent for each of the 6 most 
                recent fiscal years for which the adjusted cohort 
                default rate is published--
                            ``(i) shall be ineligible to receive 
                        Federal Pell Grants under section 401 on behalf 
                        of any student who enrolls in the institution 
                        for the first-time after the expiration of such 
                        6-year period;
                            ``(ii) shall be subject to ongoing tracking 
                        and monitoring by the Secretary to determine 
                        the progress of the institution in meeting the 
                        standards for student achievement described in 
                        subparagraph (A)(ii)(II); and
                            ``(iii) if the institution shows no 
                        improvement on meeting the standards for 
                        student achievement described in subparagraph 
                        (A)(ii)(II) within a 2-year period, such 
                        institution shall be ineligible to receive 
                        Federal loans under this title on behalf of any 
                        student who enrolls in the institution for the 
                        first time after the expiration of such 2-year 
                        period.
            ``(10) Application of section 435(a) to adjusted cohort 
        default rate.--Beginning on the date on which the final 
        adjusted cohort default rates are published by the Secretary 
        for not less than 3 fiscal years--
                    ``(A) paragraph (1) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)'
                    ``(B) paragraph (3) shall be applied by 
                substituting `adjusted cohort default rate, calculated 
                in accordance with subsection (m)(1)(E), is equal to or 
                greater than 20 percent' for `cohort default rate, 
                calculated in accordance with subsection (m), is equal 
                to or greater than the threshold percentage specified 
                in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)';
                    ``(C) paragraph (4) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (C), by substituting 
                        `adjusted cohort default rate equals or exceeds 
                        15 percent' for `cohort default rate equals or 
                        exceeds 20 percent'; and
                            ``(ii) in the matter following subparagraph 
                        (C), by substituting `adjusted cohort default 
                        rate to reflect the percentage of defaulted 
                        loans in the representative sample that are 
                        required to be excluded pursuant to subsection 
                        (m)(1)(B)' for `cohort default rate to reflect 
                        the percentage of defaulted loans in the 
                        representative sample that are required to be 
                        excluded pursuant to subsection (m)(1)(B)';
                    ``(D) paragraph (5)(A) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)';
                    ``(E) paragraph (6) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    ``(I) in the matter preceding 
                                clause (i), by substituting `Any 
                                institution that has an adjusted cohort 
                                default rate that equals or exceeds 15 
                                percent' for `After July 1, 1999, any 
                                institution that has a cohort default 
                                rate that equals or exceeds 25 
                                percent'; and
                                    ``(II) in clause (i), by 
                                substituting `has an adjusted cohort 
                                default rate that is less than 15%' for 
                                `by July 1, 2004, have a cohort default 
                                rate that is less than 25 percent'; and
                            ``(ii) in subparagraph (B), by substituting 
                        `has an adjusted cohort default rate that is 
                        less than 15%' for `by July 1, 2004, have a 
                        cohort default rate that is less than 25 
                        percent';
                    ``(F) paragraph (7) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (A)(i)--
                                    ``(I) in the matter preceding 
                                subclause (I), by substituting 
                                `adjusted cohort default rate is equal 
                                to or greater than 20 percent' for 
                                `cohort default rate is equal to or 
                                greater than the threshold percentage 
                                specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)'; and
                                    ``(II) in subclauses (I) and (II), 
                                by substituting `adjusted cohort 
                                default rate' for `cohort default 
                                rate'; and
                            ``(ii) in subparagraph (B)(i), by 
                        substituting `adjusted cohort default rate is 
                        equal to or greater than 20 percent' for 
                        `cohort default rate is equal to or greater 
                        than the threshold percentage specified in 
                        paragraph (2)(B)(iv)'; and
                    ``(G) paragraph (8) shall be applied by 
                substituting `adjusted cohort default rate' for `cohort 
                default rate' both places it appears.
            ``(11) Exception for transition to adjusted cohort default 
        rate metric.--
                    ``(A) In general.--During a period of transition to 
                using an adjusted cohort default rate, any public 
                institution with an adjusted cohort default rate that 
                equals or exceeds 20 percent may request a transition 
                exception to continue to be an eligible institution for 
                purposes of title IV.
                    ``(B) Exception review.--The Secretary, with 
                respect to an institution requesting an exception under 
                subparagraph (A), shall--
                            ``(i) review such institution to determine 
                        whether during year 4 of repayment the 
                        institution's default rate rose higher than the 
                        default rate during year 3 of repayment; and
                            ``(ii) if such rate is higher than 10 
                        percent, require such institution to develop a 
                        default management plan as specified in section 
                        435(a)(7).
                    ``(C) Transition period limit.--An exception under 
                subparagraph (A) shall expire not later than 2 years 
                after the date on which the first year of the adjusted 
                cohort default rate is published with respect to the 
                institution for which the exception applies.''.
            (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 435(a)(2) of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in the paragraph heading, by adding at the end 
                the following: ``before fiscal year 2016''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B)(iv), by striking ``and any 
                succeeding fiscal year'' and inserting ``through fiscal 
                year 2015''.
    (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate Defined.--Section 435(m)(1) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)(1)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
                    ``(E)(i) With respect to a cohort default rate 
                calculated for an institution under this paragraph for 
                fiscal year 2016 and for each succeeding fiscal year, 
                such cohort default rate shall be adjusted as follows:
                            ``(I) In determining the number of current 
                        and former students at an institution who enter 
                        repayment for such fiscal year--
                                    ``(aa) any such student who is in 
                                nonmandatory forbearance for such 
                                fiscal year for a period of greater 
                                than 18 months but less than 36 months 
                                shall not be counted as entering 
                                repayment for such fiscal year;
                                    ``(bb) such a student shall be 
                                counted as entering repayment for the 
                                first fiscal year for which the student 
                                ceases to be in a period of forbearance 
                                and otherwise meets the requirements 
                                for being in repayment; and
                                    ``(cc) any such student who is in a 
                                period of forbearance for 3 or more 
                                years shall be counted as in default 
                                and included in the institution's total 
                                number of students in default.
                            ``(II) Such rate shall be multiplied by the 
                        percentage of students enrolled at the 
                        institution for such fiscal year who are 
                        borrowing a loan under part D of this title.
                    ``(ii) The result obtained under this subparagraph 
                for an institution shall be referred to in this Act as 
                the `adjusted cohort default rate'.''.
    (c) Publication of Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 435(m) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted 
        cohort default rates for fiscal year 2016 are made available 
        for publication by the Secretary, paragraph (4) shall be 
        applied by substituting `adjusted cohort default' with `cohort 
        default'.''.

SEC. 4046. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

    The Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is 
amended in section 435(a)(5)(A)(i)(I) (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(5)(A)(i)(I)), 
by striking ``under section 401(b)(2)(A)'' and inserting ``, as 
appropriate, under section 401(b)(2)(A) (as in effect on the day before 
the effective date of the Aim Higher Act) or section 401(b)(1).''.

SEC. 4047. AUTOMATIC INCOME MONITORING PROCEDURES AFTER A TOTAL AND 
              PERMANENT DISABILITY DISCHARGE.

    Section 437(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Automatic income monitoring.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the 
                date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary 
                shall establish and implement, with respect to any 
                borrower described in subparagraph (B), procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of the income-
                        monitoring period described in subparagraph (B) 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower (and the 
                        borrower's spouse, if applicable) for the 
                        purpose of determining the borrower's continued 
                        eligibility for the loan discharge described in 
                        subparagraph (B) for such year, and any other 
                        information necessary to determine such 
                        continued eligibility of the borrower for such 
                        year, except that--
                                    ``(I) in the case of a borrower 
                                whose returns and return information 
                                indicate that the borrower has no 
                                earned income for any year of such 
                                income-monitoring period, such borrower 
                                shall be treated as not having earned 
                                income in excess of the poverty line 
                                for such year subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower; and
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the borrower's continued eligibility for such 
                        loan discharge for such year.
                    ``(B) Applicability.--Subparagraph (A) shall 
                apply--
                            ``(i) to each borrower of a covered loan 
                        (defined in section 455(d)(10)) that is 
                        discharged under this subsection or section 
                        464(c)(1)(F) due to the permanent and total 
                        disability of the borrower; and
                            ``(ii) during the income-monitoring period 
                        under this subsection, defined in this 
                        paragraph as the period--
                                    ``(I) beginning on the date on 
                                which such loan is so discharged; and
                                    ``(II) during which the Secretary 
                                determines whether a reinstatement of 
                                the obligation of, and resumption of 
                                collection on, such loan may be 
                                necessary.''.

SEC. 4048. REPAYMENT OF PARENT LOANS DUE TO STUDENT DISABILITY.

    Section 437(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``If a student'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Death.--If a student''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Disability.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall discharge a 
                parent's liability on a loan described in section 428B 
                by repaying the amount owed on the loan if the student 
                on whose behalf the parent has received the loan--
                            ``(i) becomes permanently and totally 
                        disabled (as determined in accordance with 
                        regulations of the Secretary); or
                            ``(ii) is unable to engage in any 
                        substantial gainful activity by reason of any 
                        medically determinable physical or mental 
                        impairment that can be expected to result in 
                        death, has lasted for a continuous period of 
                        not less than 60 months, or can be expected to 
                        last for a continuous period of not less than 
                        60 months.
                    ``(B) Disability determinations.--Subsection (a)(2) 
                shall apply to a disability determination under this 
                paragraph in the same manner as such subsection applies 
                to a determination under subsection (a)(1).
                    ``(C) Safeguards.--The safeguards to prevent fraud 
                and abuse developed under subsection (a)(1) shall apply 
                under this paragraph.
                    ``(D) Reinstatement of loans.--The Secretary may 
                promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of, 
                and resume collection on, loans discharged under this 
                paragraph in cases in which the Secretary determines 
                that the reinstatement and resumption is necessary and 
                appropriate based upon the regulations developed under 
                subsection (a)(1).''.

                                 PART C

SEC. 4051. PURPOSE; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 441 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``part, such sums as may 
        be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five 
        succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting ``part--
            ``(1) $1,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2019;
            ``(2) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2020;
            ``(3) $2,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(4) $2,250,000,000 for fiscal year 2022; and
            ``(5) $2,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2023 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'';
                    (B) in paragraph (4)(C), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) work-based learning designed to give students 
        experience in any activity described in paragraph (1), (2), 
        (3), or (4), whether or not credit is awarded.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Work-Based Learning Defined.--For purposes of this part, the 
term `work-based learning' means sustained interactions with industry, 
community, or academic professionals in real workplace settings that--
            ``(1) foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with the tasks 
        required of a given career field that are aligned to a 
        student's field of study; and
            ``(2) may include internships, fellowships, and 
        apprenticeships.''.

SEC. 4052. ALLOCATION FORMULA.

    Section 442 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-52) 
is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Reservations.--
            ``(1) Reservation for improved institutions.--
                    ``(A) Amount of reservation for improved 
                institutions.--Beginning with the first fiscal year 
                that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of the 
                Aim Higher Act of 2018, for a fiscal year in which the 
                amount appropriated under section 441(b) exceeds 
                $700,000,000, the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) reserve the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) an amount equal to 20 percent 
                                of the amount by which the amount 
                                appropriated under section 441(b) 
                                exceeds $700,000,000; or
                                    ``(II) $150,000,000; and
                            ``(ii) allocate the amount reserved under 
                        clause (i) to each improved institution in an 
                        amount equal to the greater of the following:
                                    ``(I) The amount that bears the 
                                same proportion to the amount reserved 
                                under clause (i) as the total amount of 
                                all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at 
                                the improved institution for the second 
                                preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                                total amount of Federal Pell Grant 
                                funds awarded at improved institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                second preceding fiscal year.
                                    ``(II) $5,000.
                    ``(B) Improved institution described.--For purposes 
                of this paragraph, an improved institution is an 
                institution that, on the date the Secretary makes an 
                allocation under subparagraph (A)(ii)--
                            ``(i) is an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined under section 101);
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of subsection 
                        (d)(5); and
                            ``(iii) is with respect to--
                                    ``(I) the completion rate or 
                                graduation rate of Federal Pell Grant 
                                recipients at the institution, in the 
                                top 75 percent of all institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                preceding fiscal year;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of Federal 
                                Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in subclause 
                                (I); and
                                    ``(III) the annual increase in the 
                                completion rate or graduation rate of 
                                Federal Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in 
                                subclauses (I) and (II).
                    ``(C) Completion rate or graduation rate.--For 
                purposes of determining the completion rate or 
                graduation rate under this section, a Federal Pell 
                Grant recipient who is either a full-time student or a 
                part-time student shall be counted as a completer or 
                graduate if, within 150 percent of the normal time for 
                completion of or graduation from the program, the 
                student has completed or graduated from the program, or 
                enrolled in any program of an institution participating 
                in any program under this title for which the prior 
                program provides substantial preparation.
            ``(2) Reservation for grant program.--From the amount 
        appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and 
        remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraph 
        (A), the Secretary shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out 
        grants under section 449.
            ``(3) Reallocation of amount returned by improved 
        institutions.--If an institution returns to the Secretary any 
        portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this 
        subsection for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallot 
        such excess to improved institutions on the same basis as under 
        paragraph (1)(A).
            ``(4) Publication.--Beginning 1 year after the first 
        allocations are made to improved institutions under paragraph 
        (1)(A) and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall make 
        publicly available--
                    ``(A) a list of the improved institutions that 
                received funding under such paragraph in the prior 
                fiscal year;
                    ``(B) the percentage of students at each such 
                improved institution that are Federal Pell Grant 
                recipients;
                    ``(C) the completion rate or graduation rate for 
                the students described in subparagraph (B) with respect 
                to each such improved institution; and
                    ``(D) a comparison between the information 
                described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) for the 
                prior fiscal year for such improved institution, and 
                such information for the year prior to such year.
    ``(b) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2019 Through 2023.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after the 
        Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a), the Secretary 
        shall allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2019, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under this subsection and 
                        subsection (a) for fiscal year 2018, as such 
                        subsections were in effect with respect to such 
                        fiscal year (in this subparagraph referred to 
                        as `the 2018 amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2020, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2018 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
                the Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a) is 
                less than the amount required to be allocated to the 
                institutions under this subsection, then the amount of 
                the allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(c) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2024 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--Except as provided in subsection (d)(5), from the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for fiscal year 2024 and each 
succeeding fiscal year and remaining after the Secretary reserves funds 
under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allocate to each institution 
the fair share amount for the institution determined under subsection 
(d).
    ``(d) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of--
                    ``(A) 100 percent of the institution's 
                undergraduate student need described in paragraph (2) 
                for the preceding fiscal year; and
                    ``(B) 25 percent of the institution's graduate 
                student need described in paragraph (3) for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need.--The 
        undergraduate student need for an institution for a fiscal year 
        shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Institutional graduate student need.--The graduate 
        student need for an institution for a fiscal year shall be 
        equal to the amount that bears the same proportion to the 
        available appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
        amount of the graduate student need at the institution for the 
        preceding fiscal year bears to the total amount of graduate 
        student need at all institutions participating under this part 
        for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(4) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this part to any institution that, for 
        two or more fiscal years during any three fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has--
                    ``(A) a student population with less than 7 percent 
                of undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal 
                Pell Grants; or
                    ``(B) if the institution only enrolls graduate 
                students, a student population with less than 5 percent 
                of students that have an expected family contribution 
                of zero.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Available appropriated amount.--In this 
                section, the term `available appropriated amount' 
                means--
                            ``(i) the amount appropriated under section 
                        441(b) for a fiscal year, minus
                            ``(ii) the amounts reserved under 
                        subsection (a) for such fiscal year.
                    ``(B) Average cost of attendance.--The term 
                `average cost of attendance' means, with respect to an 
                institution, the average of the attendance costs for a 
                fiscal year for students which shall include--
                            ``(i) tuition and fees, computed on the 
                        basis of information reported by the 
                        institution to the Secretary, which shall 
                        include--
                                    ``(I) total revenue received by the 
                                institution from undergraduate and 
                                graduate tuition and fees for the 
                                second year preceding the year for 
                                which it is applying for an allocation; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the institution's enrollment 
                                for such second preceding year;
                            ``(ii) standard living expenses equal to 
                        150 percent of the difference between the 
                        income protection allowance for a family of 
                        five with one in college and the income 
                        protection allowance for a family of six with 
                        one in college for a single independent 
                        student; and
                            ``(iii) books and supplies, in an amount 
                        not exceeding $1,000.
                    ``(C) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate 
                student need' means, with respect to a graduate student 
                for a fiscal year, the lesser of the following:
                            ``(i) The amount equal to (except the 
                        amount computed by this clause shall not be 
                        less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the preceding fiscal 
                                year, minus
                                    ``(II) each such graduate student's 
                                expected family contribution (computed 
                                in accordance with part F of this 
                                title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) The total loan limit for a Federal 
                        Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
                    ``(D) Undergraduate student need.--The term 
                `undergraduate student need' means, with respect to an 
                undergraduate student for a fiscal year, the lesser of 
                the following:
                            ``(i) The total of the amount equal to 
                        (except the amount computed by this clause 
                        shall not be less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the fiscal year, minus
                                    ``(II) each such undergraduate 
                                student's expected family contribution 
                                (computed in accordance with part F of 
                                this title) for the preceding fiscal 
                                year.
                            ``(ii) The total loan limit for a Federal 
                        Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal 
                        Direct Loan.
    ``(e) Return of Surplus Allocated Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except with respect to funds returned 
        under subsection (a)(3), if an institution returns to the 
        Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution 
        under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        reallot such excess to institutions that used at least 10 
        percent of the total amount of funds granted to such 
        institution under this section to compensate students employed 
        during a qualified period of nonenrollment (as such term is 
        defined in section 443(f)) on the same basis as excess eligible 
        amounts are allocated under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Use of funds.--Funds received by institutions 
        pursuant to this subsection shall be used to compensate 
        students employed in work-based learning positions.
            ``(3) Retained funds.--
                    ``(A) Amount returned.--If an institution returns 
                more than 10 percent of its allocation under paragraph 
                (1), the institution's allocation for the next fiscal 
                year shall be reduced by the amount returned.
                    ``(B) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive this 
                paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary 
                finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary 
                to the interest of the program.
    ``(f) Filing Deadlines.--The Secretary may require applications 
under this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may require.''.

SEC. 4053. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

    Section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-53) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (2)(A) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2019 and succeeding fiscal 
                years, an institution shall (unless the Secretary 
                determines that enforcing this subparagraph would cause 
                hardship for students at the institution) use--
                            ``(i) at least 7 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students employed in work-based 
                        learning positions; and
                            ``(ii) at least 3 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students who have exceptional need 
                        (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and are 
                        employed in a work-based learning position 
                        during a qualified period of nonenrollment, as 
                        defined in subsection (f).'';
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by striking ``$300'' and inserting 
                        ``$500''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``except as provided 
                        under subsection (f),'' before ``provide'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``75 percent'' 
                each place it appears and inserting ``75 percent in the 
                first year after the date of the enactment of the Aim 
                Higher Act, 65 percent in the first succeeding fiscal 
                year, 60 percent in the second succeeding fiscal year, 
                55 percent in the third succeeding fiscal year, and 50 
                percent each succeeding fiscal year'';
                    (D) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by inserting ``who demonstrate 
                        exceptional need (as defined in section 
                        413C(c)(2))'' after ``students''; and
                            (ii) by inserting after ``institution'', 
                        ``and prioritize employment for students who 
                        are currently or formerly homeless children and 
                        youths (as such term is defined in section 725 
                        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance act 
                        (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) or foster care children and 
                        youth'';
                    (E) in paragraph (7), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career'';
                    (F) in paragraph (8)(A)(i), by striking ``or 
                vocational goals'' and inserting ``career goals'';
                    (G) in paragraph (10), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a semicolon;
                    (H) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (I) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(12) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program;
            ``(13) provide assurances that the institution will 
        administer and use feedback from the surveys required under 
        section 450, to improve the experiences of students employed in 
        the work-study program in accordance with the agreement;
            ``(14) provide assurances that the institution will collect 
        data from students and employers such that the employment made 
        available from funds under this part will, to the maximum 
        extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational 
        goals or career goals of each student receiving assistance 
        under this part; and
            ``(15) provide assurances that if the institution receives 
        funds under section 442(a)(1)(A), such institution shall--
                    ``(A) use such funds to compensate students 
                employed in the work-study program in accordance with 
                the agreement; and
                    ``(B) prioritize the awarding of such funds (and 
                increasing the amount of each award) to students--
                            ``(i) who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)); and
                            ``(ii) who are employed in work-based 
                        learning opportunities through the work study 
                        program in accordance with the agreement.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (2);
                    (B) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program.''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``and complement 
                and reinforce the educational goals or career goals of 
                each student receiving assistance under this part'' 
                after ``academically relevant'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``In any academic year to which 
                subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, an institution shall 
                ensure that'' and inserting ``An institution may use 
                the''; and
                    (B) by striking ``travel'' and inserting 
                ``reasonable travel (not including the purchase of a 
                vehicle)'';
            (4) in subsection (e)(3), by striking ``75'' and inserting 
        ``50''; and
            (5) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Qualified Period of Nonenrollment.--
            ``(1) In general.--A student may be awarded work-study 
        employment during a qualified period of nonenrollment if--
                    ``(A) the student demonstrates exceptional need (as 
                defined in section 413C(c)(2)) in the award year prior 
                to the qualified period of nonenrollment;
                    ``(B) the student is employed in a work-based 
                learning position; and
                    ``(C) the employment--
                            ``(i) involves less than 25 percent 
                        administrative work; and
                            ``(ii) is for at least 20 hours per week, 
                        unless the institution waives such 
                        requirement--
                                    ``(I) at the request of the 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) based on a finding by the 
                                institution that such requirement 
                                presents a hardship in finding a work-
                                based learning position for the 
                                student.
            ``(2) Funds earned.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment less than or equal to 
                $2,500 may not be applied to such student's cost of 
                attendance for the next period in which the student is 
                enrolled.
                    ``(B) Excess funds.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment in excess of $2,500 
                shall be applied to such student's cost of attendance 
                for the next period in which the student is enrolled.
            ``(3) Definition of qualified period of nonenrollment.--In 
        this subsection, the term `qualified period of nonenrollment' 
        means, with respect to a student, a period of nonenrollment 
        that--
                    ``(A) occurs between a period of enrollment and a 
                period of anticipated enrollment; and
                    ``(B) the duration of which is no longer than 6 
                months.''.

SEC. 4054. FLEXIBLE USE OF FUNDS.

    Section 445 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-55) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) In addition to the carry-over sums authorized under 
        paragraph (1) of this section, an institution may permit a 
        student who completed the previous award period to continue to 
        earn unearned portions of the student's work-study award from 
        that previous period if--
                    ``(A) any reduction in the student's need upon 
                which the award was based is accounted for in the 
                remaining portion; and
                    ``(B) the student is currently employed in a work-
                based learning position.''; and
            (2) by striking ``10 percent'' both places it appears and 
        inserting ``20 percent''.

SEC. 4055. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 446 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1087-56) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``10 percent or 
                $75,000'' and inserting ``20 percent or $150,000''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (2); and
                    (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) the 
                following:
            ``(1) provide satisfactory assurance that the institution 
        will prioritize placing students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and Federal work-study 
        recipients in jobs located and developed under this section; 
        and
            ``(2) provide satisfactory assurances that the funds 
        available under this section will be used to locate and develop 
        work-based learning positions;''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period and 
                inserting ``, including--
                    ``(A) the number of students employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program;
                    ``(B) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed through such 
                program; and
                    ``(C) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program.''.
    (b) Clarification on Carry-Over Authority.--Of the sums granted to 
an eligible institution under part C of title IV of the Higher 
Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) for any fiscal year, 10 percent may, 
at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure 
during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out programs under such 
part, including the job location and development programs under section 
446 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-56).

SEC. 4056. COMMUNITY SERVICE.

    Section 447 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-57) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 447. ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO CONDUCT COMMUNITY SERVICE WORK STUDY 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``Each institution participating under this part may use up to 10 
percent of the funds made available under section 489(a) and 
attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this 
part to conduct that institution's program of community service-
learning, including--
            ``(1) development of mechanisms to assure the academic 
        quality of the student experience;
            ``(2) assuring student access to educational resources, 
        expertise, and supervision necessary to achieve community 
        service objectives;
            ``(3) assuring, to the maximum extent practicable, that the 
        community service-learning program will support the educational 
        goals or career goals of students participating in such 
        program;
            ``(4) collaboration with public and private nonprofit 
        agencies, and programs assisted under the National and 
        Community Service Act of 1990 in the planning, development, and 
        administration of such programs; and
            ``(5) to recruit and compensate students for community 
        service-learning (including compensation for time spent in 
        training and for reasonable travel (not including the purchase 
        of a vehicle) directly related to such community service).''.

SEC. 4057. PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 449. WORK-BASED LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish a program 
        to provide grants to eligible institutions participating under 
        this part to establish or expand a program to develop work-
        based learning positions.
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section 
                shall be for a period of not more than 4 years, but may 
                be renewed by the Secretary for a period of 2 years.
                    ``(B) Amount.--A grant under this section may not 
                be in an amount greater than $1,000,000.
    ``(b) Application.--To be selected to receive a grant under this 
section an eligible institution participating under this part shall 
submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including 
a plan that describes how the eligible institution will establish or 
expand a program to develop work-based learning positions that will--
            ``(1) benefit students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(2) identify high-demand occupations (as determined by 
        the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, State departments of labor, 
        and local workforce investment boards) and develop partnerships 
        with high-demand employers (including nonprofit organizations, 
        for-profit firms, or public agencies);
            ``(3) involve participating employers in evaluating and 
        improving such program;
            ``(4) track and report academic and employment outcomes for 
        participating students; and
            ``(5) be able to continue after the end of the grant term.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--Grant funds awarded under this program shall 
be used to pay wages for students participating under this program and 
develop work-based learning positions that--
            ``(1) are for a period of at least 12 weeks;
            ``(2) serve students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(3) limit administrative work to no more than 25 percent 
        of such position;
            ``(4) provide a minimum of 15 hours of work per week during 
        periods of enrollment and 30 hours per week during periods of 
        nonenrollment, except such requirement may be waived by the 
        institution in consultation with a student;
            ``(5) include career coaching from participating employers 
        (including mock interviews, resume writing assistance, and 
        counseling on applying for and attaining employment); and
            ``(6) provide participating students with opportunities to 
        meet with employers in fields or industries related to those of 
        participating employers.
    ``(d) Report.--On a date that is before the date on which the 
period of the grant received by an eligible institution under this 
section terminates, such institution shall submit a report to the 
Secretary including--
            ``(1) the graduation rate or completion rate (as described 
        under section 442(a)(1)(C)) with respect to students 
        participating in work-based learning positions under the pilot 
        program; and
            ``(2) the results of the work-based learning opportunities 
        program for which such institution received such grant, 
        including--
                    ``(A) participating students' satisfaction with the 
                program as reported in surveys under section 450, as 
                amended by section 4178 of the Aim Higher Act;
                    ``(B) the types of jobs in which participating 
                students were employed and the types of duties 
                performed in such jobs;
                    ``(C) the academic programs of the participating 
                students;
                    ``(D) the share of participating students who 
                worked at another job, in addition to the one under the 
                pilot program;
                    ``(E) the percentage of participating students who, 
                during the second quarter after completing their 
                academic program, are in education or training 
                activities or unsubsidized employment;
                    ``(F) the percentage of participating students 
                employed in high-demand occupations within 2 quarters 
                of completing their academic programs; and
                    ``(G) other items as deemed relevant by the 
                Secretary.
    ``(e) Reservation of Funding for Such Program.--From the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
the Secretary reserves funds under section 442(a)(1), the Secretary 
shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out grants under this section.''.

SEC. 4058. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087-51 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 450. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Surveys.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this section, the Secretary shall develop, in consultation 
with work-study administrators from institutions of higher education, 
participating employers, and participating students--
            ``(1) a consumer-tested electronic survey for students 
        awarded work-study employment under the Federal work-study 
        program under this part that--
                    ``(A) measures each such student's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) any complaints the student has with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) the amount and quality of the on-
                        the-job training the student received;
                            ``(iii) the amount and quality of on-the-
                        job supervision and employer feedback the 
                        student received;
                            ``(iv) the amount and quality of 
                        information provided by the institution about 
                        the work-study program and job opportunities 
                        and the availability of work-study staff at the 
                        institution;
                            ``(v) the quality of the assistance 
                        provided by the institution to the student in 
                        finding a work-study job and the availability 
                        of types of jobs; and
                            ``(vi) the student's overall satisfaction 
                        with the work-study program;
                    ``(B) measures the applicability of work-study 
                employment to the educational goals and career goals of 
                each such student;
                    ``(C) elicits an assessment by each such student of 
                the capacity to manage time between work-study 
                employment and coursework;
                    ``(D) measures, with respect to the program--
                            ``(i) the award amounts under the program;
                            ``(ii) the average number of hours students 
                        worked per week, and the wages received for 
                        such work;
                            ``(iii) the number of on campus jobs and 
                        off campus jobs;
                            ``(iv) how students located work-study 
                        positions;
                            ``(v) the work performed at each job;
                            ``(vi) whether students worked additional 
                        jobs while employed in a work-study job (and 
                        the reason for such additional job);
                            ``(vii) whether the work-study employment 
                        had an impact on the student's academic 
                        performance; and
                            ``(viii) the voluntarily disclosed 
                        demographics of students awarded work-study 
                        employment; and
                    ``(E) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(2) a consumer-tested electronic survey for employers of 
        students described in paragraph (1) that--
                    ``(A) measures each such employer's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with its ability to accommodate 
                        students' schedules;
                            ``(ii) the extent to which student-
                        employees are prepared for the duties 
                        advertised for the job; and
                            ``(iii) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with opportunities to make 
                        recommendations for improving institutions' 
                        academic programs;
                    ``(B) elicits an assessment by each such employer 
                of--
                            ``(i) any complaints the employer had with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) any skills or knowledge necessary 
                        for the job that student-employees are lacking; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) the extent of outreach from 
                        institutions to the employer; and
                    ``(C) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(3) a consumer-tested electronic survey that, not less 
        than once every 4 years, with respect to each institution of 
        higher education participating in the Federal work-study 
        program, measures--
                    ``(A) methods used to recruit on-campus and off-
                campus employers;
                    ``(B) if an institution operates a job location 
                development program--
                            ``(i) the share of jobs filled on-campus 
                        and off-campus;
                            ``(ii) the share of jobs filled by--
                                    ``(I) work-study recipients; and
                                    ``(II) students who demonstrate 
                                exceptional need (as defined in section 
                                413C(c)(2));
                            ``(iii) the primary factors considered in 
                        matching work-study students and jobs;
                            ``(iv) the share of students employed in 
                        work-based learning opportunities; and
                            ``(v) the share of students employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment, including 
                        the share of students with exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    ``(C) the institution's Federal and non-Federal 
                contributions toward work-study wages;
                    ``(D) the primary factors considered in awarding 
                students work-study and in determining the amount of 
                the award;
                    ``(E) the acceptance rate among students who were 
                offered work-study aid; and
                    ``(F) other information the Secretary may require.
    ``(b) Results.--The Secretary shall develop an online portal--
            ``(1) for students, employers, and institutions of higher 
        education to access the surveys required under subsection (a); 
        and
            ``(2) to compile the results of such surveys.
    ``(c) Report.--Not less than once every 4 years after the date of 
the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report 
to Congress that includes--
            ``(1) the data collected under this section (redacted for 
        personal information);
            ``(2) with respect to students employed in work-study 
        through the Federal work-study program--
                    ``(A) the types of jobs such students participated 
                in;
                    ``(B) the average hours worked per week;
                    ``(C) the average award amount;
                    ``(D) the average wage rates;
                    ``(E) the extent to which students enter employment 
                with skills and knowledge gained from work-study 
                participation that have prepared them for the job; and
                    ``(F) the students' satisfaction with the program 
                and primary complaints;
            ``(3) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        employers and engage them in discussions on improving academic 
        programs;
            ``(4) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        students and make jobs readily available;
            ``(5) the extent to which the work-study employment aligns 
        with students' academic programs or career goals;
            ``(6) the employers' satisfaction with the program and 
        primary complaints; and
            ``(7) recommendations for improving the program.
    ``(d) Consultation.--In consulting with the entities described in 
subsection (a) to create the electronic surveys required under such 
subsection, the Secretary shall engage with--
            ``(1) a representative sample of institutions of higher 
        education participating in the Federal work-study program;
            ``(2) a representative sample of employers participating in 
        the Federal work-study program; and
            ``(3) a representative sample of students participating in 
        the Federal work-study program.
    ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall--
            ``(1) provide technical assistance to institutions 
        participating under the Federal work-study program under this 
        part to--
                    ``(A) comply with the amendments made by subtitle O 
                of the Aim Higher Act and the regulations issued 
                pursuant to this subtitle;
                    ``(B) administer the surveys described in 
                subsection (a) to students and employers participating 
                in the Federal work-study program;
                    ``(C) ensure that Federal work-study positions 
                align with students' educational goals or career goals 
                to the maximum extent practicable; and
                    ``(D) satisfy the requirements under section 
                443(b)(7); and
            ``(2) issue guidance and provide technical assistance to 
        institutions to support improved partnerships and coordination 
        among financial aid, career services, and academic advisors to 
        administer the Federal work-study program.
    ``(f) Response Rate.--In the case of an institution participating 
under the Federal work-study program under this part with a response 
rate for students and employers with respect to the surveys described 
in subsection (a)(1) of less than 75 percent, the Secretary shall 
require such institution--
            ``(1) to submit to the Secretary an improvement plan to 
        increase such response rate; and
            ``(2) if the response rate has not improved 2 years after 
        the date on which an improvement plan was submitted under 
        paragraph (1), submit to the Secretary a revised improvement 
        plan.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated $2,000,000 to carry out subsection (a).''.

SEC. 4059. STUDY AND REPORT.

    (a) Study.--Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct 
a study on best practices for assisting students participating in the 
Federal work-study program under part C of title IV of the Higher 
Education Act (42 U.S.C. 1087-51 et seq.) with--
            (1) connecting to off-campus employers;
            (2) procuring work-based learning opportunities through 
        such program;
            (3) procuring employment that aligns with students' 
        educational goals or career goals;
            (4) locating employment through job location and 
        development programs;
            (5) procuring employment in high-demand occupations;
            (6) balancing employment with academic programs to improve 
        graduation and completion rates; and
            (7) with respect to students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-2(c)(2)))--
                    (A) locating and coordinating work-study employment 
                during qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    (B) increasing participation of such students in 
                such work-study program; and
                    (C) limiting the need for additional employment 
                outside the work-study program.
    (b) Report.--Not later than one year after the date on which the 
study required under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller 
General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report 
summarizing the findings of such study.
    (c) Publish Report.--The Comptroller General of the United States 
shall make the report required under subsection (b) available to the 
public on the website of the Government Accountability Office.

                                 PART D

SEC. 4061. REFINANCING PROGRAMS.

    (a) Program Authority.--Section 451(a) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``and (2)'' and inserting ``(2)''; and
            (2) by inserting ``; and (3) to make loans under section 
        460A and section 460B'' after ``section 459A''.

SEC. 4062. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS AND REPAYMENT 
              PLANS.

    (a) Repeal of Origination Fees.--Subsection (c) of section 455 of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(c)) is repealed.
    (b) Rulemaking Regarding Termination of Certain Repayment Plans.--
Before the effective date of this title, the Secretary of Education 
shall carry out a plan to end all eligibility for repayment plans other 
than a fixed repayment plan described in section 493E and an income-
based repayment plan described under section 493C(f) for loans made 
under part B or D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, 
unless the borrower is enrolled in another repayment plan before such 
effective date, in accordance with the amendments made by this Act.
    (c) Repayment Plans.--Section 455(d) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
            ``(2) Design and selection on and after july 1, 2019.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                for the borrower of a loan made on or after July 1, 
                2019, and for other borrowers subject to paragraph (7), 
                the Secretary shall offer a borrower of a loan made 
                under this part 2 plans for repayment of such loan, 
                including principal and interest on the loan. The 
                borrower shall be entitled to accelerate, without 
                penalty, repayment on the borrower's loans under this 
                part. The borrower may choose--
                            ``(i) a fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E; or
                            ``(ii) the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f).
                    ``(B) Selection by the secretary.--If a borrower of 
                a loan made under this part on or after July 1, 2019, 
                does not select a repayment plan described in 
                subparagraph (A), the Secretary may provide the 
                borrower with a fixed repayment plan described in 
                section 493E.
                    ``(C) Changes in selections.--Beginning on July 1, 
                2019, a borrower of a loan made under this part may 
                change the borrower's selection of a repayment plan in 
                accordance with paragraph (7) and under such terms and 
                conditions as may be established by the Secretary.'';
            (3) in paragraph (6)(B), as redesignated, by striking ``an 
        income contingent repayment plan.'' and inserting ``the income-
        based repayment plan under section 493C(f).''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) Borrowers of loans made before july 1, 2019.--A 
        borrower who is in repayment on a loan made under part B or 
        part D before July 1, 2019--
                    ``(A) may choose to retain the repayment plan that 
                the borrower was enrolled in on the day before such 
                date;
                    ``(B) may elect to--
                            ``(i) enter the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(ii) enter a fixed repayment plan 
                        described in section 493E;
                    ``(C) after electing to leave a repayment plan 
                other than an income-based repayment plan described 
                under this subsection or a fixed repayment plan 
                described in section 493E, shall not be permitted to 
                re-elect a repayment plan that is not an income-based 
                repayment plan under this subsection or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E; and
                    ``(D) shall retain, for purposes of repayment or 
                cancellation of any outstanding balance of principal 
                and interest due on a loan as described in section 
                493C(b)(7) any years of repayment under another income-
                based or income contingent repayment plan under this 
                title.
            ``(8) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are delinquent on loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on a covered loan, the Secretary may obtain 
                such information as is reasonably necessary regarding 
                the income and family size of the borrower (and the 
                borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--With respect to each 
                borrower of a covered loan who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on such loan and who has not been subject to 
                the procedures under this paragraph for such loan in 
                the preceding 120 days, the Secretary shall, as soon as 
                practicable after such 60-day delinquency, provide to 
                the borrower the following:
                            ``(i) Notification that the borrower is at 
                        least 60 days delinquent on at least 1 covered 
                        loan, and a description of all delinquent 
                        covered loans, nondelinquent covered loans, and 
                        noncovered loans of the borrower.
                            ``(ii) A brief description of the repayment 
                        plans for which the borrower is eligible and 
                        the covered loans and noncovered loans of the 
                        borrower that may be eligible for such plans, 
                        based on information available to the 
                        Secretary.
                            ``(iii) The amount of monthly payments for 
                        the covered and noncovered loans under the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan described 
                        in section 493E, based on information available 
                        to the Secretary, including, if the income 
                        information of the borrower is available to the 
                        Secretary under subparagraph (A)--
                                    ``(I) the amount of the monthly 
                                payment under the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                and the fixed repayment plan described 
                                in section 493E for which the borrower 
                                is eligible for the borrower's covered 
                                and noncovered loans, based on such 
                                income information; and
                                    ``(II) the income, family size, tax 
                                filing status, and tax year information 
                                on which each monthly payment is based.
                            ``(iv) Clear and simple instructions on how 
                        to select the repayment plans.
                            ``(v) An explanation that, in the case of a 
                        borrower for whom adjusted gross income is 
                        unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                that defines discretionary income in 
                                such a manner that an individual not 
                                required under section 6012(a)(1) of 
                                the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to 
                                file a return with respect to income 
                                taxes imposed by subtitle A of such 
                                Code may have a calculated monthly 
                                payment greater than $0, the borrower 
                                will be required to provide the 
                                Secretary with other documentation of 
                                income satisfactory to the Secretary, 
                                which documentation the Secretary may 
                                use to determine an appropriate 
                                repayment schedule; and
                                    ``(II) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay such loans pursuant to an income-
                                driven repayment plan that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                            ``(vi) An explanation that the Secretary 
                        shall take the actions under subparagraph (C) 
                        with respect to such borrower, if--
                                    ``(I) the borrower is 120 days 
                                delinquent on 1 or more covered loans 
                                and has not selected a new repayment 
                                plan for the covered loans of the 
                                borrower; and
                                    ``(II) in the case of such a 
                                borrower whose repayment plan for the 
                                covered loans of the borrower is not an 
                                income-driven repayment plan described 
                                in subparagraph (D) or (E) of paragraph 
                                (1), the monthly payments under such 
                                repayment plan are higher than such 
                                monthly payments would be under the 
                                income-based repayment plan under 
                                section 493C(f).
                            ``(vii) Instructions on updating the 
                        information of the borrower obtained under 
                        subparagraph (A).
                    ``(C) Secretary's initial selection of a plan.--
                With respect to each borrower described in subparagraph 
                (B) who has a repayment plan for the covered loans of 
                the borrower that meets the requirements of clause 
                (vi)(II) of subparagraph (B) and has not selected a new 
                repayment plan for such loans in accordance with the 
                notice received under such subparagraph, and who is at 
                least 120 days delinquent on such a loan, the Secretary 
                shall, as soon as practicable--
                            ``(i) provide the borrower with the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); and
                            ``(ii) authorize the borrower to change the 
                        Secretary's selection of a plan under this 
                        clause to the fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(9) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are rehabilitating defaulted loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is rehabilitating a 
                covered loan pursuant to section 428F(a), the Secretary 
                may obtain such information as is reasonably necessary 
                regarding the income and family size of the borrower 
                (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--Not later than 30 
                days after a borrower makes the 6th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall notify the borrower of the 
                process under subparagraph (C) with respect to such 
                loan.
                    ``(C) Secretary's selection of plan.--With respect 
                to each borrower who has made the 9th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after 
                such payment, provide the borrower with the income-
                based repayment plan under section 493C(f), without 
                regard to whether the loan has been so rehabilitated.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Covered loan.--The term `covered loan' 
                means--
                            ``(i) a loan made under this part;
                            ``(ii) a loan purchased under section 459A; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) a loan that has been assigned to 
                        the Secretary under section 428(c)(8) or part 
                        E.
                    ``(B) Noncovered loan.--The term `noncovered loan' 
                means a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
                title that is not a covered loan.
            ``(11) Application of prepayment amounts.--
                    ``(A) Requirement.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this subsection or any other provision of 
                law--
                            ``(i) with respect to loans made to an 
                        eligible borrower under this part or part B, 
                        which are held by the same holder and which 
                        have different applicable rates of interest, 
                        the holder of such loans shall, unless 
                        otherwise requested by the borrower in writing, 
                        apply the borrower's prepayment amount (within 
                        the meaning of section 682.209(b) of title 34, 
                        Code of Federal Regulations, or a successor 
                        regulation) for one or more of such loans, 
                        first toward the outstanding balance of 
                        principal due on the loan with the highest 
                        applicable rate of interest among such loans; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) except as provided in clause (i), 
                        with respect to loans made to an eligible 
                        borrower under this part or part B, which are 
                        held by the same holder and which have the same 
                        applicable rates of interest, the holder of 
                        such loans shall, unless otherwise requested by 
                        the borrower in writing, apply the borrower's 
                        prepayment amount (within the meaning of 
                        section 682.209(b) of title 34, Code of Federal 
                        Regulations, or a successor regulation) for one 
                        or more of such loans, first toward the 
                        outstanding balance of principal due on the 
                        loan with the highest principal balance among 
                        such loans.
                    ``(B) Eligible borrower.--
                            ``(i) In general.--For purposes of this 
                        paragraph, the term `eligible borrower' means a 
                        borrower with no outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B.
                            ``(ii) Prepayment amounts.--A prepayment 
                        amount (as described in subparagraph (A)) made 
                        by a borrower who is not an eligible borrower 
                        to a holder shall be applied first toward the 
                        borrower's outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B held by such holder.''.
    (d) Application.--The amendments made by subsection (c)(5) shall--
            (1) take effect as soon as the Secretary of Education 
        determines practicable after the Secretary finalizes the 
        procedures under section 4114, but not later than 2 years after 
        the date of enactment of this Act; and
            (2) apply to all borrowers of covered loans (as defined in 
        section 455(d)(10) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as 
        added by subsection (c)(5)).
    (e) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment 
Plans.--Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(e)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) by striking ``does not reasonably reflect the 
                borrower's current income'' and inserting ``whose 
                income has decreased relative to the adjusted gross 
                income available to the Secretary''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``, consistent with the procedures 
                established under paragraph (8)(B)(iv)'' before the 
                period at the end; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(8) Automatic recertification.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `covered loan' has the meaning given the term in 
                subsection (d)(10).
                    ``(B) In general.--Beginning as soon as the 
                Secretary determines practicable after the Secretary 
                finalizes the procedures under section 4114 of the Aim 
                Higher Act, but not later than 2 years after the date 
                of enactment of such Act, the Secretary shall establish 
                and implement, with respect to any borrower described 
                in subparagraph (C), procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of repayment 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower (and the 
                        borrower's spouse, if applicable), for the 
                        purpose of determining the repayment obligation 
                        of the borrower for such year, including 
                        information with respect to the borrower's 
                        family size in accordance with the procedures 
                        under section 4114 of the Aim Higher Act, 
                        subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower;
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the annual repayment obligation of the 
                        borrower; and
                            ``(iv) in the case of a borrower for whom 
                        adjusted gross income is unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to an income 
                                contingent repayment plan that defines 
                                discretionary income in such a manner 
                                that an individual not required under 
                                section 6012(a)(1) of the Internal 
                                Revenue Code of 1986 to file a return 
                                with respect to income taxes imposed by 
                                subtitle A of such Code may have a 
                                calculated monthly payment greater than 
                                $0, the borrower will be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with other 
                                documentation of income satisfactory to 
                                the Secretary, which documentation the 
                                Secretary may use to determine an 
                                appropriate repayment schedule; or
                                    ``(II) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay such loans pursuant to an 
                                income contingent repayment that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                    ``(C) Applicability.--Subparagraph (B) shall apply 
                to each borrower of a covered loan who, on or after the 
                date on which the Secretary establishes procedures 
                under such subparagraph--
                            ``(i) selects, or for whom the Secretary 
                        selects under paragraph (8)(C) or (9)(C) of 
                        subsection (d), or section 428(m)(1), an income 
                        contingent repayment plan; or
                            ``(ii) recertifies income and family size 
                        under such plan.
                    ``(D) Other requirements.--The procedures 
                established by the Secretary under this paragraph shall 
                be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (1) 
                through (7), except as otherwise provided in this 
                paragraph.''.
    (f) Separating Joint Consolidation Loans.--Section 455(g) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(g)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``A borrower'' and inserting the following:
            ``(1) In general.--A borrower''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Separating joint consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A married couple, or 2 
                individuals who were previously a married couple, and 
                who received a joint consolidation loan as such married 
                couple under subparagraph (C) of section 428C(a)(3) (as 
                such subparagraph was in effect on or before June 30, 
                2006), may apply to the Secretary for each individual 
                borrower in the married couple (or previously married 
                couple) to receive a separate Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under this part--
                            ``(i) that shall--
                                    ``(I) unless the Secretary receives 
                                notice of an agreement described in 
                                subclause (II)(aa), be equal to the sum 
                                of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the day before such joint 
                                        consolidation loan was made, 
                                        was attributable to the loans 
                                        of the individual borrower for 
                                        whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part; or
                                    ``(II) be equal to the sum of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the date of application under 
                                        this paragraph, the married 
                                        couple (or previously married 
                                        couple) agrees shall be 
                                        considered attributable to the 
                                        loans of the individual 
                                        borrower for whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part;
                            ``(ii) the proceeds of which shall be paid 
                        by the Secretary to the holder or holders--
                                    ``(I) of the joint consolidation 
                                loan for the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on the percentage of such 
                                joint consolidation loan described in 
                                subclause (I)(aa) or (II)(aa) of clause 
                                (i); and
                                    ``(II) of the loans selected for 
                                consolidation under subclause (I)(bb) 
                                or subclause (II)(bb) of clause (i) for 
                                the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on such loans;
                            ``(iii) except as otherwise provided in 
                        this paragraph, that has the same terms and 
                        conditions, and rate of interest as the joint 
                        consolidation loan;
                            ``(iv) for which any payment made under 
                        section 455(m)(1)(A) on the joint consolidation 
                        loan during a period in which the individual 
                        borrower for whom such separate consolidation 
                        loan is being made was employed in a public 
                        service job described in section 455(m)(1)(B) 
                        shall be treated as if such payment were made 
                        on such separate consolidation loan; and
                            ``(v) for which any payment made under an 
                        income contingent repayment plan or an income-
                        based repayment plan described in subparagraph 
                        (D) or (E) of section 455(d)(1), respectively, 
                        on the joint consolidation loan shall be 
                        treated as if such payment were made on such 
                        separate consolidation loan.
                    ``(B) Application for separate direct consolidation 
                loan.--
                            ``(i) Joint application.--Except as 
                        provided in clause (ii), to receive separate 
                        consolidation loans under subparagraph (A), 
                        both individual borrowers in a married couple 
                        (or previously married couple) shall jointly 
                        apply under subparagraph (A).
                            ``(ii) Separate application.--An individual 
                        borrower in a married couple (or previously 
                        married couple) may apply for a separate 
                        consolidation loan under subparagraph (A) 
                        separately and without regard to whether or 
                        when the other individual borrower in the 
                        married couple (or previously married couple) 
                        applies under subparagraph (A), in a case in 
                        which--
                                    ``(I) the individual borrower has 
                                experienced from the other individual 
                                borrower--
                                            ``(aa) domestic violence 
                                        (as defined in section 40002(a) 
                                        of the Violence Against Women 
                                        Act of 1994 (34 U.S.C. 
                                        12291(a))); or
                                            ``(bb) economic abuse 
                                        (including behaviors that 
                                        control such borrower's ability 
                                        to acquire, use, and maintain 
                                        access to money, credit, or the 
                                        joint financial obligations of 
                                        both borrowers);
                                    ``(II) the individual borrower 
                                certifies, on a form approved by the 
                                Secretary, that such borrower is unable 
                                to reasonably reach or access the loan 
                                information of the other individual 
                                borrower; or
                                    ``(III) the Secretary determines 
                                that authorizing each individual 
                                borrower to apply separately under 
                                subparagraph (A) would be in the best 
                                fiscal interests of the Federal 
                                Government.
                    ``(C) Borrower eligibility.--Notwithstanding 
                section 428C(a)(3)(A), the Secretary shall award a 
                consolidation loan under this part to each borrower 
                who--
                            ``(i) applies for such loan under 
                        subparagraph (A); and
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of 
                        subparagraphs (A) and (B).''.

SEC. 4063. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BORROWER DEFENSES.

    Section 455(h) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 is amended to 
read as follows:
    ``(h) Borrower Defenses.--
            ``(1) In general.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
        State or Federal law, a defense to repayment of a loan under 
        this title includes--
                    ``(A) a substantial misrepresentation under section 
                487(c)(3);
                    ``(B) an act or omission that would give rise to a 
                cause of action against the school under applicable 
                State law; or
                    ``(C) such further acts or omissions that the 
                Secretary determines appropriate.
            ``(2) Procedures.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, with 
                respect to a borrower defense under this subsection--
                            ``(i) determine the entitlement of a 
                        borrower to relief based on all evidence 
                        available to the Department; and
                            ``(ii) provide an expeditious and fair 
                        process to consider applications provided by 
                        individuals, groups, and representatives on 
                        behalf of groups.
                    ``(B) Independent determination.--A determination 
                under subparagraph (A)(i) shall be independent of any 
                action that the Department may take to recoup from the 
                school related to the borrower defense.
                    ``(C) Cancellation of debt.--If the Secretary 
                determines under subparagraph (A)(i) that a borrower is 
                entitled to relief, the Secretary shall cancel all 
                outstanding debt, and return any payments made on the 
                loans of such borrower.
            ``(3) Regulations.--The Secretary shall specify in 
        regulations which acts or omissions of an institution of higher 
        education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a 
        loan made under this part, except that in no event may a 
        borrower recover from the Secretary, in any action arising from 
        or relating to a loan made under this part, an amount in excess 
        of the amount such borrower has repaid on such loan.''.

SEC. 4064. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PUBLIC SERVICE LOAN 
              FORGIVENESS.

    Section 455(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(m)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs 
        (4) and (5), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) Special rules for section 460a loans.--
                    ``(A) Refinanced federal direct loans.--
                Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in determining the 
                number of monthly payments that meet the requirements 
                of such paragraph for an eligible Federal Direct Loan 
                refinanced under section 460A that was originally a 
                loan under this part, the Secretary shall include all 
                monthly payments made on the original loan that meet 
                the requirements of such paragraph.
                    ``(B) Refinanced ffel loans.--In the case of an 
                eligible Federal Direct Loan refinanced under section 
                460A that was originally a loan under part B, only 
                monthly payments made after the date on which the loan 
                was refinanced may be included for purposes of 
                paragraph (1).'';
            (3) in paragraph (4)(A) (as redesignated by paragraph 
        (1))--
                    (A) by inserting ``(including any Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, Federal Direct 
                Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan refinanced under section 460A)'' 
                before the period at the end; and
                    (B) by striking ``The term'' and inserting the 
                following:
                            ``(i) In general.--The term''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(ii) Treatment of certain consolidation 
                        loan payments.--In a case in which a borrower 
                        makes a monthly payment under paragraph (1)(A) 
                        on a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that was 
                        used to repay an eligible Federal Direct Loan 
                        described in clause (i) for which at least one 
                        monthly payment has been made under paragraph 
                        (1)(A) prior to the consolidation, the monthly 
                        payment on such Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan shall be treated as a monthly payment on 
                        such eligible Federal Direct Loan.''; and
            (4) by amending subparagraph (B) of paragraph (4) (as 
        redesignated by paragraph (1)) to read as follows:
                    ``(B) Public service job.--The term `public service 
                job' means--
                            ``(i) a full-time job in emergency 
                        management, government (excluding time served 
                        as a member of Congress), military service, 
                        public safety, law enforcement, public health 
                        (including nurses, nurse practitioners, nurses 
                        in a clinical setting, and full-time 
                        professionals engaged in health care 
                        practitioner occupations and health care 
                        support occupations, as such terms are defined 
                        by the Bureau of Labor Statistics), public 
                        education, social work in a public child or 
                        family service agency, public interest law 
                        services (including prosecution or public 
                        defense or legal advocacy on behalf of low-
                        income communities at a nonprofit 
                        organization), early childhood education 
                        (including licensed or regulated childcare, 
                        Head Start, and State funded prekindergarten), 
                        public service for individuals with 
                        disabilities, public service for the elderly, 
                        public library sciences, school-based library 
                        sciences and other school-based services, or at 
                        an organization that is described in section 
                        501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
                        and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) 
                        of such Code;
                            ``(ii) teaching as a full-time faculty 
                        member at a Tribal College or University as 
                        defined in section 316(b) and other faculty 
                        teaching in high-needs subject areas or areas 
                        of shortage (including nurse faculty, foreign 
                        language faculty, and part-time faculty at 
                        community colleges), as determined by the 
                        Secretary;
                            ``(iii) a full-time job as an employee or 
                        manager of a farm or ranch that, with respect 
                        to a fiscal year, has earnings of gross revenue 
                        during such year from the sale of agricultural 
                        products equal to or greater than--
                                    ``(I) in the case of 2017, $35,000; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) in the case of any 
                                succeeding year, the amount applicable 
                                under this subparagraph for the 
                                previous year, increased by the 
                                estimated percentage change in the 
                                Consumer Price Index for the most 
                                recent year preceding such year;
                            ``(iv) a full-time job with a veterans or 
                        military service organization as described in 
                        paragraph (19) or (23) of section 501(c) of the 
                        Internal Revenue Code; or
                            ``(v) any health care practitioner who, as 
                        a result of State law, cannot be directly 
                        employed by a hospital or other health care 
                        facility for the provision of professional 
                        medical services, but who works in a public 
                        service job at that hospital or other health 
                        care facility by virtue of being granted 
                        professional privileges or pursuant to a 
                        written arrangement for the provision of 
                        professional services.''.

SEC. 4065. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 455 the following 
new section:

``SEC. 455A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS.

    ``(a) Designation of Loans.--Loans made to borrowers under this 
section shall be known as `Federal Direct Perkins Loans'.
    ``(b) In General.--It is the purpose of this section to authorize 
loans to be awarded by institutions of higher education through 
agreements established under section 463(f). Unless otherwise specified 
in this section, all terms and conditions and other requirements 
applicable to Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford loans established 
under section 455(a)(2)(D) shall apply to loans made pursuant to this 
section.
    ``(c) Eligible Borrowers.--Any student meeting the requirements for 
student eligibility under section 464(b) (including graduate and 
professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the 
Secretary) shall be eligible to borrow a Federal Direct Perkins Loan, 
provided the student attends an eligible institution with an agreement 
with the Secretary under section 463(f), and the institution uses its 
authority under that agreement to award the student a loan.
    ``(d) Loan Limits.--The annual and aggregate limits for loans under 
this section shall be the same as those established under section 464, 
and aggregate limits shall include loans made by institutions under 
agreements under section 463(a).
    ``(e) Applicable Rates of Interest.--Loans made pursuant to this 
section shall bear interest, on the unpaid balance of the loan, at the 
rate of 5 percent per year.''.

SEC. 4066. REQUIRING A COMMON MANUAL FOR SERVICERS.

    Section 456 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Common Manual.--The Secretary shall create a manual of common 
procedures and policies for entities with which the Secretary enters 
into contracts for origination, servicing, and collection of Federal 
student loans as described in subsection (b), to standardize procedures 
to ensure borrowers are well-served.''.

SEC. 4067. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460A. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    ``(a) In General.--Beginning not later than 180 days after the date 
of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary shall establish a 
program under which the Secretary, upon the receipt of an application 
from a qualified borrower, makes a loan under this part, in accordance 
with the provisions of this section, in order to permit the borrower to 
obtain the interest rate provided under subsection (c).
    ``(b) Refinancing Direct Loans.--
            ``(1) Federal direct loans.--Upon application of a 
        qualified borrower, the Secretary shall repay a Federal Direct 
        Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a 
        Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
        Loan of the qualified borrower, for which the first 
        disbursement was made, or the application for the consolidation 
        loan was received, before July 1, 2019, with the proceeds of a 
        refinanced Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct 
        Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a 
        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan, respectively, issued to the 
        borrower in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
        accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the original loan.
            ``(2) Refinancing ffel program loans as refinanced federal 
        direct loans.--Upon application of a qualified borrower for any 
        loan that was made, insured, or guaranteed under part B and for 
        which the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
        the consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2010, the 
        Secretary shall make a loan under this part, in an amount equal 
        to the sum of the unpaid principal, accrued unpaid interest, 
        and late charges of the original loan to the borrower in 
        accordance with the following:
                    ``(A) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of such 
                loan to the eligible lender of the loan made, insured, 
                or guaranteed under part B, in order to discharge the 
                borrower from any remaining obligation to the lender 
                with respect to the original loan.
                    ``(B) A loan made under this section that was 
                originally--
                            ``(i) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428 shall be a Federal 
                        Direct Stafford Loan;
                            ``(ii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428B shall be a 
                        Federal Direct PLUS Loan;
                            ``(iii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428H shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan; and
                            ``(iv) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428C shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(C) The interest rate for each loan made by the 
                Secretary under this paragraph shall be the rate 
                provided under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Interest Rates.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for the refinanced 
        Federal Direct Stafford Loans, Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
        Stafford Loans, Federal Direct PLUS Loans, and Federal Direct 
        Consolidation Loans, shall be a rate equal to--
                    ``(A) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to an undergraduate 
                student, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2017, and ending on June 
                30, 2018;
                    ``(B) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to a graduate or 
                professional student, a rate equal to the rate for 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                graduate or professional students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2017, and ending on June 
                30, 2018;
                    ``(C) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428B or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, 
                a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct PLUS Loans 
                for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 2017, and 
                ending on June 30, 2018; and
                    ``(D) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428C or a Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan, a rate calculated in accordance 
                with paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Interest rates for consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) Method of calculation.--In order to determine 
                the interest rate for any refinanced Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under paragraph (1)(D), the 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) determine each of the component loans 
                        that were originally consolidated in the loan 
                        under section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan, and calculate the 
                        proportion of the unpaid principal balance of 
                        the loan under section 428C or the Federal 
                        Direct Consolidation Loan that each component 
                        loan represents;
                            ``(ii) use the proportions determined in 
                        accordance with clause (i) and the interest 
                        rate applicable for each component loan, as 
                        determined under subparagraph (B), to calculate 
                        the weighted average of the interest rates on 
                        the loans consolidated into the loan under 
                        section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan; and
                            ``(iii) apply the weighted average 
                        calculated under clause (ii) as the interest 
                        rate for the refinanced Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(B) Interest rates for component loans.--The 
                interest rates for the component loans of a loan made 
                under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan shall be the following:
                            ``(i) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to an undergraduate student shall 
                        be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                                period beginning on July 1, 2017, and 
                                ending on June 30, 2018; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(ii) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to a graduate or professional 
                        student shall be a rate equal to the lesser 
                        of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                graduate or professional students for 
                                the 12-month period beginning on July 
                                1, 2017, and ending on June 30, 2018; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iii) The interest rate for any loan 
                        under section 428B or Federal Direct PLUS Loan 
                        shall be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                PLUS Loans for the 12-month period 
                                beginning on July 1, 2017, and ending 
                                on June 30, 2018; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iv) The interest rate for any component 
                        loan that is a loan under section 428C or a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be the 
                        weighted average of the interest rates that 
                        would apply under this subparagraph for each 
                        loan comprising the component consolidation 
                        loan.
                            ``(v) The interest rate for any eligible 
                        loan that is a component of a loan made under 
                        section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan and is not described in clauses (i) 
                        through (iv) shall be the interest rate on the 
                        original component loan.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under paragraph (1) for a refinanced loan under this 
        section shall be fixed for the period of the loan.
    ``(d) Terms and Conditions of Loans.--
            ``(1) In general.--A loan that is refinanced under this 
        section shall have the same terms and conditions as the 
        original loan, except as otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) No automatic extension of repayment period.--
        Refinancing a loan under this section shall not result in the 
        extension of the duration of the repayment period of the loan, 
        and the borrower shall retain the same repayment term that was 
        in effect on the original loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall 
        be construed to prevent a borrower from electing a different 
        repayment plan at any time in accordance with section 
        455(d)(4).
    ``(e) Definition of Qualified Borrower.--
            ``(1) In general.--For purposes of this section, the term 
        `qualified borrower' means a borrower--
                    ``(A) of a loan under this part or part B for which 
                the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
                a consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2018; 
                and
                    ``(B) who meets the eligibility requirements based 
                on income or debt-to-income ratio established by the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Income requirements.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary 
        shall establish eligibility requirements based on income or 
        debt-to-income ratio that take into consideration providing 
        access to refinancing under this section for borrowers with the 
        greatest financial need.
    ``(f) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall 
undertake a campaign to alert borrowers of loans that are eligible for 
refinancing under this section that the borrowers are eligible to apply 
for such refinancing. The campaign shall include the following 
activities:
            ``(1) Developing consumer information materials about the 
        availability of Federal student loan refinancing.
            ``(2) Requiring servicers of loans under this part or part 
        B to provide such consumer information to borrowers in a manner 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary, in consultation with 
        the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.''.

SEC. 4068. REFINANCING PRIVATE STUDENT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460B. FEDERAL DIRECT REFINANCED PRIVATE LOAN PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible private education loan.--The term `eligible 
        private education loan' means a private education loan, as 
        defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 
        U.S.C. 1650(a)), that--
                    ``(A) was disbursed to the borrower before July 1, 
                2019; and
                    ``(B) was for the borrower's own postsecondary 
                educational expenses for an eligible program at an 
                institution of higher education participating in the 
                loan program under this part, as of the date that the 
                loan was disbursed.
            ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loan.--The term 
        `Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan' means a loan issued 
        under subsection (b)(1).
            ``(3) Private educational lender.--The term `private 
        educational lender' has the meaning given the term in section 
        140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)).
            ``(4) Qualified borrower.--The term `qualified borrower' 
        means an individual who--
                    ``(A) has an eligible private education loan;
                    ``(B) has been current on payments on the eligible 
                private education loan for the 6 months prior to the 
                date of the qualified borrower's application for 
                refinancing under this section, and is in good standing 
                on the loan at the time of such application;
                    ``(C) is not in default on the eligible private 
                education loan or on any loan made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under this part or part B or E; and
                    ``(D) meets the eligibility requirements described 
                in subsection (b)(2).
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of the Treasury, shall carry out a program under 
        which the Secretary, upon application by a qualified borrower 
        who has an eligible private education loan, shall issue such 
        borrower a loan under this part in accordance with the 
        following:
                    ``(A) The loan issued under this program shall be 
                in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
                accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the 
                private education loan.
                    ``(B) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of the 
                loan issued under this program to the private 
                educational lender of the private education loan, in 
                order to discharge the qualified borrower from any 
                remaining obligation to the lender with respect to the 
                original loan.
                    ``(C) The Secretary shall require that the 
                qualified borrower undergo loan counseling that 
                provides all of the information and counseling required 
                under clause (i) and clauses (iv) through (xiv) of 
                section 485(b)(1)(A) (as amended by the Aim Higher Act) 
                before the loan is refinanced in accordance with this 
                section, and before the proceeds of such loan are paid 
                to the private educational lender.
                    ``(D) The Secretary shall issue the loan as a 
                Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan, which shall 
                have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as a 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, except as 
                otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) Borrower eligibility.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary, in 
        consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the 
        Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall 
        establish eligibility requirements--
                    ``(A) based on income or debt-to-income ratio that 
                take into consideration providing access to refinancing 
                under this section for borrowers with the greatest 
                financial need;
                    ``(B) to ensure eligibility only for borrowers in 
                good standing;
                    ``(C) to minimize inequities between Federal Direct 
                Refinanced Private Loans and other Federal student 
                loans;
                    ``(D) to preclude windfall profits for private 
                educational lenders; and
                    ``(E) to ensure full access to the program 
                authorized in this subsection for borrowers with 
                private loans who otherwise meet the criteria 
                established in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and 
                (B).
    ``(c) Interest Rate.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan is--
                    ``(A) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for undergraduate postsecondary educational 
                expenses, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2017, and ending on June 
                30, 2018; and
                    ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for graduate or professional degree 
                postsecondary educational expenses, a rate equal to the 
                rate for Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans 
                issued to graduate or professional students for the 12-
                month period beginning on July 1, 2017, and ending on 
                June 30, 2018.
            ``(2) Combined undergraduate and graduate study loans.--If 
        a Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan is for a private 
        education loan originally issued for both undergraduate and 
        graduate or professional postsecondary educational expenses, 
        the interest rate shall be a rate equal to the rate for Federal 
        Direct PLUS Loans for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 
        2017, and ending on June 30, 2018.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under this subsection for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan shall be fixed for the period of the 
        loan.
    ``(d) No Inclusion in Aggregate Limits.--The amount of a Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidated Loan 
to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct Refinanced 
Private Loan, shall not be included in calculating a borrower's annual 
or aggregate loan limits under section 428 or 428H.
    ``(e) No Eligibility for Service-Related Repayment.--
Notwithstanding sections 428K(a)(2)(A), 428L(b)(2), 455(m)(4)(A), and 
460(b), a Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or any Federal Direct 
Consolidation Loan to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, shall not be eligible for any loan 
repayment or loan forgiveness program under section 428K, 428L, or 460 
or for the repayment plan for public service employees under section 
455(m).
    ``(f) Private Educational Lender Reporting Requirement.--
            ``(1) Reporting required.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary, in 
        consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the 
        Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall 
        establish a requirement that private educational lenders report 
        the data described in paragraph (2) to the Secretary, to 
        Congress, to the Secretary of the Treasury, and to the Director 
        of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in order to 
        allow for an assessment of the private education loan market.
            ``(2) Contents of reporting.--The data that private 
        educational lenders shall report in accordance with paragraph 
        (1) shall include each of the following about private education 
        loans (as defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act 
        (15 U.S.C. 1650(a))):
                    ``(A) The total amount of private education loan 
                debt the lender holds.
                    ``(B) The total number of private education loan 
                borrowers the lender serves.
                    ``(C) The average interest rate on the outstanding 
                private education loan debt held by the lender.
                    ``(D) The proportion of private education loan 
                borrowers who are in default on a loan held by the 
                lender.
                    ``(E) The proportion of the outstanding private 
                education loan volume held by the lender that is in 
                default.
                    ``(F) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan borrowers who are 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
                    ``(G) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan volume that is 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
    ``(g) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Bureau of 
Consumer Financial Protection, shall undertake a campaign to alert 
borrowers about the availability of private student loan refinancing 
under this section.''.

                                 PART E

SEC. 4071. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 461 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087aa) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``(1) In general.--'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (A), (B), and 
                (C) as paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively; and
                    (C) by striking paragraphs (2) and (3); and
            (2) by striking subsection (c).

SEC. 4072. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 462 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087bb) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``From'' and 
        inserting ``For any fiscal year before fiscal year 2019, 
        from''; and
            (2) in subsection (i)(1), by striking ``for any fiscal 
        year,'' and inserting ``for any fiscal year before fiscal year 
        2019,''.

SEC. 4073. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    Part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 462 the 
following:

``SEC. 462A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are--
            ``(1) to allocate, among eligible and participating 
        institutions (as such terms are defined in this section), the 
        authority to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 
        455A with a portion of the annual loan authority described in 
        subsection (b); and
            ``(2) to make funds available, in accordance with section 
        452, to each participating institution from a portion of the 
        annual loan authority described in subsection (b), in an amount 
        not to exceed the sum of an institution's allocation of funds 
        under subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (b)(1) to 
        enable each such institution to make Federal Direct Perkins 
        Loans to eligible students at the institution.
    ``(b) Available Direct Perkins Annual Loan Authority.--
            ``(1) Availability and allocations.--There are hereby made 
        available, from funds made available for loans made under part 
        D, not to exceed $6,000,000,000 of annual loan authority for 
        award year 2019-2020 and each succeeding award year, to be 
        allocated as follows (except as provided in paragraphs (3) and 
        (4)):
                    ``(A) The Secretary shall allocate \1/2\ of such 
                funds for each award year by allocating to each 
                participating institution an amount equal to the 
                adjusted self-help need amount of the institution, as 
                determined in accordance with subsection (c) for such 
                award year.
                    ``(B) The Secretary shall allocate \1/4\ of such 
                funds for each award year by allocating to each 
                participating institution an amount equal to the low 
                tuition incentive amount of the institution, as 
                determined in accordance with subsection (d).
                    ``(C) The Secretary shall allocate \1/4\ of such 
                funds for each award year by allocating to each 
                participating institution an amount which bears the 
                same ratio to the funds allocated under this 
                subparagraph as the ratio determined in accordance with 
                subsection (e) for the calculation of the Federal Pell 
                Grant and degree recipient amount of the institution.
            ``(2) No funds to non-participating institutions.--The 
        Secretary shall not make funds available under this subsection 
        to any eligible institution that is not a participating 
        institution. The adjusted self-help need amount (determined in 
        accordance with subsection (c)) of an eligible institution that 
        is not a participating institution shall not be made available 
        to any other institution.
            ``(3) Required minimum amount.--Notwithstanding paragraph 
        (1), in no case shall the sum of a participating institution's 
        allocation of loan authority computed under subsections (c), 
        (d), and (e) be less than the average of the institution's 
        total principal amount of loans made under this part for each 
        of the academic years 2011-2012 through 2015-2016.
            ``(4) Additional adjustments.--If the Secretary determines 
        that the sum of a participating institution's allocation of 
        loan authority under subsections (c), (d), and (e) is below the 
        minimum amount required under paragraph (3), the Secretary 
        shall--
                    ``(A) for each institution for which the minimum 
                amount under paragraph (3) is not satisfied, increase 
                the amount of such sum to the amount of the required 
                minimum under such paragraph; and
                    ``(B) ratably reduce the amount of the sum of such 
                loan authority of all participating institutions not 
                described in subparagraph (A).
    ``(c) Adjusted Self-Help Need Amount.--For the purposes of 
subsection (b)(1)(A), the Secretary shall calculate the adjusted self-
help need amount of each eligible institution for an award year as 
follows:
            ``(1) Use of base self-help need amounts.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in paragraphs 
                (2), (3), and (4), the adjusted self-help need amount 
                of each eligible institution shall be the institution's 
                base self-help need amount, which is the sum of--
                            ``(i) the self-help need of the 
                        institution's eligible undergraduate students 
                        for such award year; and
                            ``(ii) the self-help need of the 
                        institution's eligible graduate and 
                        professional students for such award year.
                    ``(B) Undergraduate student self-help need.--To 
                determine the self-help need of an institution's 
                eligible undergraduate students, the Secretary shall 
                determine the sum of each eligible undergraduate 
                student's average cost of attendance for the second 
                preceding award year less each such student's expected 
                family contribution (computed in accordance with part 
                F) for the second preceding award year, except that, 
                for each such eligible undergraduate student, the 
                amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less 
                than zero or more than the lesser of--
                            ``(i) 25 percent of the average cost of 
                        attendance with respect to such eligible 
                        student; or
                            ``(ii) $5,500.
                    ``(C) Graduate and professional student self-help 
                need.--To determine the self-help need of an 
                institution's eligible graduate and professional 
                students, the Secretary shall determine the sum of each 
                eligible graduate and professional student's average 
                cost of attendance for the second preceding award year 
                less each such student's expected family contribution 
                (computed in accordance with part F) for such second 
                preceding award year, except that, for each such 
                eligible graduate and professional student, the amount 
                computed by such subtraction shall not be--
                            ``(i) less than zero; and
                            ``(ii) more than $8,000.
            ``(2) Ratable reduction adjustments.--If the sum of the 
        base self-help need amounts of all eligible institutions for an 
        award year as determined under paragraph (1) exceeds \1/2\ of 
        the annual loan authority under subsection (b) for such award 
        year, the Secretary shall ratably reduce the base self-help 
        need amounts of all eligible institutions until the sum of such 
        amounts is equal to the amount that is \1/2\ of the annual loan 
        authority under subsection (b).
    ``(d) Low Tuition Incentive Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B), 
        the Secretary shall determine the low tuition incentive amount 
        for each participating institution for each award year, by 
        calculating for each such institution the sum of--
                    ``(A) the total amount, if any (but not less than 
                zero), by which--
                            ``(i) the average tuition and required fees 
                        for the institution's sector for the second 
                        preceding award year; exceeds
                            ``(ii) the tuition and required fees for 
                        the second preceding award year for each 
                        undergraduate and graduate student attending 
                        the institution who had financial need (as 
                        determined under part F); plus
                    ``(B) the total amount, if any (but not less than 
                zero), by which--
                            ``(i) the total amount for the second 
                        preceding award year of non-Federal grant aid 
                        provided to meet the financial need of all 
                        undergraduate students attending the 
                        institution (as determined without regard to 
                        financial aid not received under this title); 
                        exceeds
                            ``(ii) the total amount for the second 
                        preceding award year, if any, by which--
                                    ``(I) the tuition and required fees 
                                of each such student with such 
                                financial need; exceeds
                                    ``(II) the average tuition and 
                                required fees for the institution's 
                                sector.
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--If the sum of the low tuition 
        incentive amounts of all participating institutions for an 
        award year as determined under paragraph (1) exceeds \1/4\ of 
        the annual loan authority under subsection (b) for such award 
        year, the Secretary shall ratably reduce the low tuition 
        incentive amounts of all participating institutions until the 
        sum of such amounts is equal to the amount that is \1/4\ of the 
        annual loan authority under subsection (b).
    ``(e) Federal Pell Grant and Degree Recipient Amount.--For purposes 
of subsection (b)(1)(C), the Secretary shall determine the Federal Pell 
Grant and degree recipient amount for each participating institution 
for each award year, by calculating for each such institution the ratio 
of--
            ``(1) the number of students who, during the most recent 
        year for which data are available, obtained an associate's 
        degree or other postsecondary degree from such participating 
        institution and, prior to obtaining such degree, received a 
        Federal Pell Grant for attendance at any institution of higher 
        education; to
            ``(2) the number of students who, during the most recent 
        year for which data are available, obtained an associate's 
        degree or other postsecondary degree from each participating 
        institution and, prior to obtaining such degree, received a 
        Federal Pell Grant for attendance at any institution of higher 
        education.
    ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Annual loan authority.--The term `annual loan 
        authority' means the total original principal amount of loans 
        that may be allocated and made available for an award year to 
        make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 455A.
            ``(2) Average cost of attendance.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `average cost of 
                attendance' means the average of the attendance costs 
                for undergraduate students and for graduate and 
                professional students, respectively, for the second 
                preceding award year which shall include--
                            ``(i) tuition and required fees determined 
                        in accordance with subparagraph (B);
                            ``(ii) standard living expenses determined 
                        in accordance with subparagraph (C); and
                            ``(iii) books and supplies determined in 
                        accordance with subparagraph (D).
                    ``(B) Tuition and required fees.--The average 
                undergraduate and graduate and professional tuition and 
                required fees described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be 
                computed on the basis of information reported by the 
                institution to the Secretary, which shall include--
                            ``(i) total revenue received by the 
                        institution from undergraduate and graduate and 
                        professional students, respectively, for 
                        tuition and required fees for the second 
                        preceding award year; and
                            ``(ii) the institution's full-time 
                        equivalent enrollment of undergraduate and 
                        graduate and professional students, 
                        respectively, for such second preceding award 
                        year.
                    ``(C) Standard living expenses.--The standard 
                living expense described in subparagraph (A)(ii) is 
                equal to the allowance, determined by an institution, 
                for room and board costs incurred by a student, as 
                computed in accordance with part F for the second 
                preceding award year.
                    ``(D) Books and supplies.--The allowance for books 
                and supplies described in subparagraph (A)(iii) is 
                equal to the allowance, determined by an institution, 
                for books, supplies, transportation, and miscellaneous 
                personal expenses, including a reasonable allowance for 
                the documented rental or purchase of a personal 
                computer, as computed in accordance with part F for the 
                second preceding award year.
            ``(3) Average tuition and required fees for the 
        institution's sector.--The term `average tuition and required 
        fees for the institution's sector' shall be determined by the 
        Secretary for each of the categories described in section 
        132(d).
            ``(4) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that 
        participates in the Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program.
            ``(5) Participating institution.--The term `participating 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that has 
        an agreement under section 463(f).
            ``(6) Sector.--The term `sector' means each of the 
        categories described in section 132(d).''.

SEC. 4074. AGREEMENTS WITH INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 463 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 
1087cc) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading, by inserting ``for Loans Made 
                Before July 1, 2019'' after ``Agreements'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2019'' after ``students'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``thereon--'' and 
                all that follows and inserting ``thereon, if the 
                institution has failed to maintain an acceptable 
                collection record with respect to such loan, as 
                determined by the Secretary in accordance with criteria 
                established by regulation, the Secretary may require 
                the institution to assign such note or agreement to the 
                Secretary, without recompense;''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and the 
                Secretary shall apportion'' and all that follows 
                through ``in accordance with section 462'' and 
                inserting ``and the Secretary shall return a portion of 
                funds from loan repayments to the institution as 
                specified in section 466(b)'';
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--An institution that has entered 
into an agreement under subsection (a) shall be entitled, for each 
fiscal year during which it services student loans from a student loan 
fund established under such agreement, to a payment in lieu of 
reimbursement for its expenses in servicing student loans made before 
July 1, 2019. Such payment shall be equal to 0.50 percent of the 
outstanding principal and interest balance of such loans being serviced 
by the institution as of September 30 of each fiscal year.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Contents of Agreements for Loans Made On or After July 1, 
2019.--An agreement with any institution of higher education that 
elects to participate in the Federal Direct Perkins Loan program under 
section 455A shall provide--
            ``(1) for the establishment and maintenance of a Direct 
        Perkins Loan program at the institution under which the 
        institution shall use loan authority allocated under section 
        462A to make loans to eligible students attending the 
        institution;
            ``(2) that the institution, unless otherwise specified in 
        this subsection, shall operate the program consistent with the 
        requirements of agreements established under section 454;
            ``(3) that the institution will pay matching funds, 
        quarterly, in an amount agreed to by the institution and the 
        Secretary, to an escrow account approved by the Secretary, for 
        the purpose of providing loan benefits to borrowers;
            ``(4) that if the institution fails to meet the 
        requirements of paragraph (3), the Secretary shall suspend or 
        terminate the institution's eligibility to make Federal Direct 
        Perkins Loans under section 455A until such time as the 
        Secretary determines, in accordance with section 498, that the 
        institution has met the requirements of such paragraph; and
            ``(5) that if the institution ceases to be eligible to 
        receive Federal loans under this title based on loss of 
        eligibility under section 435(a), as amended, due to a high 
        adjusted cohort default rate, the Secretary shall suspend or 
        terminate the institution's eligibility to make Federal Direct 
        Perkins Loans under section 455A unless and until the 
        institution would qualify for a resumption of eligible 
        institution status under such section.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by paragraph (2) of 
subsection (a) shall take effect on October 1, 2019.

SEC. 4075. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 463A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087cc-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2019, each 
        institution''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2019, each 
        institution''.

SEC. 4076. TERMS OF LOANS FOR PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 464 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087dd) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``section 463'' and 
        inserting ``section 463(a)'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``made before July 
        1, 2019,'' after ``A loan'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2019,'' after ``a loan'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2019,'' after ``any 
                        loan''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2019,'' after ``any 
                        loan'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``for a loan 
                made before July 1, 2019,'' after ``during the 
                repayment period'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2019,'' after ``for a loan made'';
                    (E) in paragraph (5), by striking ``The 
                institution'' and inserting ``For loans made before 
                July 1, 2019, the institution''; and
                    (F) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2019,'' after ``of loans'';
            (4) in subsection (d), by inserting ``made before July 1, 
        2019,'' before ``from the student loan fund'';
            (5) in subsection (e), by inserting ``with respect to loans 
        made before July 1, 2019, and'' before ``as documented in 
        accordance with paragraph (2),'';
            (6) by repealing subsection (f);
            (7) in subsection (g)(1), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2019,'' after ``January 1, 1986,'';
            (8) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(A) by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2019,'' after ``made under this part''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2019,'' after ``under this part''; and
            (9) in subsection (j)(1), by inserting ``before July 1, 
        2019,'' after ``under this part''.

SEC. 4077. REIMBURSEMENT FOR CANCELLATION OF PERKINS LOANS FOR CERTAIN 
              PUBLIC SERVICE.

    Section 465 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ee) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2019,'' after ``June 30, 1972,''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Reimbursement for Cancellations.--
            ``(1) Assigned loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2019, and that are assigned to the 
        Secretary, the Secretary shall, from amounts repaid each 
        quarter on assigned Perkins Loans made before July 1, 2019, pay 
        to each institution for each quarter an amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.
            ``(2) Retained loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2019, and that are retained by the 
        institution for servicing, the institution shall deduct from 
        loan repayments owed to the Secretary under section 466, an 
        amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.''.

SEC. 4078. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS FOR PURPOSES 
              OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 466 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ff) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 466. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS.

    ``(a) Capital Distribution.--Beginning July 1, 2019, there shall be 
a capital distribution of the balance of the student loan fund 
established under this part by each institution of higher education as 
follows:
            ``(1) For the quarter beginning July 1, 2019, the Secretary 
        shall first be paid, no later than September 30, 2019, an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of June 30, 2019, as the total amount of the 
        Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary 
        under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's outstanding 
                        administrative costs as calculated under 
                        section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) outstanding charges assessed under 
                        section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) outstanding loan cancellation costs 
                        incurred under section 465.
            ``(2) At the end of each quarter subsequent to the quarter 
        ending September 30, 2019, the Secretary shall first be paid an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of the preceding quarter, as the total amount 
        of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the 
        Secretary under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's administrative 
                        costs incurred for that quarter as calculated 
                        under section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) charges assessed for that quarter 
                        under section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) loan cancellation costs incurred 
                        for that quarter under section 465.
            ``(3)(A) The Secretary shall calculate the amounts due to 
        the Secretary under paragraph (1) (adjusted in accordance with 
        subparagraph (B), as appropriate) and paragraph (2) and shall 
        promptly inform the institution of such calculated amounts.
            ``(B) In the event that, prior to the date of enactment of 
        the Student Aid and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2009, an 
        institution made a short-term, interest-free loan to the 
        institution's student loan fund established under this part in 
        anticipation of collections or receipt of Federal capital 
        contributions, and the institution demonstrates to the 
        Secretary, on or before June 30, 2019, that such loan will 
        still be outstanding after June 30, 2019, the Secretary shall 
        subtract the amount of such outstanding loan from the cash 
        balance of the institution's student loan fund that is used to 
        calculate the amount due to the Secretary under paragraph (1). 
        An adjustment of an amount due to the Secretary under this 
        subparagraph shall be made by the Secretary on a case-by-case 
        basis.
            ``(4) Any remaining balance at the end of a quarter after a 
        payment under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be retained by the 
        institution for use at its discretion. Any balance so retained 
        shall be withdrawn from the student loan fund and shall not be 
        counted in calculating amounts owed to the Secretary for 
        subsequent quarters.
            ``(5) Each institution shall make the quarterly payments to 
        the Secretary described in paragraph (2) until all outstanding 
        Federal Perkins Loans at that institution have been assigned to 
        the Secretary and there are no funds remaining in the 
        institution's student loan fund.
            ``(6) In the event that the institution's administrative 
        costs, charges, and cancellation costs described in paragraph 
        (2) for a quarter exceed the amount owed to the Secretary under 
        paragraphs (1) and (2) for that quarter, no payment shall be 
        due to the Secretary from the institution for that quarter and 
        the Secretary shall pay the institution, from funds realized 
        from the collection of assigned Federal Perkins Loans made 
        before July 1, 2019, an amount that, when combined with the 
        amount retained by the institution under paragraphs (1) and 
        (2), equals the full amount of such administrative costs, 
        charges, and cancellation costs.
    ``(b) Assignment of Outstanding Loans.--Beginning July 1, 2019, an 
institution of higher education may assign all outstanding loans made 
under this part before July 1, 2019, to the Secretary, consistent with 
the requirements of section 463(a)(5). In collecting loans so assigned, 
the Secretary shall pay an institution an amount that constitutes the 
same fraction of such collections as the fraction of the cash balance 
that the institution retains under subsection (a)(2), but determining 
such fraction without regard to subparagraph (B)(i) of such 
subsection.''.

                                 PART F

SEC. 4081. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 473(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087mm) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``academic year 2009-2010 
        and succeeding academic years'' and inserting ``award year 
        2019-2020 and succeeding award years''.

SEC. 4082. AMENDMENTS TO DATA ELEMENTS WHEN DETERMINING THE EXPECTED 
              FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 474(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087nn(b)) is amended in paragraph (4), by inserting before ``the net'' 
the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three applicant,''.

SEC. 4083. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR DEPENDENT STUDENTS.

    (a) Dependent Students.--Section 475 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087oo) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting before ``the 
        student'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)(B), by inserting before ``the 
        parents'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,''; and
            (3) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Dependent Students.--Section 
475(g)(2)(D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087oo(g)(2)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                    ``(D) an income protection allowance (or a 
                successor amount prescribed by the Secretary under 
                section 478) of $9,010 for award year 2019-2020;''.

SEC. 4084. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITHOUT DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students Without Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 476(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087pp(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students Without 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 476 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087pp) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv) to read as 
        follows:
                            ``(iv) an income protection allowance (or a 
                        successor amount prescribed by the Secretary 
                        under section 478)--
                                    ``(I) for single or separated 
                                students, or married students where 
                                both are enrolled pursuant to 
                                subsection (a)(2), of $14,010 for award 
                                year 2019-2020; and
                                    ``(II) for married students where 1 
                                is enrolled pursuant to subsection 
                                (a)(2), of $22,460 for award year 2019-
                                2020;''.

SEC. 4085. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITH DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students With Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 477(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087qq(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students With 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 477 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087qq) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(4) to read as follows:
            ``(4) Income protection allowance.--The income protection 
        allowance is determined by the following table (or a successor 
        table prescribed by the Secretary under section 478), for award 
        year 2019-2020:

                                          ``Income Protection Allowance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Family  Size                                           Number in College
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      For each
  (including           1                2                3                4               5          additional
   student)                                                                                          subtract:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2              $35,470          $29,410                                                           $6,030
      3               44,170           38,130          $32,070
      4               54,540           45,490           42,450          $36,370
      5               64,360           58,280           52,240           46,190         $40,160
      6               75,260           69,210           63,190           57,090          51,070
For each
additional
   add:                8,500                                                                               ''.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEC. 4086. UPDATED TABLES AND AMOUNTS TO NEED ANALYSIS.

    Section 478 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraphs (A) 
                and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) In general.--For each award year after award 
                year 2019-2020, the Secretary shall publish in the 
                Federal Register a revised table of income protection 
                allowances for the purpose of sections 475(c)(4) and 
                477(b)(4), subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C).
                    ``(B) Table for independent students.--For each 
                award year after award year 2019-2020, the Secretary 
                shall develop the revised table of income protection 
                allowances by increasing each of the dollar amounts 
                contained in the table of income protection allowances 
                under section 477(b)(4) by a percentage equal to the 
                estimated percentage increase in the Consumer Price 
                Index (as determined by the Secretary for the most 
                recent calendar year ending prior to the beginning of 
                the award year for which the determination is being 
                made), and rounding the result up to the nearest 
                $10.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the first sentence, by striking 
                        ``academic year after academic year 2007-2008'' 
                        and inserting ``award year after award year 
                        2019-2020''; and
                            (ii) in the second sentence, by striking 
                        ``shall be developed'' and all that follows 
                        through the period at the end and inserting 
                        ``shall be developed for each award year after 
                        award year 2019-2020, by increasing each of the 
                        dollar amounts contained in such section for 
                        award year 2019-2020 by a percentage equal to 
                        the estimated percentage increase in the 
                        Consumer Price Index (as determined by the 
                        Secretary for the most recent calendar year 
                        ending prior to the beginning of the award year 
                        for which the determination is being made), and 
                        rounding the result up to the nearest $10.''; 
                        and
            (2) in subsection (e)(1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.

SEC. 4087. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 479 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ss) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 479. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall consider an applicant to 
have an expected family contribution equal to zero if--
            ``(1) in the case of a dependent student--
                    ``(A)(i) the student's parents file, or are 
                eligible to file, a qualifying form, or certify that 
                the parents are not required to file a Federal income 
                tax return; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                parents is less than or equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student's parents, or the student, 
                received benefits at some time during the previous 24-
                month period under a means-tested Federal benefit 
                program;
            ``(2) in the case of an independent student without regard 
        to whether the student has dependents other than a spouse--
                    ``(A)(i) the student (and the student's spouse, if 
                any) files, or is eligible to file, a qualifying form 
                or certifies that the student (and the student's 
                spouse, if any) is not required to file a Federal 
                income tax return; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                student and spouse (if appropriate) is less than or 
                equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student received benefits at some time 
                during the previous 24-month period under a means-
                tested Federal benefit program; or
            ``(3) the applicant is a pathway one applicant under 
        section 483(a)(13).
    ``(b) Earned Income Credit.--An individual is not required to 
qualify or file for the earned income credit in order to be eligible 
under this section.
    ``(c) Adjustments.--The Secretary shall annually adjust the income 
level necessary to qualify an applicant for the zero expected family 
contribution. The income level shall be annually increased by the 
estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index, as defined in 
section 478(f), for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the 
beginning of an award year, and rounded up to the nearest $1,000.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Qualifying form.--The term `qualifying form' means, 
        in the case of an independent student, the student, or in the 
        case of a dependent student, the family, files--
                    ``(A) a form 1040A or 1040EZ (including any 
                prepared or electronic version of such form) required 
                pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
                    ``(B) a form 1040 (including any prepared or 
                electronic version of such form) required pursuant to 
                the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that such 
                form shall be considered a qualifying form only if the 
                student or family files such form in order to take a 
                tax credit under section 25A of the Internal Revenue 
                Code of 1986, and would otherwise be eligible to file a 
                form described in subparagraph (A); or
                    ``(C) an income tax return (including any prepared 
                or electronic version of such return) required pursuant 
                to the tax code of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, 
                Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, 
                the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated 
                States of Micronesia, Palau, or the Commonwealth of the 
                Northern Mariana Islands.
            ``(2) Means-tested federal benefit program.--For purposes 
        of this title, a `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a 
        mandatory spending program of the Federal government, other 
        than a program under this title, in which eligibility for the 
        program's benefits, or the amount of such benefits, are 
        determined on the basis of income or resources of the 
        individual or family seeking the benefit, and may include such 
        programs as--
                    ``(A) the supplemental security income program 
                under title XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1381 et seq.);
                    ``(B) the supplemental nutrition assistance program 
                under the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 
                et seq.);
                    ``(C) the program of block grants for States for 
                temporary assistance for needy families established 
                under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 
                U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                    ``(D) the special supplemental nutrition program 
                for women, infants, and children established by section 
                17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
                    ``(E) the State Medicaid program under title XIX of 
                the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
                    ``(F) any other program identified by the 
                Secretary.''.

SEC. 4088. AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS IN NEED ANALYSIS.

    (a) Using Data From the Second Preceding Year.--Section 
480(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087vv(a)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ``may'' in both places it 
appears and inserting ``shall''.
    (b) Changes to Untaxed Income and Benefits.--Section 480(b) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), to read as follows:
            ``(1) The term `untaxed income and benefits' means--
                    ``(A) child support received;
                    ``(B) untaxed portion of pensions; and
                    ``(C) payments to individual retirement accounts 
                and Keogh accounts excluded from income for Federal 
                income tax purposes.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph 
                (E);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of 
                subparagraph (F) and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(G) workman's compensation;
                    ``(H) veterans' benefits such as death pension, 
                dependency, and indemnity compensation, but excluding 
                veterans' education benefits as defined in subsection 
                (c);
                    ``(I) interest on tax-free bonds;
                    ``(J) housing, food, and other allowances 
                (excluding rent subsidies for low-income housing) for 
                military, clergy, and others (including cash payments 
                and cash value of benefits), except that the value of 
                on-base military housing or the value of basic 
                allowance for housing determined under section 403(b) 
                of title 37, United States Code, received by the 
                parents, in the case of a dependent student, or the 
                student or student's spouse, in the case of an 
                independent student, shall be excluded;
                    ``(K) cash support or any money paid on the 
                student's behalf, except, for dependent students, funds 
                provided by the student's parents; and
                    ``(L) any other untaxed income and benefits, such 
                as Black Lung Benefits, Refugee Assistance, or Railroad 
                Retirement benefits, or benefits received through 
                participation in employment and training activities 
                under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 
                (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.).''.
    (c) Amendment to the Definition of Independent Student As It 
Relates to Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d)(1)(H) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)(1)(H)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding clause (i)--
                    (A) by striking ``during the school year in which 
                the application is submitted'';
                    (B) by inserting ``age 23 or younger'' after 
                ``unaccompanied youth''; and
                    (C) by striking ``terms are'' and inserting ``term 
                is'';
            (2) in clause (i), by inserting ``, or a designee of the 
        liaison'' after ``Act'';
            (3) in clause (ii), by striking ``a program funded under 
        the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act'' and inserting ``an 
        emergency or transitional shelter, street outreach program, 
        homeless youths drop-in center, or other program serving 
        homeless youths,''; and
            (4) in clause (iii), by striking ``program funded under 
        subtitle B of title IV of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (relating to emergency shelter grants)'' and 
        inserting ``Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early Awareness 
        and Readiness for Undergraduate program under chapter 1 or 2 of 
        subpart 2 of part A,''.
    (d) Streamlining the Determination and Verification Process for 
Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)) is further amended by adding at the end 
the following:
            ``(3) Simplifying the determination process for 
        unaccompanied youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification.--A financial aid administrator 
                shall accept a homelessness determination made by any 
                individual authorized to make such determinations under 
                clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (1)(H) in the 
                absence of conflicting information. A documented phone 
                call with, or a written statement from, one of the 
                authorized individuals is sufficient verification when 
                needed. For purposes of this paragraph, a financial aid 
                administrator's disagreement with the determination 
                made by an authorized individual shall not be 
                considered conflicting information.
                    ``(B) Determination of independence.--A financial 
                aid administrator shall make a determination of 
                independence under paragraph (1)(H) if a student does 
                not have, and cannot obtain, documentation from any of 
                the other designated authorities described in such 
                paragraph. Such a determination shall be--
                            ``(i) based on the definitions outlined in 
                        paragraph (1)(H);
                            ``(ii) distinct from a determination of 
                        independence under paragraph (1)(I);
                            ``(iii) based on a documented interview 
                        with the student; and
                            ``(iv) limited to whether the student meets 
                        the definitions in paragraph (1)(H) and not 
                        about the reasons for the student's 
                        homelessness.
            ``(4) Simplifying the verification process for foster 
        children and youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification of independence.--If an 
                institution requires documentation to verify that a 
                student is independent based on a status described in 
                paragraph (1)(B), a financial aid administrator shall 
                consider any of the following as adequate verification:
                            ``(i) Submission of a court order or 
                        official State documentation that the student 
                        received Federal or State support in foster 
                        care.
                            ``(ii) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from,--
                                    ``(I) a child welfare agency 
                                authorized by a State or county;
                                    ``(II) a tribal child welfare 
                                authority;
                                    ``(III) an Independent Living case 
                                worker;
                                    ``(IV) a public or private foster 
                                care placing agency or foster care 
                                facility or placement;
                                    ``(V) another program serving 
                                orphans, foster children and youth, or 
                                wards of the court; or
                                    ``(VI) a probation officer.
                            ``(iii) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, an attorney, a guardian 
                        ad litem, or a Court Appointed Special 
                        Advocate, documenting that person's 
                        relationship to the student.
                            ``(iv) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, a representative of a 
                        Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early 
                        Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                        program under chapter 1 or 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A.
                            ``(v) Verification of the student's 
                        eligibility for an education and training 
                        voucher under the John H. Chafee Foster Care 
                        Independence Program (42 U.S.C. 677).
                            ``(vi) Submission of a copy of the 
                        student's biological or adoptive parents'--
                                    ``(I) Certificates of Death; or
                                    ``(II) newspaper obituaries.
                            ``(vii) An attestation from the student, 
                        which includes a description of why the student 
                        may qualify for a status described in paragraph 
                        (1)(B), including the approximate dates that 
                        the student was in foster care, dependent, or a 
                        ward of the court, to the best of the student's 
                        knowledge after making reasonable efforts to 
                        provide any requested documentation.
                    ``(B) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing 
                in this paragraph prohibits an institution from 
                implementing polices that streamline the determination 
                of independent status and improve a student's access to 
                financial aid because that student is an orphan, in 
                foster care, or a ward of the court, or was an orphan, 
                in foster care, or a ward of the court at any time 
                since such student was 13 years of age or older.
            ``(5) Timing; use of earlier determination.--
                    ``(A) Timing.--A determination under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a student--
                            ``(i) shall be made as quickly as 
                        practicable;
                            ``(ii) may be made as early as the year 
                        before the award year for which the student 
                        initially submits an application; and
                            ``(iii) shall be made no later than during 
                        the award year for which the student initially 
                        submits an application.
                    ``(B) Use of earlier determination.--Any student 
                who is determined to be independent under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a preceding award year 
                at an institution shall be presumed to be independent 
                for a subsequent award year at the same institution 
                unless--
                            ``(i) the student informs the institution 
                        that circumstances have changed; or
                            ``(ii) the institution has specific 
                        conflicting information about the student's 
                        independence, and has informed the student of 
                        this information and the opportunity to 
                        challenge such information through a documented 
                        interview or an impartial review by the Student 
                        Loan Ombudsman pursuant to section 
                        141(f)(3)(C).
            ``(6) Retention of documents.--A financial aid 
        administrator shall retain all documents related to the 
        determination of independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of 
        paragraph (1), including documented interviews, for the 
        duration of the student's enrollment at the institution and for 
        a minimum of 1 year after the student is no longer enrolled at 
        the institution.''.
    (e) Excludable Income.--Section 480(e) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(e)) is amended by striking paragraph (5) and 
inserting the following:
            ``(5) payments made and services provided under part E of 
        title IV of the Social Security Act to or on behalf of any 
        child or youth over whom the State agency has responsibility 
        for placement, care, or supervision, including the value of 
        vouchers for education and training and amounts expended for 
        room and board for youth who are not in foster care but are 
        receiving services under section 477 of such Act; and''.

                                 PART G

SEC. 4091. FAFSA SIMPLIFICATION.

    Section 483 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``process'' and all that follows through the 
                        end of clause (ii) and inserting ``process a 
                        paper version of the forms described in this 
                        subsection, in accordance with subparagraph 
                        (C).'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B); and
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as 
                        subparagraph (B);
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking the 
                        end sentence; and
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B), and 
                        redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (H) as 
                        subparagraphs (B) through (G), respectively;
                    (C) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by striking ``academic year'' each 
                        place it appears and inserting ``award year'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        clause (iv); and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Single question regarding homeless status.--
                The Secretary shall ensure that, on each form developed 
                under this section for which the information is 
                applicable, there is a single, easily understood 
                screening question to identify an applicant for aid who 
                is--
                            ``(i) an unaccompanied homeless child or 
                        youth (as such term is defined in section 725 
                        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act); 
                        or
                            ``(ii) an unaccompanied youth who is self-
                        supporting and at risk of homelessness.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``paragraphs (2)(B)(iii), (3)(B), and 
                        (4)(A)(ii)'' and inserting ``paragraph 
                        (4)(A)(ii)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by striking ``determine'' and 
                                all that follows through ``which'' and 
                                inserting ``determine which''; and
                                    (II) by striking clause (ii);
                            (iii) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                        ``the Secretary'' and all that follows through 
                        ``of the'' and inserting ``the Secretary of 
                        the''; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraphs (D) through 
                        (F), and redesignating subparagraph (G) as 
                        subparagraph (D); and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(13) FAFSA pathways.--
                    ``(A) Memorandum of understanding.--Not later than 
                the effective date of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary 
                shall seek to enter into a Memorandum of Understanding 
                with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the 
                Secretary of Agriculture, and the Secretary of the 
                Treasury, under which any information exchanged under 
                an income and eligibility verification system 
                established pursuant to section 1137 of the Social 
                Security Act by State agencies administering a program 
                listed in paragraph (1), (4), or (5) of subsection (b) 
                of such section which may be of use in establishing or 
                verifying eligibility or benefit amounts under such 
                program shall be made available to the Secretary of 
                Education to assist in determining whether the 
                applicant (or the applicant's parents) received a 
                benefit at some time during the previous 24-month 
                period under a means-tested Federal benefit program, 
                but subject to the requirements of Federal law.
                    ``(B) Requirement for all applicants and the 
                secretary.--For any award year for which an applicant 
                applies for financial assistance under this title 
                (except for any award year for which, pursuant to 
                paragraph (14), the applicant is not required to submit 
                a FAFSA)--
                            ``(i) the applicant shall provide on the 
                        form described in this subsection whether the 
                        applicant received, or in the case of a 
                        dependent applicant, whether the parents of the 
                        applicant received, a benefit at some time 
                        during the previous 24-month period under a 
                        means-tested Federal benefit program; and
                            ``(ii) the Secretary, to the extent 
                        practicable and pursuant to the Memorandum of 
                        Understanding entered into under subparagraph 
                        (A), and without any further action by the 
                        applicant, shall verify the applicant's (or the 
                        applicant's parents) receipt of such benefit.
                    ``(C) Pathway one applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who received, or in the case of a 
                        dependent applicant, whose parents received, 
                        benefits at some time during the previous 24-
                        month period under a means-tested Federal 
                        benefit program, the applicant shall not be 
                        required to provide any further income or asset 
                        information on the form under this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        one applicant'.
                    ``(D) Pathway two applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who is not a pathway one applicant 
                        and who is not required to file or, in the case 
                        of a dependent applicant, no parent of the 
                        applicant is required to file, any schedule 
                        (other than a schedule R, schedule 8812, or 
                        schedule EIC) with a Federal income tax return, 
                        the Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall 
                        use the data retrieval tool under section 
                        484(q) to obtain any information for the 
                        applicant beyond the information described in 
                        subparagraph (A) for purposes of the form under 
                        this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        two applicant'.
                    ``(E) Pathway three applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who is not a pathway one applicant or 
                        a pathway two applicant, the Secretary, to the 
                        extent practicable, shall use the data 
                        retrieval tool under section 484(q) to obtain 
                        any information for the applicant beyond the 
                        information described in subparagraph (A) for 
                        purposes of the form under this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        three applicant'.
                    ``(F) Means-tested federal benefit program 
                defined.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term 
                `means-tested Federal benefit program' has the meaning 
                given the term in section 479(d)(2).
            ``(14) One-time fafsa filing for dependent students.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this section and subject to subparagraphs 
                (B) and (C), an applicant who submits a FAFSA for the 
                first time during the period required for the 
                completion of the first undergraduate baccalaureate 
                course of study being pursued by such applicant and is 
                determined to be a dependent student who is eligible to 
                receive a Federal Pell Grant for the award year for 
                which the applicant submitted such FAFSA, for any 
                succeeding award year--
                            ``(i) for which the applicant does not 
                        submit a FAFSA and for which the applicant 
                        submits a certification form described in 
                        subparagraph (D) based upon which the Secretary 
                        confirms that the applicant is a dependent 
                        student for such year, such applicant--
                                    ``(I) shall not be required to 
                                submit a FAFSA to receive financial 
                                assistance under this title; and
                                    ``(II) shall have an expected 
                                family contribution for such year that 
                                is equal to the expected family 
                                contribution of the applicant 
                                determined for the award year for which 
                                the applicant submitted a FAFSA during 
                                such period, except that an adjustment 
                                to such expected family contribution 
                                may be made under section 479A;
                            ``(ii) for which the applicant submits a 
                        FAFSA, such applicant--
                                    ``(I) shall have an expected family 
                                contribution for such year that is 
                                determined based on such FAFSA; and
                                    ``(II) shall be required to submit 
                                a FAFSA for any other award year for 
                                which the applicant seeks financial 
                                assistance under this title; and
                            ``(iii) for which the applicant is 
                        determined to be an independent student or does 
                        not submit a certification form described in 
                        subparagraph (D), such applicant shall submit a 
                        FAFSA for such succeeding award year and any 
                        other award year for which the applicant seeks 
                        financial assistance under this title.
                    ``(B) Adjustment of expected family contribution.--
                With respect to an applicant described in subparagraph 
                (A)(i) who receives an adjustment under section 479A to 
                the expected family contribution of the applicant for 
                an award year, for any succeeding award year after the 
                award year for which the adjustment was made, subclause 
                (II) of such subparagraph shall be applied to such 
                applicant by substituting `expected family contribution 
                of the applicant as most recently adjusted under 
                section 479A for such applicant' for the `expected 
                family contribution of the applicant determined for the 
                award year for which the applicant submitted a FAFSA 
                during such period'.
                    ``(C) Rule for certain students.--With respect to 
                an applicant who submits a FAFSA for award year 2019-
                2020 and enrolls in an institution of higher education 
                for such year, subparagraph (A) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), 
                        by substituting `award year 2019-2020' for `the 
                        first time'; and
                            ``(ii) in clause (i)(II), by substituting 
                        `award year 2019-2020' for `the award year for 
                        which the applicant submitted a FAFSA during 
                        such period'.
                    ``(D) Dependent student certification form.--The 
                Secretary, in cooperation with representatives of 
                agencies and organizations involved in student 
                financial assistance, shall use behavioral science 
                insights to produce, distribute, and process free of 
                charge a short and simple consumer-tested dependent 
                student certification form that uses skip logic to 
                bypass fields that are inapplicable to an applicant. 
                Such form shall not require an applicant to provide 
                data that the Secretary may otherwise obtain with 
                respect to the applicant (such as age or active duty 
                military status), and may only contain the data 
                elements required for purposes of subparagraph (A)(i)--
                            ``(i) to confirm that the applicant is a 
                        dependent student;
                            ``(ii) to allow the applicant to update the 
                        contact information of such applicant or the 
                        Federal School Code of the institution of 
                        higher education in which the applicant is, or 
                        will be enrolled, for the award year for which 
                        the applicant submits such form; and
                            ``(iii) to ask whether the applicant's need 
                        and eligibility for financial assistance under 
                        this title has not changed substantially since 
                        the most recent of the following:
                                    ``(I) The applicant submitted a 
                                FAFSA.
                                    ``(II) The applicant received an 
                                adjustment under section 479A to the 
                                expected family contribution of the 
                                applicant.
                    ``(E) Succeeding award year defined.--In this 
                paragraph, the term `succeeding award year'--
                            ``(i) when used with respect to an 
                        applicant who submits a FAFSA for the first 
                        time for an award year during the period 
                        required for the completion of the first 
                        undergraduate baccalaureate course of study 
                        being pursued by such applicant, means any 
                        award year during such period that follows the 
                        award year for which the applicant submits such 
                        FAFSA; and
                            ``(ii) when used with respect to an 
                        applicant described in subparagraph (C), means 
                        any award year after award year 2018-2019 
                        during the period required for the completion 
                        of the first undergraduate baccalaureate course 
                        of study being pursued by such applicant.
            ``(15) FAFSA in various languages.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) translate the form developed under this 
                subsection into not fewer than 11 foreign languages 
                based on the languages most often spoken by English 
                learner students and their parents, and make the 
                translated form available and accessible to applicants 
                in paper and electronic formats; and
                    ``(B) ensure that the form developed under this 
                subsection is available in formats accessible to 
                individuals with disabilities.''.
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking the last sentence;
            (3) in subsection (d)(3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and EZ 
                FAFSA''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and EZ 
                FAFSA'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) by striking ``or, as appropriate, an EZ 
                        FAFSA''; and
                            (ii) in clause (A)(ii), by striking 
                        ``section 401(b)(2)(A)'' and inserting 
                        ``section 401(b)(1)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(D), by striking ``or, as 
                appropriate, an EZ FAFSA,'';
            (5) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
    ``(f) Use of Internal Revenue Service Data Retrieval Tool To 
Populate FAFSA.--
            ``(1) Simplification efforts.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) make every effort to allow applicants to 
                utilize the current data retrieval tool to transfer 
                data available from the Internal Revenue Service to 
                reduce the amount of original data entry by applicants 
                and strengthen the reliability of data used to 
                calculate expected family contributions, including 
                through the use of technology to--
                            ``(i) allow an applicant to automatically 
                        populate the electronic version of the forms 
                        under this paragraph with data available from 
                        the Internal Revenue Service; and
                            ``(ii) direct an applicant to appropriate 
                        questions on such forms based on the 
                        applicant's answers to previous questions; and
                    ``(B) allow single taxpayers, married taxpayers 
                filing jointly, and married taxpayers filing separately 
                to utilize the current data retrieval tool to its full 
                capacity.
            ``(2) Use of tax return in application process.--The 
        Secretary shall continue to examine whether data provided by 
        the Internal Revenue Service can be used to generate an 
        expected family contribution without additional action on the 
        part of the student and taxpayer.
            ``(3) Reports on fafsa simplification efforts.--Not less 
        than once every other year, the Secretary shall report to the 
        authorizing committees and the Committees on Appropriations of 
        the House of Representatives and the Senate on the progress of 
        the simplification efforts under this subsection.'';
            (6) by repealing subsection (g);
            (7) redesignating subsection (h) as subsection (g); and
            (8) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(h) Data Transparency on the Number of Applicants.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually publish 
        data on the number of individuals who apply for Federal student 
        aid pursuant to this section who are homeless children and 
        youths (as such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-
        Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), including 
        unaccompanied youth, and foster care children and youth.
            ``(2) Contents.--The data described in paragraph (1) with 
        respect to homeless children and youths shall include, at a 
        minimum, for each application cycle--
                    ``(A) the total number of all applicants who were 
                determined to be (or to be at risk of becoming) 
                unaccompanied homeless youth, under section 
                480(d)(1)(H);
                    ``(B) the number of applicants described in 
                subparagraph (A), disaggregated--
                            ``(i) by State; and
                            ``(ii) by the sources of determination as 
                        described in clauses (i) through (iv) of 
                        section 480(d)(1)(H); and
                    ``(C) the number of undetermined requests for 
                homelessness consideration, including statuses that 
                remain unknown because no determination had been made 
                in response to the applicant's request for the 
                institution to consider the applicant's special 
                circumstance of being homeless.
    ``(i) Convictions.--The Secretary shall not include any question 
about the conviction of an applicant for the possession or sale of 
illegal drugs on the FAFSA (or any other form developed under 
subsection (a)).
    ``(j) FAFSA Verification.--
            ``(1) In general.--With respect to applicants who submit a 
        FAFSA for an award year and were eligible to receive a Federal 
        Pell Grant for such award year, the Secretary shall submit to 
        the authorizing committees, and make publicly available, a 
        report for such award year on--
                    ``(A) the percentage of such applicants who 
                received a Federal Pell Grant for such award year;
                    ``(B) the percentage of such applicants who did not 
                receive a Federal Pell Grant for such year;
                    ``(C) the percentage of such applicants who were 
                selected by the Secretary for verification of the data 
                provided in the FAFSA;
                    ``(D) the percentage of applicants described in 
                (1)(C) who received a Federal Pell Grant for such award 
                year; and
                    ``(E) the percentage of applicants described in 
                (1)(C) who did not receive a Federal Pell Grant for 
                such award year.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The data provided in a report under 
        paragraph (1) shall be disaggregated--
                    ``(A) by applicants who were pathway one applicants 
                for such year;
                    ``(B) by applicants who were pathway two applicants 
                for such year;
                    ``(C) by applicants who were pathway three 
                applicants for such year; and
                    ``(D) to the extent practicable, by applicants who 
                enrolled in an institution of higher education for such 
                award year.
    ``(k) Secretarial Requirements.--
            ``Not later than the effective date of this Act, the 
        Secretary of Education, in consultation with the Secretaries of 
        Defense and Veterans Affairs, shall develop and finalize a 
        financial shopping sheet that ensures each institution of 
        higher education provides meaningful information about the 
        financial cost and quality of such institution to students 
        (including students who have authorized the Department of 
        Education to send the student's Institutional Student 
        Information Record to such institution) to assist such students 
        in determining how to use financial aid to attend such 
        institution, and which--
                    ``(A) is standardized so that it can be used by all 
                institutions of higher education;
                    ``(B) is consumer tested, and presented in a manner 
                that is simple and easily understandable; and
                    ``(C) is personalized for each student who receives 
                such sheet by including--
                            ``(i) the cost of attendance of the 
                        educational program in which the student is 
                        enrolled or seeks to be enrolled;
                            ``(ii) the type of Federal educational 
                        benefits available to assist in covering such 
                        cost of attendance, including loans and grants 
                        under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
                        1965;
                            ``(iii) the amount of financial aid, 
                        including Federal, State, institutional, or 
                        other aid that can be used to assist in 
                        covering such cost of attendance;
                            ``(iv) information about student outcomes 
                        for students who graduate from such educational 
                        program, including, based upon the most recent 
                        data available--
                                    ``(I) the graduation rate;
                                    ``(II) the loan repayment rate; and
                                    ``(III) the estimated loan debt 
                                upon graduation; and
                            ``(v) any other information that 
                        facilitates comparison of aid packages offered 
                        by different institutions of higher 
                        education.''.

SEC. 4092. FEDERAL AID ELIGIBILITY.

    (a) Federal Aid Eligibility for Dreamer Students.--Section 
484(a)(5) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(a)(5)) is 
amended by inserting ``, or be a Dreamer student, as defined in 
subsection (q)'', as amended by this section, after ``becoming a 
citizen or permanent resident''.
    (b) Exception to Required Registration With Selective Service 
System.--
            (1) subsection (n) of section 484 of the Higher Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1901(n)) is repealed; and
            (2) subsections (o) through (q) are redesignated as 
        subsections (n) through (p), respectively.
    (c) Definition of Dreamer Student.--Section 484 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091) is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:
    ``(q) Dreamer Student.--
            ``(1) In general.--In this section, the term `Dreamer 
        student' means an individual who--
                    ``(A) was younger than 16 years of age on the date 
                on which the individual initially entered the United 
                States;
                    ``(B) has provided a list of each secondary school 
                that the student attended in the United States; and
                    ``(C)(i) has earned a high school diploma, the 
                recognized equivalent of such diploma from a secondary 
                school, or a high school equivalency diploma in the 
                United States or is scheduled to complete the 
                requirements for such a diploma or equivalent before 
                the next academic year begins;
                    ``(ii) has acquired a degree from an institution of 
                higher education or has completed not less than 2 years 
                in a program for a baccalaureate degree or higher 
                degree at an institution of higher education in the 
                United States and has made satisfactory academic 
                progress, as defined in subsection (c), during such 
                time period;
                    ``(iii) at any time was eligible for a grant of 
                deferred action under--
                            ``(I) the June 15, 2012, memorandum from 
                        the Secretary of Homeland Security entitled 
                        `Exercising Prosecutorial Discretion with 
                        Respect to Individuals Who Came to the United 
                        States as Children'; or
                            ``(II) the November 20, 2014, memorandum 
                        from the Secretary of Homeland Security 
                        entitled `Exercising Prosecutorial Discretion 
                        with Respect to Individuals Who Came to the 
                        United States as Children and with Respect to 
                        Certain Individuals Who Are the Parents of U.S. 
                        Citizens or Permanent Residents'; or
                    ``(iv) has served in the uniformed services, as 
                defined in section 101 of title 10, United States Code, 
                for not less than 4 years and, if discharged, received 
                an honorable discharge.
            ``(2) Hardship exception.--The Secretary shall issue 
        regulations that direct when the Department shall waive the 
        requirement of subparagraph (A) or (B), or both, of paragraph 
        (1) for an individual to qualify as a Dreamer student under 
        such paragraph, if the individual--
                    ``(A) demonstrates compelling circumstances for the 
                inability to satisfy the requirement of such 
                subparagraph (A) or (B), or both; and
                    ``(B) satisfies the requirement of paragraph 
                (1)(C).''.
    (d) Repeal of Suspension of Financial Aid Eligibility for Drug-
Related Offenses.--Subsection (r) of section 484 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(r)) is repealed.

SEC. 4093. REINSTATEMENT OF THE 6-YEAR STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR 
              STUDENT LOANS.

    Section 484A(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1091a(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Statute of Limitations.--Notwithstanding any Federal or State 
statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period 
within which debts may be enforced--
            ``(1) an institution that receives funds under this title 
        may file a suit or initiate or take another action for 
        collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made, or 
        work assistance awarded, under this title, during the 6-year 
        period beginning on the day after the refund first became due 
        (exclusive of the period during which the State statute of 
        limitations otherwise applicable to a suit under this paragraph 
        would be tolled under State law);
            ``(2) a guaranty agency that has an agreement with the 
        Secretary under section 428(c) may file a suit or initiate or 
        take another action for collection of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under part B during the 6-year period 
        beginning on the day after such guaranty agency reimburses the 
        previous holder of the loan for its loss on account of the 
        default of the borrower (exclusive of the period during which 
        the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit 
        under this paragraph would be tolled under State law);
            ``(3) an institution that has an agreement with the 
        Secretary pursuant to section 487 may file a suit or initiate 
        or take another action for collection of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under part D or E after the default of 
        the borrower on such loan during the 6-year period beginning on 
        the day after the date of the default of the borrower with 
        respect to such amount (exclusive of the period during which 
        the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit 
        under this paragraph would be tolled under State law); or
            ``(4) the Secretary, the Attorney General, or the 
        administrative head of another Federal agency, as the case may 
        be, may file a suit or initiate or take another action for 
        collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made under 
        this title, or for the repayment of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under this title that has been assigned 
        to the Secretary under this title, during the 6-year period 
        beginning on the day after the refund or the amount first 
        became due.''.

SEC. 4094. EXIT COUNSELING.

    (a) Amendments to Exit Counseling for Borrowers.--Section 485(b) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding clause (i), striking 
                ``through financial aid offices or otherwise'' and 
                inserting ``through the use of an interactive program, 
                during an exit counseling session that is in-person or 
                online, or through the use of the online counseling 
                tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A)'';
                    (B) by redesignating clauses (i) through (ix) as 
                clauses (iv) through (xii), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting before clause (iv), as so 
                redesignated, the following:
                            ``(i) a summary of the outstanding balance 
                        of principal and interest due on the loans made 
                        to the borrower under part B, D, or E;
                            ``(ii) an explanation of the grace period 
                        preceding repayment and the expected date that 
                        the borrower will enter repayment;
                            ``(iii) an explanation that the borrower 
                        has the option to pay any interest that has 
                        accrued while the borrower was in school or 
                        that may accrue during the grace period 
                        preceding repayment or during an authorized 
                        period of deferment or forbearance, prior to 
                        the capitalization of the interest;'';
                    (D) in clause (iv), as so redesignated--
                            (i) by striking ``sample information 
                        showing the average'' and inserting 
                        ``information, based on the borrower's 
                        outstanding balance described in clause (i), 
                        showing the borrower's''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``of each plan'' and 
                        inserting ``of at least the fixed repayment 
                        plan described in section 493E, the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f), and 
                        any other repayment plan for which each loan 
                        may be eligible'';
                    (E) in clause (ix), as so redesignated--
                            (i) by inserting ``decreased credit 
                        score,'' after ``credit reports,''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``reduced ability to rent 
                        or purchase a home or car, potential difficulty 
                        in securing employment,'' after ``Federal 
                        law,'';
                    (F) in clause (x), as so redesignated, by striking 
                ``consolidation loan under section 428C or a'';
                    (G) in clauses (xi) and (xii), as so redesignated, 
                by striking ``and'' at the end; and
                    (H) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(xiii) for each of the borrower's loans 
                        made under part B, D, or E for which the 
                        borrower is receiving counseling under this 
                        subsection, the contact information for the 
                        loan servicer of the loan and a link to such 
                        servicer's website; and
                            ``(xiv) an explanation that an individual 
                        has a right to annually request a disclosure of 
                        information collected by a consumer reporting 
                        agency pursuant to section 612(a) of the Fair 
                        Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681j(a)).'';
            (2) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                    (A) by inserting ``online or'' before ``in 
                writing''; and
                    (B) by adding before the period at the end the 
                following: ``, except that in the case of an 
                institution using the online counseling tool described 
                in subsection (n)(1)(A), the Secretary shall attempt to 
                provide such information to the student in the manner 
                described in subsection (n)(3)(C)''; and
            (3) in paragraph (2)(C), by inserting ``, such as the 
        online counseling tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A),'' 
        after ``electronic means''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 485(d)(1) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(d)(1)) is amended by striking 
``including income-sensitive'' and all that follows through ``part D'' 
and inserting ``including, beginning on July 1, 2019, the income-based 
repayment plan under section 493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan 
described in section 493E''.

SEC. 4095. CLERY ACT AMENDMENTS.

    (a) Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime 
Statistics.--Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1092(f)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(F)--
                    (A) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' at the end;
                    (B) in clause (ii), by striking ``and'' at the end;
                    (C) in clause (iii), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``;''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(iv) of hazing incidents that were 
                        reported to campus security authorities or 
                        local police agencies; and
                            ``(v) of harassment incidents that were 
                        reported to campus security authorities or 
                        local police agencies.'';
            (2) in paragraph (6)(A), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                            ``(vi) For purposes of reporting under this 
                        subsection, the term `hazing' means any 
                        intentional, knowing, or reckless act committed 
                        by a student, or a former student, of an 
                        institution of higher education, whether 
                        individually or in concert with other persons, 
                        against another student, that--
                                    ``(I) was committed in connection 
                                with an initiation into, an affiliation 
                                with, or the maintenance of membership 
                                in, any organization that is affiliated 
                                with such institution of higher 
                                education; and
                                    ``(II) contributes to a substantial 
                                risk of physical injury, mental harm, 
                                or personal degradation or causes 
                                physical injury, mental harm, or 
                                personal degradation.
                            ``(vii) For purposes of reporting under 
                        this section, the term `harassment' means 
                        conduct, including acts of verbal, nonverbal, 
                        or physical aggression, intimidation, or 
                        hostility (including conduct that is undertaken 
                        in whole or in part, through the use of 
                        electronic messaging services, commercial 
                        mobile services, electronic communications, or 
                        other technology) that--
                                    ``(I) is sufficiently severe, 
                                persistent, or pervasive so as to limit 
                                a student's ability to participate in 
                                or benefit from a program or activity 
                                at an institution of higher education, 
                                or to create a hostile or abusive 
                                educational environment at an 
                                institution of higher education; and
                                    ``(II) is based on a student's 
                                actual or perceived race, gender, 
                                religion, national origin, sexual 
                                orientation, gender identity, 
                                ethnicity, or disability.
                            ``(viii) The term `commercial mobile 
                        service' has the meaning given the term in 
                        section 332(d) of the Communications Act of 
                        1934 (47 U.S.C. 332(d)).
                            ``(ix) The term `electronic communication' 
                        means any transfer of signs, signals, writing, 
                        images, sounds, or data of any nature 
                        transmitted in whole or in part by a wire, 
                        radio, electromagnetic, photoelectronic, or 
                        photooptical system.
                            ``(x) The term `electronic messaging 
                        services' has the meaning given the term in 
                        section 102 of the Communications Assistance 
                        for Law Enforcement Act (47 U.S.C. 1001).''; 
                        and
            (3) in paragraph (7), by inserting after the second 
        sentence the following: ``For hazing incidents, such statistics 
        shall be compiled in accordance with the definition of that 
        term in paragraph (6)(A)(vi). For harassment incidents, such 
        statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the definition 
        of that term in paragraph (6)(A)(vii).''.
    (b) Statement of Policy Regarding Harassment.--Section 485(f) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)) is further 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (18) as 
        paragraphs (10) through (19), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (8) the following:
            ``(9)(A) Each institution of higher education participating 
        in any program under this title, other than a foreign 
        institution of higher education, shall develop and distribute 
        as part of the report described in paragraph (1) a statement of 
        policy regarding harassment, which shall include--
                    ``(i) a prohibition of harassment--
                            ``(I) on campus;
                            ``(II) in or on a noncampus building or 
                        property;
                            ``(III) on public property;
                            ``(IV) in dormitories or other residential 
                        facilities for students on campus;
                            ``(V) through the use of electronic mail 
                        addresses issued by the institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(VI) through the use of computers and 
                        communication networks, including any 
                        telecommunications service, owned, operated, or 
                        contracted for use by the institution of higher 
                        education or its agents; or
                            ``(VII) during an activity sponsored by the 
                        institution of higher education or carried out 
                        with the use of resources provided by the 
                        institution of higher education;
                    ``(ii) a description of the institution's programs 
                to combat harassment, which shall be aimed at the 
                prevention of harassment;
                    ``(iii) a description of the procedures that a 
                student should follow if an incident of harassment 
                occurs; and
                    ``(iv) a description of the procedures that the 
                institution will follow once an incident of harassment 
                has been reported, including a statement of the 
                standard of evidence that will be used during any 
                institutional conduct proceeding arising from such a 
                report.
            ``(B) The statement of policy described in subparagraph (A) 
        shall address the following areas:
                    ``(i) Procedures for timely institutional action in 
                cases of alleged harassment, which procedures shall 
                include a clear statement that the accuser and the 
                accused shall be informed of the outcome of any 
                disciplinary proceedings in response to an allegation 
                of harassment.
                    ``(ii) Possible sanctions to be imposed following 
                the final determination of an institutional 
                disciplinary procedure regarding harassment.
                    ``(iii) Notification of existing counseling, mental 
                health, or student services for victims or perpetrators 
                of harassment, both on campus and in the community.
                    ``(iv) Identification of a designated employee or 
                office at the institution that will be responsible for 
                receiving and tracking each report of harassment.''.

SEC. 4096. ONLINE SURVEY TOOL FOR CAMPUS SAFETY.

    Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) 
is further amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (18) and (19) as so 
        redesignated as paragraphs (19) and (20), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (17) the following:
            ``(18) Online survey tool for campus safety.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, in 
                consultation with the Attorney General and experts in 
                domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and 
                stalking, develop, design, and make available through a 
                secure online portal, a standardized online survey tool 
                regarding student experiences with domestic violence, 
                dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking.
                    ``(B) Development of survey tool.--In developing 
                the survey tool required under subparagraph (A), the 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) use best practices from peer-reviewed 
                        research measuring domestic violence, dating 
                        violence, sexual assault, and stalking; and
                            ``(ii) consult with the higher education 
                        community and experts in survey research 
                        related to domestic violence, dating violence, 
                        sexual assault, and stalking regarding the 
                        development and design of such survey tool and 
                        the methodology for administration of such 
                        survey tool.
                    ``(C) Elements.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The survey tool 
                        developed pursuant to this paragraph shall be 
                        fair and unbiased, scientifically valid and 
                        reliable, and meet the highest standards of 
                        survey research.
                            ``(ii) Survey questions.--Survey questions 
                        included in the survey tool developed pursuant 
                        to this paragraph shall--
                                    ``(I) be designed to gather 
                                information on student experiences with 
                                domestic violence, dating violence, 
                                sexual assault, and stalking, including 
                                the experiences of victims of such 
                                incidents;
                                    ``(II) use trauma-informed language 
                                to prevent retraumatization; and
                                    ``(III) include the following:
                                            ``(aa) Questions designed 
                                        to determine the incidence and 
                                        prevalence of domestic 
                                        violence, dating violence, 
                                        sexual assault, and stalking.
                                            ``(bb) Questions regarding 
                                        whether students know about 
                                        institutional policies and 
                                        procedures related to domestic 
                                        violence, dating violence, 
                                        sexual assault, and stalking.
                                            ``(cc) Questions designed 
                                        to determine, if victims 
                                        reported domestic violence, 
                                        dating violence, sexual 
                                        assault, or stalking--

                                                    ``(AA) to whom the 
                                                incident was reported 
                                                and what response the 
                                                victim may have 
                                                received; and

                                                    ``(BB) whether the 
                                                victim was informed of, 
                                                or referred to, 
                                                national, State, local, 
                                                or on-campus resources.

                                            ``(dd) Questions regarding 
                                        contextual factors, such as 
                                        whether force, incapacitation, 
                                        or coercion was involved.
                                            ``(ee) Questions to 
                                        determine whether an accused 
                                        individual was a student at the 
                                        institution.
                                            ``(ff) Questions to 
                                        determine whether a victim 
                                        reported an incident to State, 
                                        local, or campus law 
                                        enforcement.
                                            ``(gg) Questions to 
                                        determine why the victim chose 
                                        to report or not report an 
                                        incident to State, local, or 
                                        campus law enforcement.
                                            ``(hh) Other questions as 
                                        determined by the Secretary.
                            ``(iii) Additional elements.--In addition 
                        to the standardized questions developed by the 
                        Secretary under clause (ii), an institution may 
                        request additional information from students 
                        that would increase the understanding of the 
                        institution of school climate factors unique to 
                        their campuses.
                            ``(iv) Responses.--The responses to the 
                        survey questions described in clause (ii) 
                        shall--
                                    ``(I) be submitted confidentially;
                                    ``(II) not be included in crime 
                                statistics; and
                                    ``(III) in the case of such 
                                responses being included in a report, 
                                shall not include personally 
                                identifiable information.
                    ``(D) Administration of survey.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Each institution shall 
                        administer the survey tool developed pursuant 
                        to this paragraph every 2 years.
                            ``(ii) Federal administration.--The 
                        Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney 
                        General, shall develop a mechanism by which 
                        institutions of higher education may, with 
                        respect to the survey tool developed pursuant 
                        to this paragraph--
                                    ``(I) administer such survey tool; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) modify such survey tool to 
                                include additional elements or 
                                requirements, as determined by the 
                                institution.
                            ``(iii) Costs.--The Secretary may not 
                        require an institution of higher education to 
                        pay to modify the survey tool in accordance 
                        with clause (ii)(II).
                    ``(E) Completed surveys.--The Secretary shall 
                require each institution participating in any program 
                under this title to ensure that an adequate, random, 
                and representative sample size of students (as 
                determined by the Secretary) enrolled at the 
                institution complete the survey tool developed pursuant 
                to this paragraph beginning not later than 1 year after 
                the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act.
                    ``(F) Report.--Beginning not later than 2 years 
                after the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the 
                Secretary shall prepare a biennial report on the 
                information gained from the standardized elements of 
                the survey under this paragraph and publish such report 
                in an accessible format on the website of the 
                Department and submit such report to Congress. The 
                report shall include campus-level data for each school 
                and attributed by name of each campus in a manner that 
                permits comparisons across schools and campuses.
                    ``(G) Publication.--Each institution shall 
                publish--
                            ``(i) the campus-level results of the 
                        standardized elements of the survey under this 
                        paragraph on the website of the institution and 
                        in the annual security report required under 
                        paragraph 1 for the campuses affiliated with 
                        the institution; and
                            ``(ii) the campus-level results of the 
                        additional elements modifying the survey by the 
                        institution, if any, on the website of the 
                        institution.
                    ``(H) Violation.--Upon a determination pursuant to 
                section 487(c)(3)(B) that an institution of higher 
                education has violated or failed to carry out any 
                provision under this subsection, the Secretary shall 
                impose a civil penalty upon the institution in the same 
                amount and pursuant to the same procedures as a civil 
                penalty is imposed under section 487(c)(3)(B).''.

SEC. 4097. AMENDMENTS TO INSTITUTIONAL AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    (a) Notice to Students Concerning Drug Violations.--Subsection (k) 
of section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is repealed.
    (b) Single Point of Contact for Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 
485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is amended by 
inserting after subsection (j) the following:
    ``(k) Each institution of higher education participating in any 
program under this title shall--
            ``(1) have designated an appropriate staff person as a 
        single point of contact to assist homeless children and youths 
        (as such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
        Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) and foster care 
        children and youth in accessing and completing postsecondary 
        education, including by ensuring that such homeless children 
        and youths and foster care children and youth are connected to 
        applicable and available student support services, programs, 
        and community resources in areas such as financial aid, 
        academic advising, housing, food, public benefits, health care, 
        health insurance, mental health, and mentoring;
            ``(2) post public notice about student financial assistance 
        and other assistance available to homeless children and youths 
        and foster care children and youth, including their eligibility 
        as independent students under subparagraphs (B) and (H) of 
        sections 480(d)(1);
            ``(3) give priority for any institutionally owned or 
        operated housing facilities, including student housing 
        facilities that remain open for occupation during school breaks 
        or on a year-round basis, to--
                    ``(A) homeless children and youths (as such term is 
                defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a);
                    ``(B) youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of 
                homelessness, and self-supporting; and
                    ``(C) foster care children and youth;
            ``(4) have developed a plan for how homeless children and 
        youths, youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of homelessness, 
        and self-supporting, and foster care children and youth can 
        access housing resources during and between academic terms, 
        through means that may include access to institutionally owned 
        or operated housing during breaks and a list of housing 
        resources in the community that provide short-term housing; and
            ``(5) include, in its application for admission, questions 
        (to be answered voluntarily) regarding the applicant's status 
        as a homeless child or youth or foster care child or youth, 
        that--
                    ``(A) can be answered by the applicant voluntarily 
                for the limited purpose of being provided information 
                about financial aid or any other available assistance; 
                and
                    ``(B) explain the key terms in the question in a 
                manner children and youth can understand in order to 
                self-identify and declare eligibility as a homeless 
                child or youth or foster care child or youth.''.
    (c) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--Section 485(l) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(l)) is amended to read as 
follows:
    ``(l) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--
            ``(1) Annual disclosure required.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Each eligible institution shall 
                ensure that each individual who receives a loan made 
                under part D (other than a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan or a loan made under section 460A and 460B) 
                receives comprehensive information on the terms and 
                conditions of such loan and the responsibilities the 
                individual has with respect to such loan. Such 
                information shall be provided, for each award year for 
                which the individual receives such loan, in a simple 
                and understandable manner--
                            ``(i) during a counseling session conducted 
                        in person;
                            ``(ii) online, with the individual 
                        acknowledging receipt of the information; or
                            ``(iii) through the use of the online 
                        counseling tool described in subsection 
                        (n)(1)(B).
                    ``(B) Use of interactive programs.--In the case of 
                institutions not using the online counseling tool 
                described in subsection (n)(1)(B), the Secretary shall 
                require such institutions to carry out the requirements 
                of subparagraph (A) through the use of interactive 
                programs, during an annual counseling session that is 
                in-person or online, that tests the individual's 
                understanding of the terms and conditions of the loan 
                awarded to the individual, using simple and 
                understandable language and clear formatting.
            ``(2) All individuals.--The information to be provided 
        under paragraph (1)(A) to each individual receiving counseling 
        under this subsection shall include the following:
                    ``(A) An explanation of how the individual may 
                budget for typical educational expenses and a sample 
                budget based on the cost of attendance for the 
                institution.
                    ``(B) An explanation that an individual has a right 
                to annually request a disclosure of information 
                collected by a consumer reporting agency pursuant to 
                section 612(a) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 
                U.S.C. 1681j(a)).
                    ``(C) An introduction to the financial management 
                resources provided by the Consumer Financial Protection 
                Bureau.
            ``(3) Borrowers receiving loans made under part d (other 
        than parent plus loans).--The information to be provided under 
        paragraph (1)(A) to a borrower of a loan made under part D 
        (other than a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf of a 
        dependent student) shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify 
                for other financial aid and an explanation that the 
                borrower should consider accepting any grant, 
                scholarship, or State or Federal work-study jobs for 
                which the borrower is eligible prior to accepting 
                student loans.
                    ``(B) To the extent practicable, the effect of 
                accepting the loan to be disbursed on the eligibility 
                of the borrower for other forms of student financial 
                assistance.
                    ``(C) An explanation of the use of the student loan 
                contract referred to in section 432(m)(1)(D).
                    ``(D) An explanation that the borrower is not 
                required to accept the full amount of the loan offered 
                to the borrower.
                    ``(E) An explanation of the approved educational 
                expenses for which the borrower may use a loan made 
                under part D.
                    ``(F) A recommendation to the borrower to exhaust 
                the borrower's Federal student loan options prior to 
                taking out private education loans, an explanation that 
                Federal student loans typically offer better terms and 
                conditions than private education loans, an explanation 
                that Federal student loans offer consumer protections 
                typically not available in the private education loan 
                market, an explanation of treatment of loans made under 
                part D and private education loans in bankruptcy, and 
                an explanation that if a borrower decides to take out a 
                private education loan--
                            ``(i) the borrower has the ability to 
                        select a private educational lender of the 
                        borrower's choice;
                            ``(ii) the proposed private education loan 
                        may impact the borrower's potential eligibility 
                        for other financial assistance, including 
                        Federal financial assistance under this title; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) the borrower has a right--
                                    ``(I) to accept the terms of the 
                                private education loan within 30 
                                calendar days following the date on 
                                which the application for such loan is 
                                approved and the borrower receives the 
                                required disclosure documents, pursuant 
                                to section 128(e) of the Truth in 
                                Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1638(e)); and
                                    ``(II) to cancel such loan within 3 
                                business days of the date on which the 
                                loan is consummated, pursuant to 
                                section 128(e)(7) of such Act (15 
                                U.S.C. 1638(e)(7)).
                    ``(G) The interest rate for the loan, as of the 
                date of the counseling.
                    ``(H) Information on how interest accrues and is 
                capitalized during periods when the interest is not 
                paid by either the borrower or the Secretary.
                    ``(I) In the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan or 
                a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, the option 
                of the borrower to pay the interest while the borrower 
                is in school.
                    ``(J) The definition of half-time enrollment at the 
                institution, during regular terms and summer school, if 
                applicable, and the consequences of not maintaining at 
                least half-time enrollment.
                    ``(K) An explanation of the importance of 
                contacting the appropriate offices at the institution 
                of higher education if the borrower withdraws prior to 
                completing the borrower's program of study so that the 
                institution can provide exit counseling, including 
                information regarding the borrower's repayment options 
                and loan consolidation.
                    ``(L) The obligation of the borrower to repay the 
                full amount of the loan, regardless of whether the 
                borrower completes or does not complete the program in 
                which the borrower is enrolled within the regular time 
                for program completion.
                    ``(M) The likely consequences of default on the 
                loan, including adverse credit reports, delinquent debt 
                collection procedures under Federal law, and 
                litigation.
                    ``(N) Notice of the institution's most recent 
                adjusted cohort default rate (calculated in accordance 
                with section 435(m)(1)(E)), an explanation of the 
                adjusted cohort default rate, the most recent national 
                average adjusted cohort default rate, and the most 
                recent national average adjusted cohort default rate 
                for the category of institution described in section 
                435(m)(4) to which the institution belongs.
                    ``(O) Information on the National Student Loan Data 
                System and how the borrower can access the borrower's 
                records.
                    ``(P) The contact information for the institution's 
                financial aid office or other appropriate office at the 
                institution the borrower may contact if the borrower 
                has any questions about the borrower's rights and 
                responsibilities or the terms and conditions of the 
                loan.
                    ``(Q) For a first-time borrower, in addition to all 
                the information described in subparagraphs (A) through 
                (P)--
                            ``(i) a statement of the anticipated 
                        balance on the loan for which the borrower is 
                        receiving counseling under this subsection;
                            ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under, 
                        at minimum--
                                    ``(I) the fixed repayment plan 
                                described in section 493E; and
                                    ``(II) the income-based repayment 
                                plan under section 493C(f), as 
                                determined using regionally available 
                                data from the Bureau of Labor 
                                Statistics of the average starting 
                                salary for the occupation in which the 
                                borrower has an interest in or intends 
                                to be employed;
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under each repayment 
                        plan described in clause (ii), based on the 
                        average cumulative indebtedness at graduation 
                        for borrowers of loans made under part D who 
                        are in the same program of study as the 
                        borrower and the expected increase in the cost 
                        of attendance of such program; and
                            ``(iv) information on the annual and 
                        aggregate loan limits for Federal Direct 
                        Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                        Stafford Loans as it pertains to the loan for 
                        which the borrower is receiving counseling, and 
                        a statement that such aggregate borrowing limit 
                        may change based on the borrower's student 
                        status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or 
                        if there is a change in the borrower's 
                        dependency status.
                    ``(R) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of 
                principal or interest due on a loan made under this 
                title, in addition to all the information described in 
                subparagraphs (A) through (P)--
                            ``(i) information on each student loan that 
                        the institution is aware that the student has 
                        borrowed, including Federal loans, private 
                        loans, and loans from the institution;
                            ``(ii) the total amount of the outstanding 
                        balance and interest accrued from the Federal 
                        student loans described in clause (i);
                            ``(iii) for each Federal loan described in 
                        clause (i), the interest rate for the loan, as 
                        of the date of the counseling, and a statement 
                        that the interest rate on student loans may 
                        vary based on when the loan was borrowed and 
                        other factors;
                            ``(iv) based on such outstanding balance 
                        for the Federal student loans, the anticipated 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E, the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which 
                        each loan may be eligible, calculated using 
                        regionally available data from the Bureau of 
                        Labor Statistics of the average starting salary 
                        for the occupation the borrower intends to be 
                        employed;
                            ``(v) an estimate of the projected monthly 
                        payment amount under each repayment plan 
                        described in clause (iv), based on--
                                    ``(I) the outstanding balance 
                                described in clause (ii);
                                    ``(II) the anticipated outstanding 
                                balance on the loan for which the 
                                student is receiving counseling under 
                                this subsection; and
                                    ``(III) a projection for any other 
                                loans made under part D that the 
                                borrower is reasonably expected to 
                                accept during the borrower's program of 
                                study based on at least the average 
                                cumulative indebtedness at graduation 
                                for borrowers of loans made under part 
                                D who are in the same program of study 
                                as the borrower and the expected 
                                increase in the cost of attendance of 
                                such program;
                            ``(vi) a statement that the outstanding 
                        balance described in clause (ii), the interest 
                        rate described in clause (iii), and the monthly 
                        amount described in clause (iv) and clause (v) 
                        does not include any amounts that the student 
                        may be required to repay for private or 
                        institutional loans; and
                            ``(vii) the percentage of the total 
                        aggregate borrowing limit that the student has 
                        reached, as of the date of the counseling, for 
                        Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal 
                        Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, and a 
                        statement that such aggregate borrowing limit 
                        may change based on the borrower's student 
                        status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or 
                        if there is a change in the borrower's 
                        dependency status.
            ``(4) Borrowers receiving parent plus loans for dependent 
        students.--The information to be provided under paragraph 
        (1)(A) to a borrower of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on 
        behalf of a dependent student shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify 
                for other financial aid and an explanation that the 
                student for whom the borrower is taking out the loan 
                should consider accepting any grant, scholarship, or 
                State or Federal work-study jobs for which the borrower 
                is eligible prior to borrowing Parent PLUS Loans.
                    ``(B) The information described in subparagraphs 
                (B) through (D) and (L) through (O) of paragraph (3).
                    ``(C) The interest rate for the loan, as of the 
                date of the counseling.
                    ``(D) The option of the borrower to pay the 
                interest on the loan while the loan is in deferment.
                    ``(E) Debt management strategies that are designed 
                to facilitate the repayment of such indebtedness.
                    ``(F) An explanation that the borrower has the 
                options to prepay each loan, pay each loan on a shorter 
                schedule, and change repayment plans.
                    ``(G) For each Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on 
                behalf of a dependent student for which the borrower is 
                receiving counseling under this subsection, the contact 
                information for the loan servicer of the loan and a 
                link to such servicer's Website.
                    ``(H) For a first-time borrower of such loan--
                            ``(i) a statement of the anticipated 
                        balance on the loan for which the borrower is 
                        receiving counseling under this subsection;
                            ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under 
                        the fixed repayment plan described in section 
                        493E, the income-based repayment plan under 
                        section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan 
                        for which each loan may be eligible; and
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E, the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which 
                        each loan may be eligible, based on the average 
                        cumulative indebtedness of other borrowers of 
                        Federal Direct PLUS Loans made on behalf of 
                        dependent students who are in the same program 
                        of study as the student on whose behalf the 
                        borrower borrowed the loan and the expected 
                        increase in the cost of attendance of such 
                        program.
                    ``(I) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of 
                principal or interest due on such loan--
                            ``(i) a statement of the amount of such 
                        outstanding balance;
                            ``(ii) based on such outstanding balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under 
                        the fixed repayment plan described in section 
                        493E, the income-based repayment plan under 
                        section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan 
                        for which each loan may be eligible; and
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed and 
                        income-based repayment plans, based on--
                                    ``(I) the anticipated outstanding 
                                balance on the loan for which the 
                                borrower is receiving counseling under 
                                this subsection; and
                                    ``(II) a projection for any other 
                                Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf 
                                of the dependent student that the 
                                borrower is reasonably expected to 
                                accept during the program of study of 
                                such student based on at least the 
                                average cumulative indebtedness of 
                                other borrowers of Federal Direct PLUS 
                                Loans made on behalf of dependent 
                                students who are in the same program of 
                                study as the student on whose behalf 
                                the borrower borrowed the loan and the 
                                expected increase in the cost of 
                                attendance of such program.
            ``(5) Annual loan acceptance.--Prior to making the first 
        disbursement of a loan made under part D (other than a Federal 
        Direct Consolidation Loan or a loan made under section 460A and 
        460B) to a borrower for an award year, an eligible institution, 
        shall, as part of carrying out the counseling requirements of 
        this subsection for the loan, ensure that after receiving the 
        applicable counseling under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) for 
        the loan the borrower accepts the loan for such award year by--
                    ``(A) signing and returning to the institution the 
                student loan contract for the loan referred to in 
                section 432(m)(1)(D) that affirmatively states that the 
                borrower accepts the loan; or
                    ``(B) electronically signing an electronic version 
                of the student loan contract described in subparagraph 
                (A).''.
    (d) Online Counseling Tools.--Section 485 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is further amended by adding at the end 
the following:
    ``(n) Online Counseling Tools.--
            ``(1) In general.--Beginning not later than 1 year after 
        the date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary 
        shall maintain--
                    ``(A) an online counseling tool that provides the 
                exit counseling required under subsection (b) and meets 
                the applicable requirements of this subsection; and
                    ``(B) an online counseling tool that provides the 
                annual counseling required under subsection (l) and 
                meets the applicable requirements of this subsection.
            ``(2) Requirements of tools.--In maintaining the online 
        counseling tools described in paragraph (1), the Secretary 
        shall ensure that each such tool is--
                    ``(A) consumer tested, in consultation with other 
                relevant Federal agencies and including students and 
                borrowers, institutions of higher education, secondary 
                school and postsecondary counselors, and nonprofit 
                consumer groups, to ensure that the tool is effective 
                in helping individuals understand their rights and 
                obligations with respect to borrowing a loan made under 
                part D;
                    ``(B) understandable to borrowers of loans made 
                under part D; and
                    ``(C) freely available to all eligible 
                institutions.
            ``(3) Record of counseling completion.--The Secretary 
        shall--
                    ``(A) use each online counseling tool described in 
                paragraph (1) to keep a record of which individuals 
                have received counseling using the tool, and notify the 
                applicable institutions of the individual's completion 
                of such counseling;
                    ``(B) in the case of a borrower who receives annual 
                counseling for a loan made under part D using the tool 
                described in paragraph (1)(B), notify the borrower by 
                when the borrower should accept, in a manner described 
                in subsection (l)(5), the loan for which the borrower 
                has received such counseling; and
                    ``(C) in the case of a borrower described in 
                subsection (b)(1)(B) at an institution that uses the 
                online counseling tool described in paragraph (1)(A) of 
                this subsection, the Secretary shall attempt to provide 
                the information described in subsection (b)(1)(A) to 
                the borrower through such tool.''.

SEC. 4098. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS TO PELL GRANTS.

    Section 485E(b)(1)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1092f(b)(1)(A)) is further amended by striking ``section 
401(b)(2)(A)'' and inserting ``section 401(b)(1)''.

SEC. 4099. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS OF 
              STUDY ABROAD.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is further amended by inserting after section 485E the 
following:

``SEC. 485F. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS 
              OF STUDY ABROAD.

    ``(a) In General.--Each institution participating in any program 
under this title, other than a foreign institution of higher education, 
shall develop and distribute a statement of policy with respect to 
students participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit 
by the institution concerning crime and harm that may occur while 
participating in such program of study abroad that, at a minimum, 
includes a biennial review by the institution of the programs of study 
abroad approved for credit by the institution to determine--
            ``(1) the effectiveness of the programs at protecting 
        students from crime and harm, and whether changes to the 
        programs are needed (based on the most recent guidance or other 
        assistance from the Secretary) and will be implemented;
            ``(2) for the 5 years preceding the date of the report, the 
        number (in the aggregate for all programs of study abroad 
        approved for credit by the institution) of--
                    ``(A) deaths of program participants occurring 
                during program participation or during any other 
                activities during the study abroad period;
                    ``(B) sexual assaults against program participants 
                occurring during program participation and reported to 
                the institution;
                    ``(C) accidents and illnesses occurring during 
                program participation that resulted in hospitalization 
                and were reported to the institution; and
                    ``(D) incidents involving program participants 
                during the program participation that resulted in 
                police involvement or a police report and were reported 
                to the institution; and
            ``(3) with respect to the incidents described in 
        subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2), whether the 
        incidents occurred--
                    ``(A) on campus;
                    ``(B) in or on noncampus buildings or property;
                    ``(C) on public property;
                    ``(D) in dormitories or other residential 
                facilities for students on campus; or
                    ``(E) at a location not described in items (A) 
                through (D) of this clause, without regard to whether 
                the institution owns or controls a building or property 
                at the location.
    ``(b) Other Duties.--An institution of higher education described 
in subsection (a) shall--
            ``(1) provide each student who is interested in 
        participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit 
        by the institution, with an orientation session and advising 
        that includes--
                    ``(A) a list of countries in which such programs of 
                study abroad are located;
                    ``(B) all current travel information, including all 
                travel warnings and travel alerts, issued by the Bureau 
                of Consular Affairs of the Department of State for such 
                countries; and
                    ``(C) the information described in paragraph (a), 
                provided specifically for each program of study abroad 
                approved for credit by the institution in which the 
                student is considering participation; and
            ``(2) provide each student who returns from such a program 
        of study abroad with a post-trip debriefing session, including 
        an exit interview that assists the institution in carrying out 
        subsection (a).
    ``(c) Limitations.--An institution of higher education shall not 
disaggregate or otherwise distinguish information for purposes of 
subsection (a) or (b) in a case in which the number of students in a 
category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or 
the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an 
individual student.
    ``(d) Review.--The Secretary shall periodically review a 
representative sample of the policies described in subsection (a) that 
have been adopted by institutions of higher education.
    ``(e) Definition.--For the purpose of this section, the definitions 
for `campus', `noncampus building or property', and `public property' 
shall have the same meaning as in section 485(f)(6).''.

SEC. 4100. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 486A the following:

``SEC. 486B. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the funds appropriated under 
        subsection (i), the Secretary, in consultation with the 
        Director of the Institute of Education Sciences, shall award 
        grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to improve 
        remedial education in higher education.
            ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(3) Minimum awards.--The total amount of funds provided 
        under a grant awarded under this section shall not be less than 
        $500,000.
    ``(b) Application.--An eligible entity that desires to receive a 
grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as 
the Secretary may require, which shall include the following:
            ``(1) A description of how the eligible entity will use the 
        grant funds to develop or improve a remedial education program 
        that includes evidence-based, effective strategies for 
        providing instruction to ensure that students are prepared for 
        courses at the postsecondary level.
            ``(2) An assurance that the eligible entity will use more 
        than 2 measures (such as a student's college entrance 
        examination score, grade point average, high school course 
        list, or a placement examination) to identify students in need 
        of remedial education who may be eligible to participate in the 
        remedial education program developed or improved under the 
        grant.
            ``(3) A description of how the eligible entity, in 
        developing or improving such a program, will consult with 
        stakeholders, including individuals with expertise in remedial 
        education, students enrolled in remedial education, and faculty 
        instructors for remedial education.
            ``(4) The eligible entity's plan for sustaining the program 
        after the grant period has ended.
            ``(5) The eligible entity's plan for monitoring and 
        evaluating the program, including how the eligible entity will 
        use the data collected under subsection (g) to continually 
        update and improve the program.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--An eligible entity that receives a grant under 
this section shall use the grant to develop or improve a remedial 
education program through one or more of the following models:
            ``(1) Aligning course work.--Working with a local 
        educational agency or State educational agency that is part of 
        the eligible entity to develop or improve programs that provide 
        alignment between high school coursework and postsecondary 
        education, and that may include--
                    ``(A) assessments in high school to measure student 
                readiness for courses at the postsecondary level; or
                    ``(B) interventions in high school that improve 
                student competencies for courses at the postsecondary 
                level.
            ``(2) Accelerated course work.--Redesigning or improving 
        remedial education that--
                    ``(A) allows students to enroll in more than one 
                sequential remedial education course or training in a 
                semester, or the equivalent;
                    ``(B) condenses the time of the remedial education; 
                or
                    ``(C) provides shortened, intensive courses or 
                training to improve competencies of students for 
                courses at the postsecondary level.
            ``(3) Modular instructional methods.--Developing or 
        improving remedial education that--
                    ``(A) specifically targets the skills that students 
                need to move forward in courses at the postsecondary 
                level; and
                    ``(B) may be used to develop new assessments, 
                redesign courses to provide targeted skill instruction, 
                or provide faculty professional development.
            ``(4) Co-requisite model.--Developing or improving remedial 
        education programs that allow a student to enroll in remedial 
        education (which may be provided through a modular 
        instructional method) while also enrolled in a course at the 
        postsecondary level.
            ``(5) Systemic reform to implement comprehensive, 
        integrated support programs.--Implementing and improving 
        comprehensive, integrated, evidence-based support programs 
        that--
                    ``(A) enable students enrolled in remedial 
                education to reach completion and graduation at an 
                institution of higher education within 150 percent of 
                the normal time for completion of, or graduation from, 
                the program of study for which the students are 
                enrolled; and
                    ``(B) may include financial supports, academic 
                tutoring or support, and advising that enable students 
                to find success in remedial education and courses at 
                the postsecondary level.
    ``(d) Considerations.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Institute of 
Education Sciences, shall--
            ``(1) ensure--
                    ``(A) a minimum of 30 eligible entities are awarded 
                grants for each 5-year grant period;
                    ``(B) an equitable geographic distribution of such 
                grants, including an equitable distribution between 
                urban and rural areas; and
                    ``(C) that grants are used to develop or improve 
                remedial education programs--
                            ``(i) for a range of types and sizes of 
                        institutions of higher education; and
                            ``(ii) for each of the models described in 
                        subsection (c) to ensure adequate sample sizes 
                        to enable statistical comparisons within and 
                        among such models; and
            ``(2) give preference to eligible entities that primarily 
        serve low-income students.
    ``(e) Fiscal Requirements.--
            ``(1) Supplement not supplant.--A grant awarded under this 
        section shall be used to supplement, not supplant, funds that 
        would otherwise be used to carry out the activities described 
        in this section.
            ``(2) Matching funds.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), an 
                eligible entity that receives a grant under this 
                section shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an 
                amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of the grant 
                for the cost of activities assisted under the grant.
                    ``(B) Exceptions.--The requirements of subparagraph 
                (A) shall not apply to--
                            ``(i) Tribal Colleges or Universities; or
                            ``(ii) institutions of higher education 
                        located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, 
                        Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin 
                        Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
                        Mariana Islands, the Republic of the Marshall 
                        Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, or 
                        the Republic of Palau.
    ``(f) Experimental Authority.--Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this title, a student may be eligible to receive loans or grants 
under this title for up to 2 academic years for enrollment in a 
remedial education program under this section.
    ``(g) Data Collection, Reports, Evaluations, and Dissemination.--
            ``(1) Information.--
                    ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity 
                that receives a grant under this section shall provide, 
                on an annual basis for each year of the grant period 
                and for 5 years after such grant period, to the 
                Director of the Institute of Education Sciences and the 
                Secretary, the student-level data with respect to the 
                students who are or were enrolled in a remedial 
                education program funded under the grant to enable the 
                Director, for each such year, to--
                            ``(i) determine the information described 
                        in subparagraph (B) with respect to each such 
                        remedial education program; and
                            ``(ii) submit to the authorizing 
                        committees, and make publicly available in an 
                        accessible format, such information.
                    ``(B) Aggregate student data.--The Director shall 
                determine, with respect to each remedial education 
                program for which an eligible entity provides student-
                level data under subparagraph (A), the following 
                information:
                            ``(i) The number of students who are or 
                        were enrolled in such a remedial education 
                        program.
                            ``(ii) The type of remedial education 
                        offered under the program.
                            ``(iii) The cost of such remedial education 
                        program.
                            ``(iv) The number of students who complete 
                        such remedial education program.
                            ``(v) The length of time students spend in 
                        such remedial education program, as measured by 
                        semester, trimester, or clock hours.
                            ``(vi) The length of time students who 
                        complete such remedial education program take 
                        to graduate with a recognized educational 
                        credential from an institution of higher 
                        education.
                            ``(vii) The number of students who enroll 
                        in postsecondary-level courses upon completing 
                        the remedial education program.
                            ``(viii) The number and percentage of such 
                        students who graduate, or are on track to 
                        graduate, from an institution of higher 
                        education within 150 percent of the normal time 
                        for completion of, or graduation from, the 
                        program of study for which the students are 
                        enrolled.
                            ``(ix) The amount of grant or loan funds 
                        under this title awarded to students for 
                        enrollment in such remedial education program.
                    ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined 
                under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated by race 
                (as defined in section 153(a)(3) of the Education 
                Sciences Reform Act of 2002), gender, socioeconomic 
                status, Federal Pell Grant eligibility status, status 
                as a first-generation college student, Veteran or 
                active duty status, and disability status.
            ``(2) Evaluation.--Not later than 6 years after the first 
        grant is awarded under this section, the Director, in 
        consultation with the Secretary and using the information 
        determined under paragraph (1), shall submit to the authorizing 
        committees and make publicly available in an accessible format, 
        the results of a multi-year, rigorous evaluation on the impact 
        of remedial education programs funded under this section that 
        shall include--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of the remedial education 
                programs in providing the skills necessary for students 
                to advance through remedial education and complete 
                courses at the postsecondary level;
                    ``(B) the quality of outcomes of the remedial 
                education programs within and among models of remedial 
                education described in subsection (c);
                    ``(C) the sustainability and replicability of the 
                remedial education programs that demonstrate success, 
                as determined by the number and percentage of students 
                who graduate from an institution of higher education 
                within 150 percent of the normal time for completion 
                of, or graduation from, the program of study for which 
                the students are enrolled; and
                    ``(D) the effectiveness of the authority under 
                subsection (f) in assisting students who complete a 
                remedial education program funded under this section in 
                graduating from an institution of higher education 
                within 150 percent of the normal time for completion 
                of, or graduation from, the program of study for which 
                the students are enrolled.
            ``(3) Reports and dissemination.--
                    ``(A) Initial report.--Not later than 1 year after 
                the first grant is awarded under this section, the 
                Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
                committees, and make available to the public in an 
                accessible format, a report on each remedial education 
                program funded under this section.
                    ``(B) Subsequent report.--Not later than 5 years 
                after the last grant is awarded under this section, the 
                Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
                committees, and make available to the public in an 
                accessible format, a report that--
                            ``(i) reviews the activities and program 
                        performance of each remedial education program 
                        funded under this section; and
                            ``(ii) provides guidance and 
                        recommendations on how successful remedial 
                        education programs (as determined by the number 
                        and percentage of students who graduate from an 
                        institution of higher education within 150 
                        percent of the normal time for completion of, 
                        or graduation from, the program of study for 
                        which the students are enrolled) can be 
                        replicated.
    ``(h) Data Privacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who 
        obtains or has access to personally identifiable information in 
        connection with this section to willfully disclose to any 
        person (except as authorized in this Act or any Federal law) 
        such personally identifiable information.
            ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall 
        be fined not more than $5,000, imprisoned for not more than 5 
        years, or both, together with the costs of prosecution.
            ``(3) Employee or officer of the united states.--If a 
        violation of paragraph (1) is committed by any officer or 
        employee of the United States, the officer or employee shall be 
        dismissed from office or discharged from employment upon 
        conviction for the violation.
            ``(4) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected under this 
        section shall not be sold to any third party by the Director, 
        any postsecondary institution, or any other entity.
            ``(5) Limitation on use by other federal agencies.--The 
        Director shall not allow any other Federal agency to use data 
        collected under this section for any purpose except as 
        explicitly authorized by this Act.
            ``(6) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information 
        collected under this section shall not be used for any law 
        enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in 
        adverse action against any student, including debt collection 
        activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $162,500,000 for fiscal year 
2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(j) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of 
        the Institute of Education Sciences.
            ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) an institution of higher education; or
                    ``(B) a partnership between an institution of 
                higher education and at least 1 of the following:
                            ``(i) A local educational agency.
                            ``(ii) A State educational agency.
            ``(3) First-generation college student.--The term `first-
        generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 402A(h).
            ``(4) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given such 
        term in section 101.
            ``(5) Remedial education.--The term `remedial education'--
                    ``(A) means education (such as courses or training) 
                offered at an institution of higher education that--
                            ``(i) is below the postsecondary level; and
                            ``(ii) is determined by the institution to 
                        be necessary to help students be prepared for 
                        the pursuit of a first undergraduate 
                        baccalaureate degree or certificate or, in the 
                        case of courses in English language 
                        instruction, to be necessary to enable the 
                        student to utilize already existing knowledge, 
                        training, or skills; and
                    ``(B) includes developmental education that meets 
                the requirements of subparagraph (A).
            ``(6) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal 
        College or University' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 316.''.

SEC. 4101. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 486A the following:

``SEC. 486C. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS.

    ``(a) Demonstration Projects Authorized.--The Secretary shall 
select, in accordance with subsection (d), eligible entities to 
voluntarily carry out competency-based education demonstration projects 
and receive waivers or other flexibility described in subsection (e) to 
carry out such projects.
    ``(b) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry 
        out a demonstration project under this section shall submit an 
        application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner 
        as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Outreach.--The Secretary shall, prior to any deadline 
        to submit applications under paragraph (1), conduct outreach to 
        historically black colleges and universities, minority-serving 
        institutions, institutions serving students with special needs, 
        and institutions located in rural areas to provide those 
        institutions with information on the opportunity to apply to 
        carry out a demonstration project under this section.
            ``(3) Amendments.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity that has been 
                selected to carry out a demonstration project under 
                this section may submit to the Secretary amendments to 
                the eligible entity's approved application under 
                paragraph (1), at such time and in such manner as the 
                Secretary may require, which the Secretary shall 
                approve or deny within 30 days of receipt.
                    ``(B) Expanding enrollment.--Notwithstanding the 
                assurance required with respect to maximum enrollment 
                under paragraph (4)(I)--
                            ``(i) an eligible entity whose 
                        demonstration project has been evaluated under 
                        subsection (g)(2) not less than twice may 
                        submit to the Secretary an amendment to the 
                        eligible entity's application under paragraph 
                        (1) to increase enrollment in the project to 
                        more than 3,000 students, but not more than 
                        5,000 students, and which shall specify--
                                    ``(I) the proposed maximum 
                                enrollment or annual enrollment growth 
                                for the project;
                                    ``(II) how the eligible entity will 
                                successfully carry out the project with 
                                such maximum enrollment or enrollment 
                                growth; and
                                    ``(III) any other amendments to the 
                                eligible entity's application under 
                                paragraph (1) that are related to such 
                                maximum enrollment or enrollment 
                                growth; and
                            ``(ii) the Secretary shall determine 
                        whether to approve or deny an amendment 
                        submitted under clause (i) for a demonstration 
                        project based on the project's evaluations 
                        under subsection (g)(2).
            ``(4) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) a description of each competency-based 
                education program to be offered by the eligible entity 
                under the demonstration project;
                    ``(B) a description of the proposed academic 
                delivery, business, and financial models for the 
                demonstration project, including explanations of how 
                each competency-based education program offered under 
                the demonstration project will--
                            ``(i) result in the achievement of 
                        competencies;
                            ``(ii) differ from standard credit hour 
                        approaches, in whole or in part; and
                            ``(iii) result in lower costs or shortened 
                        time to the completion of a recognized 
                        educational credential;
                    ``(C) a description of how each competency-based 
                education program offered under the demonstration 
                project will progress a student toward completion of a 
                recognized educational credential;
                    ``(D) a description of the meaningful role of the 
                appropriate faculty of the eligible entity in the 
                development, design, implementation, delivery, and 
                evaluation of each such competency-based education 
                program;
                    ``(E) a description of how each such competency-
                based education program will provide strong post-
                enrollment earnings and loan repayment outcomes;
                    ``(F) a description of how the eligible entity will 
                articulate the transcript from a competency-based 
                education program offered under the demonstration 
                project to another program at the eligible entity or at 
                another institution of higher education;
                    ``(G) a description of the statutory and regulatory 
                requirements described in subsection (e) for which the 
                eligible entity is seeking a waiver or other 
                flexibility, and why such waiver or flexibility is 
                necessary to carry out the demonstration project;
                    ``(H) a description of how a third party will 
                assess student learning for each competency-based 
                education program offered under the demonstration 
                project;
                    ``(I) a description of how the eligible entity will 
                develop and evaluate the competencies and assessments 
                of student knowledge administered as part of the 
                demonstration project, including how such competencies 
                and assessments are aligned with workforce needs;
                    ``(J) a description of the proposal for determining 
                a student's Federal student aid eligibility under this 
                title for participating in the demonstration project, 
                the award and distribution of such aid, and the 
                safeguards to ensure that students are making 
                satisfactory progress that warrants the disbursement of 
                such aid;
                    ``(K) an assurance that the demonstration project 
                will enroll a minimum of 25 students and a maximum of 
                3,000 students or, in the case of an eligible entity 
                with an application amendment approved under paragraph 
                (3)(B), the maximum enrollment approved under such 
                paragraph;
                    ``(L) a description of the population of students 
                to whom competency-based education under the 
                demonstration project will be offered, including 
                demographic information and prior educational 
                experience, disaggregated by students who are Federal 
                Pell Grant recipients, race (as defined in section 
                153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 
                (20 U.S.C. 9543)), students with disabilities, students 
                who are veterans or members of the Armed Forces, and 
                first generation college students, and how such 
                eligible entity will, when appropriate, address the 
                specific needs of each such population of students when 
                carrying out the demonstration project;
                    ``(M) an assurance that students participating in 
                the demonstration project will not, on average, be 
                eligible for more Federal assistance under this title 
                than such students would have been eligible for under a 
                traditional program;
                    ``(N) the cost of attendance for each competency-
                based education program offered under the demonstration 
                project, disaggregated by each of the applicable costs 
                or allowances described in paragraphs (1) through (13) 
                of section 472, and the estimated amount of the cost of 
                attendance of each such program to be covered by need-
                based grant aid and merit-based grant aid from Federal, 
                State, institutional, and private sources;
                    ``(O) an assurance that the eligible entity will 
                identify and disseminate best practices with respect to 
                the demonstration project to other eligible entities 
                carrying out a demonstration project under this 
                section;
                    ``(P) a description of other competency-based 
                education the eligible entity offers or plans to offer 
                outside of the demonstration project;
                    ``(Q) an assurance that the eligible entity will 
                use data to--
                            ``(i) ensure that each competency-education 
                        program under the demonstration project meets 
                        the benchmarks established in accordance with 
                        subsection (c)(2)(E); and
                            ``(ii) improve each such program;
                    ``(R) an assurance that the eligible entity has an 
                agreement with the accrediting agency or association of 
                the eligible entity to establish the standards 
                described in subsection (c); and
                    ``(S) other such elements as the Secretary may 
                require.
    ``(c) Recognition by Accrediting Agency or Association.--To carry 
out a competency-based education program under a demonstration project 
under this section, an eligible entity shall ensure that before, on, or 
after the date of approval of the eligible entity's application under 
subsection (b), the accrediting agency or association of the eligible 
entity will establish the following standards with respect to such 
competency-based education program:
            ``(1) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity 
        or the program requires students to demonstrate competencies 
        that are--
                    ``(A) capable of being validly and reliably 
                assessed; and
                    ``(B) appropriate in scope and rigor for the award 
                of the relevant recognized educational credential.
            ``(2) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity 
        or the program demonstrate--
                    ``(A) the administrative capacity and expertise 
                that will ensure--
                            ``(i) the validity and reliability of 
                        assessments of competencies; and
                            ``(ii) good practices in assessment and 
                        measurement;
                    ``(B) sufficient educational content, activities, 
                and resources (including faculty support)--
                            ``(i) to enable students to learn or 
                        develop what is required to demonstrate or 
                        attain mastery of competencies; and
                            ``(ii) that are consistent with the 
                        qualifications of graduates of traditional 
                        programs;
                    ``(C) that the quality of demonstration of 
                competence is judged at mastery for each competency 
                that is assessed for the award of a recognized 
                educational credential;
                    ``(D) a standard for the amount of learning that is 
                included in a unit of competency;
                    ``(E) reasonable benchmarks for graduation rates 
                and the employment and earnings of graduates, including 
                placements in a field for which the program prepares 
                students, debt-to-earnings ratios, loan repayment 
                rates, and student satisfaction; and
                    ``(F) regular evaluation of whether the program 
                meets the benchmarks under subparagraph (E).
            ``(3) Standards for determining when to deny, withdraw, 
        suspend, or terminate the accreditation of the program if the 
        benchmarks under paragraph (2)(E) are not achieved, including 
        standards for providing sufficient opportunity--
                    ``(A) for the eligible entity or program to provide 
                a written response regarding the failure to achieve 
                such benchmarks be considered by the agency or 
                association in the manner described in section 
                496(a)(6)(B); and
                    ``(B) for the eligible entity or program to appeal 
                any adverse action under this subparagraph before an 
                appeals panel that meets the requirements of section 
                496(a)(6)(C).
    ``(d) Selection.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 9 months after the date 
        of enactment, the Secretary shall select not more than 100 
        eligible entities to carry out a demonstration project under 
        this section under which at least 1 competency-based education 
        program is offered.
            ``(2) Considerations.--In selecting eligible entities under 
        paragraph (1), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consider the number and quality of 
                applications received;
                    ``(B) consider an eligible entity's--
                            ``(i) ability to successfully execute the 
                        demonstration project as described in the 
                        eligible entity's application under subsection 
                        (b);
                            ``(ii) commitment and ability to 
                        effectively finance the demonstration project;
                            ``(iii) ability to provide administrative 
                        capability and the expertise to evaluate 
                        student progress based on measures other than 
                        credit hours or clock hours;
                            ``(iv) history of compliance with the 
                        requirements of this Act;
                            ``(v) commitment to work with the Director 
                        of the Institute of Education Sciences and the 
                        Secretary to evaluate the demonstration project 
                        and the impact of the demonstration project 
                        under subsection (g)(2); and
                            ``(vi) commitment and ability to assess 
                        student learning through a third party;
                    ``(C) ensure the selection of a diverse group of 
                eligible entities with respect to size, mission, 
                student population, and geographic distribution;
                    ``(D) not limit the types of programs of study or 
                courses of study approved for participation in a 
                demonstration project; and
                    ``(E) not select an eligible entity that has had, 
                for 1 of the preceding 2 fiscal years, an adjusted 
                cohort default rate (defined in section 435(m)) that is 
                20 percent or greater.
    ``(e) Waivers and Other Flexibility.--
            ``(1) In general.--With respect to any eligible entity 
        selected to carry out a demonstration project under this 
        section, the Secretary may--
                    ``(A) waive any requirements of the provisions of 
                law (including any regulations promulgated under such 
                provisions) listed in paragraph (2) for which the 
                eligible entity has provided a reason for waiving under 
                subsection (b)(4)(F); or
                    ``(B) provide other flexibility, but not waive, any 
                requirements of the provisions of law (including any 
                regulations promulgated under such provisions) listed 
                in paragraph (3) for which the eligible entity has 
                provided a reason for such flexibility under subsection 
                (b)(4)(F).
            ``(2) Provisions eligible for waivers.--The Secretary may 
        waive the following under paragraph (1)(A):
                    ``(A) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 
                102(a)(3).
                    ``(B) Section 484(l)(1).
            ``(3) Provisions eligible for flexibility.--The Secretary 
        may provide the flexibility described in paragraph (1)(B) with 
        respect to the requirements under provisions in title I, part F 
        of this title, or this part, that inhibit the operation of a 
        competency-based education program, relating to the following:
                    ``(A) Documenting attendance.
                    ``(B) Weekly academic activity.
                    ``(C) Minimum weeks of instructional time.
                    ``(D) Requirements for credit hour or clock hour 
                equivalencies.
                    ``(E) Requirements for substantive interaction with 
                faculty.
                    ``(F) Definitions of the terms `academic year', 
                `full-time student', `term' (including `standard term', 
                `non-term', and `non-standard term'), `satisfactory 
                academic progress', `educational activity', `project of 
                study', and `payment period'.
                    ``(G) Methods of disbursing student financial aid 
                by institutions of higher education selected, as of the 
                date of enactment of the Aim Higher Act, as 
                experimental sites under section 487A(b)(3) to carry 
                out competency-based education programs.
    ``(f) Notification.--Not later than 9 months after the date of 
enactment, the Secretary shall make available to the authorizing 
committees and the public a list of eligible entities selected to carry 
out a demonstration project under this section, which shall include for 
each such eligible entity--
            ``(1) the specific waiver or other flexibility from 
        statutory or regulatory requirements offered under subsection 
        (e); and
            ``(2) a description of the competency-based education 
        programs to be offered under the project.
    ``(g) Information and Evaluation.--
            ``(1) Information.--
                    ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity 
                that carries out a demonstration project under this 
                section shall provide to the Director of the Institute 
                of Education Sciences the student-level data for the 
                students enrolled in a program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i)(I), the student-level data for the 
                students enrolled in a program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i)(II), and the student-level data for 
                students enrolled in a program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i)(III) to enable the Director--
                            ``(i) to determine the aggregate 
                        information described in subparagraph (B) with 
                        respect to each such program; and
                            ``(ii) to the extent practicable, to 
                        compare the programs using a rigorous 
                        evaluation, such as propensity score matching.
                    ``(B) Aggregate information.--For purposes of the 
                evaluation under paragraph (2), the Director shall use 
                the student-level data provided under subparagraph (A) 
                by an eligible entity to determine the following 
                information with respect to each program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i) offered at such eligible entity:
                            ``(i) The average number of credit hours 
                        students earned prior to enrollment in the 
                        program, if applicable.
                            ``(ii) The number and percentage of 
                        students enrolled in a competency-based program 
                        that are also enrolled in programs of study or 
                        courses of study offered in credit hours or 
                        clock hours, disaggregated by student status as 
                        a first-year, second-year, third-year, fourth-
                        year, or other student.
                            ``(iii) The average period of time between 
                        the enrollment of a student in the program and 
                        the first assessment of student knowledge of 
                        such student.
                            ``(iv) The average time to 25 percent, 50 
                        percent, 75 percent, 100 percent, 150 percent, 
                        and 200 percent completion of a recognized 
                        educational credential.
                            ``(v) The percentage of assessments of 
                        student knowledge that students passed on the 
                        first attempt during the period of enrollment 
                        in the program.
                            ``(vi) The percentage of assessments of 
                        student knowledge that students passed on the 
                        second attempt and the average period of time 
                        between the first and second attempts during 
                        the period of enrollment in the program.
                            ``(vii) The average number of competencies 
                        a student acquired while enrolled in a program 
                        and the period of time during which the student 
                        acquired such competencies.
                            ``(viii) The number and percentage of 
                        students completing the program who find 
                        employment, disaggregated by number and 
                        percentage of such students finding employment 
                        in a field related to the program.
                            ``(ix) The median student earnings 1, 3, 
                        and 4 years after graduating from the program, 
                        if available.
                            ``(x) Such other information as the 
                        Director may reasonably require.
                    ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined 
                under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated as 
                follows, provided that the disaggregation of the 
                information does not identify any individual student:
                            ``(i) For each eligible entity that carries 
                        out a demonstration project under this section, 
                        disaggregation by--
                                    ``(I) the students enrolled in each 
                                competency-based education program 
                                under the project;
                                    ``(II) the students enrolled in 
                                each competency-based education program 
                                not being carried out under the 
                                project; and
                                    ``(III) the students enrolled in a 
                                program not described in subclause (I) 
                                or (II).
                            ``(ii) For each group of students described 
                        in clause (i), disaggregation by age, race (as 
                        defined in section 153(a)(3) of the Education 
                        Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543)), 
                        gender, disability status, students who are 
                        Veterans or service members, first generation 
                        college students, and status as a recipient of 
                        a Federal Pell Grant.
                    ``(D) Council.--The Director shall provide to the 
                Competency-Based Education Council any information 
                described in subparagraph (A) or (B) (other than 
                personally identifiable information) that may be 
                necessary for the Council to carry out its duties under 
                section 4101(g) of the Aim Higher Act.
            ``(2) Evaluation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Director, in consultation 
                with the Secretary and using the information determined 
                under paragraph (1), shall annually evaluate each 
                eligible entity carrying out a demonstration project 
                under this section. Each evaluation shall be 
                disaggregated in accordance with subparagraph (B) and 
                include--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the eligible 
                        entity has met the elements of its application 
                        under subsection (b)(4);
                            ``(ii) whether the demonstration project 
                        led to reduced cost or time to completion of a 
                        recognized educational credential, and the 
                        amount of cost or time reduced for such 
                        completion;
                            ``(iii) obstacles related to student 
                        financial assistance for competency-based 
                        education;
                            ``(iv) the extent to which statutory or 
                        regulatory requirements not waived or for which 
                        flexibility is not provided under subsection 
                        (e) presented difficulties or unintended 
                        consequences for students or eligible entities;
                            ``(v) a description of the waivers or 
                        flexibility provided under subsection (e) that 
                        were most beneficial to students or eligible 
                        entities, and an explanation of such benefits;
                            ``(vi) the percentage of students who 
                        received each of the following--
                                    ``(I) a grant under this title;
                                    ``(II) a loan under this title;
                                    ``(III) a State grant;
                                    ``(IV) a State loan;
                                    ``(V) an institutional grant;
                                    ``(VI) an institutional loan; and
                                    ``(VII) a private loan;
                            ``(vii) total cost and net cost to the 
                        student of the program;
                            ``(viii) the average outstanding balance of 
                        principal and interest on loans made under this 
                        title that students have upon graduation;
                            ``(ix) the 3-year adjusted cohort default 
                        rate as defined under section 435(m);
                            ``(x) the 1- and 3-year repayment rate of 
                        loans made under this title;
                            ``(xi) the median student earnings 1, 3, 
                        and 4 years after graduation;
                            ``(xii) enrollment data, disaggregated by--
                                    ``(I) enrollment status, retention 
                                rates, credit accumulation, and 
                                completion rates for--
                                    ``(II) first-time, full-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(III) first-time, part-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(IV) nonfirst-time, full-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(V) nonfirst-time, part-time 
                                students;
                                    ``(VI) eligibility for Federal Pell 
                                Grants;
                                    ``(VII) race (as defined in section 
                                153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences 
                                Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543)) 
                                and ethnicity; and
                                    ``(VIII) transfer rates;
                            ``(xiii) a description of the assessments 
                        of student knowledge and the corresponding 
                        competencies;
                            ``(xiv) a description of the role of 
                        faculty and faculty involvement; and
                            ``(xv) outcomes of the assessments of 
                        student knowledge.
                    ``(B) Disaggregation.--The data collected under 
                clauses (vi) through (xii) shall be disaggregated by 
                each group of students described in paragraph 
                (1)(C)(i).
            ``(3) Annual report.--The Director, in consultation with 
        the Secretary, shall annually provide to the authorizing 
        committees a report on--
                    ``(A) the evaluations required under paragraph (2);
                    ``(B) the number and types of students receiving 
                assistance under this title for competency-based 
                education programs offered under projects under this 
                section;
                    ``(C) any proposed statutory or regulatory changes 
                designed to support and enhance the expansion of 
                competency-based education programs, which may be 
                independent of or combined with traditional credit hour 
                or clock hour projects;
                    ``(D) the most effective means of delivering 
                competency-based education programs through projects 
                under this section; and
                    ``(E) the appropriate level and distribution 
                methodology of Federal assistance under this title for 
                students enrolled in a competency-based education 
                program.
    ``(h) Coordination.--An eligible entity or the Director shall 
consult with the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the 
Treasury to obtain the employment, earnings, and loan information that 
may be necessary for purposes of subsection (c)(2)(F) or subsection 
(g), respectively.
    ``(i) Oversight.--In carrying out this section, the Secretary 
shall, on a continuing basis--
            ``(1) assure compliance of eligible entities with the 
        requirements of this title (other than the provisions of law 
        and regulations that are waived under subsection (e));
            ``(2) provide technical assistance;
            ``(3) monitor fluctuations in the student population 
        enrolled in the eligible entities carrying out the 
        demonstration projects under this section;
            ``(4) consult with appropriate accrediting agencies or 
        associations and appropriate State regulatory authorities for 
        additional ways of improving the delivery of competency-based 
        education programs; and
            ``(5) collect and disseminate to eligible entities carrying 
        out a demonstration project under this section, best practices 
        with respect to such projects.
    ``(j) Data Privacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who 
        obtains or has access to personally identifiable information in 
        connection with this section to willfully disclose to any 
        person (except as authorized in this Act or any Federal law) 
        such personally identifiable information.
            ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall 
        be fined not more than $5,000, imprisoned for not more than 5 
        years, or both, together with the costs of prosecution.
            ``(3) Employee or officer of the united states.--If a 
        violation of paragraph (1) is committed by any officer or 
        employee of the United States, the officer or employee shall be 
        dismissed from office or discharged from employment upon 
        conviction for the violation.
            ``(4) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected under this 
        section shall not be sold to any third party by the Director, 
        any postsecondary institution, or any other entity.
            ``(5) Limitation on use by other federal agencies.--The 
        Director shall not allow any other Federal agency to use data 
        collected under this section for any purpose except as 
        explicitly authorized by this Act.
            ``(6) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information 
        collected under this section shall not be used for any law 
        enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in 
        adverse action against any student, including debt collection 
        activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
    ``(k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated $5,000,000 to carry out this section.
    ``(l) Definitions.--For the purpose of this section:
            ``(1) Competency-based education program.--The term 
        `competency-based education program' means a program that 
        provides competency-based education for which the accrediting 
        agency or association of the institution of higher education 
        offering such program has established or will establish the 
        standards described in subsection (c) and, in accordance with 
        such standards--
                    ``(A) measures academic progress and attainment by 
                the assessment of student learning in lieu of, or in 
                addition to, credit or clock hours;
                    ``(B) measures and assesses such academic progress 
                and attainment in terms of a student's mastery of 
                competencies by identifying what students know and the 
                skills mastered through rigorous assessment;
                    ``(C) determines and reports to the Secretary the 
                number of credit or clock hours that would be needed 
                for the attainment of a similar level of knowledge, 
                skills, and characteristics in a standard credit or 
                clock hour program;
                    ``(D) provides the educational content, activities, 
                support, and resources necessary to enable students to 
                attain the knowledge, skills, and characteristics that 
                are required to demonstrate mastery of such 
                competencies, including--
                            ``(i) ready access to academic assistance 
                        from faculty who meet the standards of the 
                        agency or association for providing instruction 
                        in the subject area; and
                            ``(ii) a system for monitoring a student's 
                        engagement and progress in each competency, in 
                        which faculty are responsible for providing 
                        proactive academic assistance, when needed, on 
                        the basis of such monitoring; and
                    ``(E) upon a student's demonstration or mastery of 
                a set of competencies identified and required by the 
                institution, leads to or results in the awarding of a 
                recognized educational credential.
            ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education, which may be an institution of 
        higher education that offers a dual or concurrent enrollment 
        program.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 102, except that such term does not include 
        institutions described in section 102(a)(1)(C).
            ``(4) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term 
        `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(5) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of 
        the Institute of Education Sciences.
            ``(6) First generation college student.--The term `first 
        generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 402A(h)(3).''.
     (m) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section or the 
amendments made by this section shall be construed to alter the 
authority of the Secretary of Education to establish experimental sites 
under any other provision of law.

SEC. 4102. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION COUNCIL.

    (a) Establishment of a Committee on Competency-Based Education.--
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of the Aim Higher 
Act, there shall be established the Competency-Based Education Council 
(referred to in this section as the ``Council'').
    (b) Membership.--
            (1) Composition.--The Council shall be composed of--
                    (A) 3 individuals appointed by the Secretary of 
                Education;
                    (B) 2 individuals appointed by the Director of the 
                Consumer Financial Protection Bureau;
                    (C) not less than 8 and not more than 13 
                individuals appointed by the Comptroller General of the 
                United States, representing--
                            (i) experts in competency-based education;
                            (ii) faculty members in competency-based 
                        education programs;
                            (iii) administrators at institutions that 
                        offer competency-based education programs;
                            (iv) individuals currently enrolled in or 
                        graduated from a competency-based education 
                        program;
                            (v) accrediting agencies or associations 
                        that recognize competency-based education 
                        programs; and
                            (vi) experts from the State education 
                        agency; and
                    (D) 4 members appointed by--
                            (i) the majority leader of the Senate;
                            (ii) the minority leader of the Senate;
                            (iii) the Speaker of the House of 
                        Representatives; and
                            (iv) the minority leader of the House of 
                        Representatives.
            (2) Chairperson.--The Council shall select a Chairperson 
        from among its members.
            (3) Vacancies.--Any vacancy in the Council shall not affect 
        the powers of the Council and shall be filled in the same 
        manner as an initial appointment.
    (c) Meetings.--The Council shall hold, at the call of the 
Chairperson, not less than 6 meetings before completing the study 
required under subsection (e) and the report required under subsection 
(f).
    (d) Personnel Matters.--
            (1) Compensation of members.--Each member of the Council 
        shall serve without compensation in addition to any such 
        compensation received for the member's service as an officer or 
        employee of the United States, if applicable.
            (2) Travel expenses.--The members of the Council shall be 
        allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of 
        subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies 
        under subchapter 1 of chapter 57 of title 5, United States 
        Code, while away from their homes or regular places of business 
        in the performance of services for the Council.
    (e) Duties of the Council.--
            (1) Study.--The Council shall conduct a study on the 
        ongoing innovation and development of competency-based 
        education programs.
            (2) Recommendations.--Based on the findings of the study 
        under paragraph (1), the Council shall develop recommendations 
        for the authorization of competency-based education under the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965, including recommendations that--
                    (A) provide or update standard definitions, if 
                needed, for relevant terms, including--
                            (i) competency-based education; and
                            (ii) competency-based education program; 
                        and
                    (B) address--
                            (i) the amount of learning in a competency 
                        unit;
                            (ii) the transfer of competency-based 
                        education credits to other institutions or 
                        programs;
                            (iii) the minimum amount of time in an 
                        academic year for competency-based education 
                        programs, for financial aid purposes;
                            (iv) considerations for accreditation 
                        agencies before recognizing competency-based 
                        education programs;
                            (v) the role of faculty and faculty 
                        involvement in competency-based education 
                        programs; and
                            (vi) additional resources that may be 
                        needed for adequate oversight of competency-
                        based education programs.
    (f) Report.--Not later than 6 years after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Council shall prepare and submit a report to the 
Secretary of Education and to Congress containing the findings of the 
study under subsection (e)(1) and the recommendations developed under 
subsection (e)(2).

SEC. 4103. IMPROVEMENTS TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.

    (a) Alcohol and Substance Misuse Prevention.--Section 487(a)(10) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(10)) is amended by 
striking ``a drug abuse prevention program'' and inserting ``an alcohol 
and substance misuse prevention program in accordance with section 
120''.
    (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 487(a)(14) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 is amended by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) Beginning on the date on which the final 
                adjusted cohort default rates are published by the 
                Secretary for fiscal year 2016 under section 435(m), 
                subparagraph (C) shall be applied by substituting 
                `adjusted cohort default rate in excess of 5 percent' 
                for `cohort default rate in excess of 10 percent' each 
                place it appears.''.
    (c) Postsecondary Data.--Paragraph (17) of section 487(a) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is amended to read as 
follows:
            ``(17) The institution of higher education (or the assigned 
        agent of such institution) shall collect and submit data to the 
        Commissioner for Education Statistics in a timely manner in 
        accordance with--
                    ``(A) section 132(l);
                    ``(B) nonstudent-related surveys within the 
                Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS); 
                and
                    ``(C) any other Federal postsecondary data 
                collection effort.''.
    (d) Access to Housing for Foster Youth.--Section 487(a)(19) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(19)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``The institution will not'' and inserting 
        the following: ``The institution--
                    ``(A) will not'';
            (2) by inserting ``housing facilities,'' after 
        ``libraries,'';
            (3) by striking ``institution.'' and inserting 
        ``institution; and''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) will provide a means for students to access 
                institutionally owned or operated housing if a student 
                is temporarily unable to meet financial obligations 
                related to housing, including deposits, due to delayed 
                disbursement of vouchers for education and training 
                made available under section 477 of part E of title IV 
                of the Social Security Act or delays attributable to 
                the institution.''.
    (e) Distribution of Voter Registration Forms.--
            Section 487(a)(23)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(23)(A)) is amended by striking ``, if 
        located in a state to which section (4)(b) of the National 
        Voter Registration Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. 1973gg-2(b)) does not 
        apply,''.
    (f) Proprietary Institutions.--Section 487(a)(24) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(24)) is amended by striking 
``not less than ten percent of such institution's revenues from sources 
other than funds provided under this title'' and inserting ``not less 
than 15 percent of such institution's revenues from sources other than 
Federal education assistance funds''.

SEC. 4104. PREARBITRATION AGREEMENTS.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(30) The institution will not require students to sign a 
        pre-arbitration agreement that limits or restricts a student's 
        ability to file a claim, either alone or together with other 
        individuals, against the institution in a court of law State or 
        Federal court of competent jurisdiction.''.

SEC. 4105. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(31) The institution will--
                    ``(A) designate at least one employee to coordinate 
                compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 
                1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), including any 
                investigation of any complaint alleging--
                            ``(i) noncompliance with such title; and
                            ``(ii) any actions prohibited by such 
                        title;
                    ``(B) annually submit a report to the Secretary 
                that includes all complaints described in subparagraph 
                (A) with respect to such institution;
                    ``(C) make the report under subparagraph (B) 
                publicly available on the internet website of the 
                institution; and
                    ``(D) notify students and employees of--
                            ``(i) the name, office address, and 
                        telephone number of each employee designated 
                        under subparagraph (A);
                            ``(ii) the report under subparagraph (B);
                            ``(iii) the enforcement policies of the 
                        institution with respect to such title; and
                            ``(iv) the procedure for reporting and 
                        investigating complaints under such title.''.

SEC. 4106. REQUIREMENT FOR INSTITUTIONS TO USE A FINANCIAL AID SHOPPING 
              SHEET.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(32) The institution will use a financial aid shopping 
        sheet described in section 483(l) as its sole financial award 
        letter or include such sheet as a supplemental cover to such 
        financial award letter.''.

SEC. 4107. SUBMISSION OF DATA WITH RESPECT TO STUDENTS WITH 
              DISABILITIES.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)), is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(33) The institution will submit, for inclusion in the 
        Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System of the 
        Department or any other Federal postsecondary institution data 
        collection effort, key data related to undergraduate and 
        graduate students enrolled at the institution who are formally 
        registered as students with disabilities with the institution's 
        office of accessibility, including the total number of students 
        with disabilities enrolled, the number of students accessing or 
        receiving accommodation, the percentage of students with 
        disabilities of all undergraduate students, and the total 
        number of undergraduate certificates or degrees awarded to 
        students with disabilities. An institution shall not be 
        required to submit the information described in the preceding 
        sentence if the number of such students would reveal personally 
        identifiable information about an individual student.''.

SEC. 4108. EDUCATION PROGRAM ON HAZING.

    (a) Educational Program on Hazing.--Section 487(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is further amended by adding 
at the end the following:
            ``(34) The institution will provide students with an 
        educational program on hazing (as that term is defined in 
        section 485(f)(6)(A)(vi)), which shall include information on 
        hazing awareness, hazing prevention, and the institution's 
        policies on hazing.''.

SEC. 4109. CHANGES TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS TO STRENGTHEN 
              CONSUMER PROTECTIONS.

    (a) Prohibition on Loss of Access to Transcripts for Loan 
Default.--Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(35)(A) The institution will not prohibit a student from 
        accessing the student's transcripts, degree scrolls, or other 
        certifications of coursework or educational attainments at the 
        institution because the student is in default on the repayment 
        of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title.
            ``(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the term `student' 
        includes former students.''.
    (b) Prohibition on Limitations on Ability of Students To Pursue 
Claims Against Certain Institutions of Higher Education.--Section 
487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(36) The institution will not require any student to 
        agree to, and will not enforce, any limitation or restriction 
        (including a limitation or restriction on any available choice 
        of applicable law, a jury trial, or venue) on the ability of a 
        student to pursue a claim, individually or with others, against 
        an institution in court.''.

SEC. 4110. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.

    Section 489(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1096(a)) is amended--
            (1) in the second sentence, by striking ``or under part E 
        of this title''; and
            (2) in the third sentence--
                    (A) by inserting ``and'' after ``subpart 3 of part 
                A,''; and
                    (B) by striking ``compensation of students,'' and 
                all that follows through the period and inserting 
                ``compensation of students.''.

SEC. 4111. INCOME-BASED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    (a) Options To Enter Into the New Fixed Repayment Plan and Income-
Based Repayment Plan.--Section 493C(b) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended--
            (1) by amending paragraph (8) to read as follows:
            ``(8) a borrower who is repaying a loan made, insured, or 
        guaranteed under part B or D pursuant to an income contingent 
        repayment plan or an income-based repayment plan described in 
        subparagraph (D) or (E) of section 455(d)(1), respectively, may 
        elect, at any time, to terminate repayment pursuant to income-
        based repayment and repay such loan under the income-based 
        repayment plan under section 493C(f) or the fixed repayment 
        plan described in section 493E;'';
            (2) in paragraph (9), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) a borrower who is repaying a loan made under part B 
        or D pursuant to this section may repay such loan in full at 
        any time without penalty.''.
    (b) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment 
Plans.--Section 493C(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1098e(c)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``The Secretary shall establish'' and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish'';
            (2) by striking ``The Secretary shall consider'' and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(2) Procedures for eligibility.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consider''; and
            (3) by striking ``428C(b)(1)(E).'' and inserting the 
        following: ``428C(b)(1)(E); and
                    ``(B) beginning as soon as the Secretary determines 
                practicable after the Secretary finalizes the 
                procedures required under section 4114 of the Aim 
                Higher Act, but not later than 2 years after the date 
                of enactment of such Act, carry out, with respect to 
                borrowers of any covered loan (as defined in section 
                455(d)(10)), procedures for income-based repayment 
                plans under this section that are equivalent to the 
                procedures carried out under section 455(e)(8) with 
                respect to income contingent repayment plans.''.
    (c) Income-Based Repayment.--Section 493C of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(f) Income-Based Repayment for New Loans On and After July 1, 
2019, and for Borrowers Who Enter IBR After July 1, 2019.--
            ``(1) In general.--The income-based repayment plan shall be 
        carried out in accordance with this section, except as 
        otherwise specified in this subsection (including through the 
        special terms described in paragraph (2))--
                    ``(A) with respect to any loan issued on or after 
                July 1, 2019, if such borrower elects the income-based 
                repayment plan for that loan; and
                    ``(B) with respect to any borrower who is repaying 
                a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B or D, 
                if such borrower elects to repay the loan under the 
                income-based repayment plan on or after July 1, 2019.
            ``(2) Special terms.--Notwithstanding any other provision 
        of this section, with respect to a loan described under 
        paragraph (1), the following terms shall apply to the income-
        based repayment plan:
                    ``(A)(i) Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3)(B), the 
                repayment amount under this subsection shall be an 
                amount equal to 10 percent of the result obtained by 
                calculating, on at least an annual basis, the amount by 
                which the borrower's, and the borrower's spouse's (if 
                applicable), adjusted gross income; exceeds the 
                applicable percentage of the poverty line in accordance 
                with clause (ii) that is applicable to the borrower's 
                family size as determined under section 673(2) of the 
                Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)).
                    ``(ii) For purposes of clause (i), the term 
                `applicable percentage' means 250 percent reduced by 5 
                percentage points for each $1,000 by which the 
                borrower's adjusted gross income exceeds $120,000.
                    ``(B) Subsection (b)(7)(B) shall be applied, but 
                the period of time prescribed by the Secretary shall 
                not exceed 20 years.
                    ``(C) A borrower of such a loan shall not be 
                required to have a partial financial hardship and may 
                elect, and remain enrolled in, the income-based 
                repayment plan under this subsection regardless of 
                income level.
                    ``(D) Subparagraph (A) of subsection (b)(6) shall 
                not apply and a borrower's monthly payment shall be 
                determined in accordance with subparagraph (A) divided 
                by 12, which may exceed the monthly repayment amount 
                under a standard 10-year repayment plan or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E.
                    ``(E) Subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(3) shall 
                not apply.
            ``(3) Additional special terms for certain borrowers.--A 
        borrower described in paragraph (1)(B)--
                    ``(A) may choose to retain the repayment plan in 
                which the borrower is enrolled on June 30, 2019;
                    ``(B) may elect to--
                            ``(i) leave the repayment plan described in 
                        subparagraph (A) and enter the income-based 
                        repayment plan under this subsection; or
                            ``(ii) leave the repayment plan described 
                        in subparagraph (A) and enter a fixed repayment 
                        plan described in section 493E;
                    ``(C) after electing to leave a repayment plan 
                other than an income-based repayment plan described 
                under this subsection or the fixed repayment plan 
                described in section 493E, shall not be permitted to 
                re-elect a repayment plan that is not an income-based 
                repayment plan under this subsection or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E; and
                    ``(D) shall retain, for purposes of repayment or 
                cancellation of any outstanding balance of principal 
                and interest due on a loan (as described in subsection 
                (b)(7)) any years of repayment under another income-
                based or income contingent repayment plan under this 
                title.
            ``(4) Cap on interest accrual.--Notwithstanding any other 
        provision of this Act, the total amount of interest that 
        accrues during a borrower's grace period and the time that a 
        borrower is in repayment under this subsection shall not exceed 
        50 percent of the original principal amount of the loan.
            ``(5) Written, electronic, or verbal enrollment in income-
        based repayment.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A borrower of a loan made under 
                part D who is enrolled in the fixed repayment plan 
                under section 493E, or who has not yet selected a 
                repayment plan and is in the grace period for such 
                loan, and who desires to repay such loan under the 
                income-based repayment plan under this section for the 
                first time, may elect to repay such loan under this 
                section through written, electronic, or verbal notice 
                to the Secretary of their desire to make such election.
                    ``(B) Use of information.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The monthly payment 
                        amount under this section for a loan for a 
                        borrower who makes an election described in 
                        subparagraph (A) shall be immediately 
                        calculated using the income and family size 
                        information provided through the borrower's 
                        written, electronic, or verbal statement.
                            ``(ii) Verification.--The information 
                        described in clause (i) shall be verified by 
                        the Secretary not later than 90 days after the 
                        date the borrower states such income and family 
                        size information.
                            ``(iii) Adjustment if necessary.--Upon 
                        verification by the Secretary under clause 
                        (ii), the Secretary shall adjust the monthly 
                        payment described in clause (i) based on the 
                        verified income and family size information of 
                        the borrower, if necessary. Any increased 
                        adjusted monthly payment shall take effect 
                        beginning with the payment due not less than 60 
                        days after the Secretary notifies the borrower 
                        of the adjusted amount.
    ``(g) Special Rule for Refinanced Loans.--
            ``(1) Refinanced federal direct and ffel loans.--In 
        calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a 
        loan that is refinanced under section 460A has made monthly 
        payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the Secretary shall 
        deem the period to include all monthly payments made for the 
        original loan, and all monthly payments made for the refinanced 
        loan, that otherwise meet the requirements of this section.
            ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loans.--In 
        calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a 
        Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan under section 460B has 
        made monthly payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the 
        Secretary shall include only payments--
                    ``(A) that are made after the date of the issuance 
                of the Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan; and
                    ``(B) that otherwise meet the requirements of this 
                section.''.

SEC. 4112. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 493E. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    ``(a) In General.--A borrower of a loan made under this part on or 
after July 1, 2019, and a borrower who is in repayment on a loan made 
under part B or part D before July 1, 2019, may elect to repay such 
loan under the fixed repayment plan described in this section.
    ``(b) Fixed Repayment Plan.--Under the fixed repayment plan, a 
borrower with a total Federal student loan debt amount that--
            ``(1) is equal to or less than $20,000, shall repay each 
        loan described in subsection (a) with a fixed monthly repayment 
        amount paid over a period of 10 years;
            ``(2) is more than $20,000 and less than $30,000, shall 
        repay each loan described in subsection (a) with a fixed 
        monthly repayment amount paid over a period of--
                    ``(A) 15 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1), if the 
                borrower so chooses;
            ``(3) is equal to or greater than $30,000, and less than 
        $40,000, shall repay each loan described in subsection (a) with 
        a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over a period of--
                    ``(A) 20 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1) or (2), 
                if the borrower so chooses; and
            ``(4) is equal to or greater than $40,000, shall repay each 
        loan described in subsection (a) with a fixed monthly repayment 
        amount paid over a period of--
                    ``(A) 25 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in any of paragraphs (1) 
                through (3), if the borrower so chooses.''.

SEC. 4113. LONGITUDINAL STUDY ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF STUDENT LOAN 
              COUNSELING.

    (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education, acting through the Director of 
the Institute of Education Sciences, shall begin conducting a rigorous, 
longitudinal study of the impact and effectiveness of the student loan 
counseling--
            (1) provided under subsections (b), (l), and (n) of section 
        485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as 
        amended by this Act; and
            (2) provided through such other means as the Secretary of 
        Education may determine.
    (b) Contents.--
            (1) Borrower information.--The longitudinal study carried 
        out under subsection (a) shall include borrower information, in 
        the aggregate and disaggregated by race (as defined in section 
        153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 
        U.S.C. 9543), as amended by the Aim Higher Act), ethnicity, 
        gender, income, status as an individual with a disability, and 
        status as a first generation college student (defined in 
        section 402A(h)(3)), on--
                    (A) student persistence;
                    (B) degree attainment;
                    (C) program completion;
                    (D) successful entry into student loan repayment;
                    (E) cumulative borrowing levels; and
                    (F) such other factors as the Secretary of 
                Education may determine.
            (2) Exception.--The disaggregation under paragraph (1) 
        shall not be required in a case in which the number of 
        borrowers in a category is insufficient to yield statistically 
        reliable information or the results would reveal personally 
        identifiable information about an individual borrower.
    (c) Interim Reports.--Not later than 18 months after the 
commencement of the study under subsection (a), and annually 
thereafter, the Secretary of Education shall evaluate the progress of 
the study and report any short-term findings to the appropriate 
committees of Congress.

SEC. 4114. STUDY AND PROCEDURES ON DETERMINING FAMILY SIZE.

    (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) conduct, in consultation with the Secretary of the 
        Treasury, a study which meets the specifications described in 
        subsection (b), on the effect of using data from the Internal 
        Revenue Service on the deduction for personal exemptions 
        provided by section 151 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
        for a proxy for family size in an income-driven repayment plan, 
        and publish such study in the Federal Register;
            (2) use the results of the study conducted under paragraph 
        (1) to develop procedures for determining family size for the 
        automatic recertification of income for an income-driven 
        repayment plan in a manner that minimizes burdens and 
        unintended harm to borrowers;
            (3) publish the procedures developed under paragraph (2) in 
        the Federal Register; and
            (4) after a notice and comment period on such procedures, 
        use such comments to finalize the procedures.
    (b) Specifications.--The study conducted under subsection (a)(1) 
shall--
            (1) determine how closely such personal exemptions match 
        the family size that borrowers report on their income-driven 
        repayment plan request form;
            (2) compare the borrower's actual monthly payment amount 
        with the monthly payment amount borrowers would have using 
        family size information derived from tax returns; and
            (3) use data from more than one year, where possible, to 
        analyze how much family size changes over time.
    (c) Definition.--The term ``the income-driven repayment plan'' 
means a plan described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of section 455(d)(1) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)(1)) and the 
income-based repayment plan under section 493C(f) of such Act (20 
U.S.C. 1098e(f)), as added by section 4111 of this Act.

                                 PART H

SEC. 4121. STATE RESPONSIBILITIES.

    Section 495(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099a(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) certify to the Secretary that each institution of 
        higher education located in the State or seeking authorization 
        to operate in the State meets State standards relating to--
                    ``(A) facilities, equipment, and supplies;
                    ``(B) measures of program length and other factors 
                relevant to State licensure; and
                    ``(C) records of student complaints received by, or 
                available to, the State; and
            ``(5) The State shall manage, compile, and distribute to 
        the Secretary and accrediting bodies, data on student 
        complaints received from the Department of Education's student 
        complaint system, reports made to the State, and reports made 
        directly to the institution's accrediting body.''.

SEC. 4122. ADDITIONAL SAFEGUARDS.

    Section 496(a)(4) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099b(a)(4)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by inserting ``and'' after the 
        semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) if such agency or association has or seeks to 
                include within its scope of recognition the evaluation 
                of the quality of institutions of higher education 
                participating in the job training Federal Pell Grant 
                program under section 401(i), such agency or 
                association shall, in addition to meeting the other 
                requirements of this subpart, demonstrate to the 
                Secretary that, with respect to such job training 
                programs--
                            ``(i) the agency or association's standards 
                        include a process for determining whether the 
                        program provides training aligned with the 
                        requirements of employers in the State or local 
                        area served by the program; and
                            ``(ii) the agency or association requires a 
                        demonstration that the program--
                                    ``(I) has identified each 
                                recognized postsecondary credential 
                                offered and the corresponding industry 
                                or sector partnership that actively 
                                recognizes each credential in the 
                                relevant industry in the State or local 
                                area where the industry is located; and
                                    ``(II) provides the academic 
                                content and amount of instructional 
                                time that is sufficient to--
                                            ``(aa) meet the hiring 
                                        requirements of potential 
                                        employers; and
                                            ``(bb) satisfy any 
                                        applicable educational 
                                        prerequisites for professional 
                                        licensure or certification 
                                        requirements so that the 
                                        student who completes the 
                                        program and seeks employment 
                                        qualifies to take any licensure 
                                        or certification examination 
                                        that is needed to practice or 
                                        find employment in an 
                                        occupation that the program 
                                        prepares students to enter;''.

SEC. 4123. RECOGNITION OF ACCREDITING AGENCY OR ASSOCIATION.

    Section 496 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b) 
is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (5), by striking subparagraphs (A) 
                through (J) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) success with respect to student achievement 
                in relation to the institution's mission, which--
                            ``(i) may include different standards for 
                        different institutions or programs, as 
                        established by the institution; and
                            ``(ii) shall include standards for 
                        compliance set by the accrediting agency or 
                        association, including--
                                    ``(I) one or more standards 
                                relating to completion (which may 
                                include retention rates, rates of 
                                course completion resulting in the 
                                conferral of a credential, rates of 
                                transfer from a 2-year to a 4-year 
                                institution, or graduation rates) for 
                                all students, including first-time 
                                students, transfer students, and part-
                                time students;
                                    ``(II) one or more standards 
                                relating to workforce participation, 
                                which may include rates of licensure, 
                                job placement, or employment; and
                                    ``(III) measures that assess 
                                progress toward meeting the standards 
                                specified in subclauses (I) and (II), 
                                such as annual retention rates, 
                                persistence rates, numbers of students 
                                achieving certification to get a job or 
                                enrolling in graduate or professional 
                                school;
                    ``(B) student achievement outcomes and program 
                outcomes disaggregated by the subgroups specified 
                section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act 
                of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 9543);
                    ``(C) curricula, including program length, course 
                sequencing, and objectives related to credentialing;
                    ``(D) faculty;
                    ``(E) student support services;
                    ``(F) recruiting and admissions practices, academic 
                calendars, catalogues, publications, and grading; and
                    ``(G) administrative capacity as appropriate to the 
                specified scale of operations.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (8) as 
                paragraphs (8) through (10), respectively; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
            ``(6) in measuring success with respect to student 
        achievement under paragraph (5), the agency or association--
                    ``(A) shall establish a transparent and 
                standardized process applicable to all institutions of 
                higher education, regardless of sector;
                    ``(B) shall identify the completion and workforce 
                participation measures and standards used for student 
                achievement, measures of progress toward meeting those 
                standards, and specify how those progress measures are 
                factored into the accreditation process;
                    ``(C) may consider, in assessing whether an 
                institution of higher education (as defined in section 
                101(a)) meets the student achievement standards 
                established by the agency or association--
                            ``(i) the historical significance of the 
                        institution; and
                            ``(ii) whether the institution is one of 
                        the only physical locations at which 
                        postsecondary education is provided in the 
                        geographic area; and
                    ``(D) may not create peer groups for establishing 
                the student achievement standards based exclusively on 
                the demographic characteristics of the population 
                served at an institution;
            ``(7) the agency or association shall--
                    ``(A) compile and make available on a publicly 
                accessible website--
                            ``(i) the student achievement measures and 
                        standards established by the agency or 
                        association, and the rationale for the 
                        selection of such measures and standards;
                            ``(ii) a list of institutions that failed 
                        to meet the requirements for accreditation; and
                            ``(iii) a list of institutions in progress 
                        period status that received support under 
                        section 498D and that failed to meet the 
                        requirements necessary to receive additional 
                        support under such section; and
                    ``(B) annually update the lists described in 
                subparagraph (A);'';
            (2) in subsection (n)(1) inserting before the last sentence 
        in the paragraph ``The information provided by such agency or 
        association shall include information on at least one 
        institution representing each of the sectors that are currently 
        accredited by such agency or association.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(r) Evaluation of Quality and Achievement Measures.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall direct the National 
        Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity--
                    ``(A) to regularly evaluate the effectiveness of--
                            ``(i) the accountability measures 
                        established under subpart 4; and
                            ``(ii) the student achievement progress 
                        measures established under subsection 
                        (a)(5)(A); and
                    ``(B) with respect to the evaluation required under 
                subparagraph (A), to take into account similarly 
                situated accreditors, whose similarity may not be 
                determined solely by the educational sector to which 
                the institutions evaluated belong.
            ``(2) Accreditor standards.--The Secretary may require an 
        accreditor to review metrics or set new standards if the 
        Secretary determines that the metrics or standards set by such 
        accreditor pursuant to section 496(a)(5) are, in the case of 
        such metrics, insufficient or, in the case of such standards, 
        too low.
    ``(s) Report on Recognized Institutional Accreditors Required.--Not 
later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of the Aim Higher 
Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall publish a report that 
includes the following with respect to each accrediting agency or 
association aggregated:
            ``(1) The number of institutions of higher education 
        evaluated by such accrediting agency or association in each 
        educational sector.
            ``(2) The number of locations of such institutions of 
        higher education.
            ``(3) The number of students enrolled at such institutions 
        of higher education.
            ``(4) The number of students receiving a Federal Pell Grant 
        at such institutions of higher education in the preceding year.
            ``(5) The total of Federal student aid received by students 
        enrolled at such institutions of higher education in the 
        preceding year.
            ``(6) The graduation rates of such institutions of higher 
        education.
            ``(7) The median earnings of students 10 years after 
        enrollment.
            ``(8) The types of degrees most often conferred by such 
        institutions of higher education.
            ``(9) The number of institutions on heightened cash 
        monitoring status under section 668.162(d) of title 34, Code of 
        Federal Regulations (as in effect on the date of the enactment 
        of this subsection).
            ``(10) An index based on findings with respect to 
        subparagraphs (1) through (9) above, of the accreditor's status 
        as an effective evaluator of program quality and gate-keeper to 
        funds under title IV of this Act.
    ``(t) Rule-Making To Establish Standardized Consequences and Steps 
for Accrediting Agencies and Associations.--Not later than 180 days 
after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary 
shall--
            ``(1) initiate negotiated rule-making processes with 
        experts from different stakeholder groups to establish a common 
        set of consequences or steps all accrediting bodies shall 
        follow when the institutions such accreditors review fail to 
        meet the accreditation standards set by such accreditors 
        pursuant to section 496(a); and
            ``(2) develop procedures for identifying the institutions 
        an accreditor shall use to demonstrate that such accreditor--
                    ``(A) consistently applies and enforces standards; 
                and
                    ``(B) effectively evaluates the quality of 
                education or training offered by the institutions of 
                higher education accredited by such accreditor.''.

SEC. 4124. PROGRAM REVIEW AND DATA.

    Section 498A(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099c-1(a)(2)) is amended by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting 
the following: ``institutions with an adjusted cohort default rate for 
loans under part D of this title in excess of 18 percent or which 
places such institutions in the highest 25 percent of such 
institutions''.

SEC. 4125. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY.

    Part H of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

            ``Subpart 4--Strengthening Institutional Quality

``SEC. 498C. SUPPORTING INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY IMPROVEMENT.

    ``(a) Review Required.--On an annual basis, the Secretary shall 
conduct a review of each institution of higher education that 
participates in programs under this title.
    ``(b) Elements.--In conducting each review under subsection (a), 
the Secretary shall assess all factors relating to the eligibility of 
the institution of higher education to participate in programs under 
this title and the performance of the institution, including--
            ``(1) the authority of the institution to operate under 
        State law;
            ``(2) the financial responsibility of the institution;
            ``(3) the administrative capacity of the institution;
            ``(4) rates of gainful employment of graduates of the 
        institution;
            ``(5) the compliance of the institution with program 
        participation agreements under section 487;
            ``(6) the return of title IV funds under 484B;
            ``(7) the compliance of the institution with Federal 
        revenue requirements;
            ``(8) the institution's record of compliance with its 
        program responsibilities under title IV of this Act based on 
        the most recent student default rate data, the results of 
        financial or compliance audits, program reviews, and other 
        information as the Secretary may have received from the State 
        or accrediting agency or association; and
            ``(9) any other criteria the Secretary determines to be 
        appropriate.

``SEC. 498D. ASSISTANCE TO PROGRESS PERIOD INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall provide grants and technical 
assistance to covered progress period institutions in accordance with 
this section.
    ``(b) Authorized Activities.--Grants and assistance provided under 
this section shall be used to improve student achievement (as described 
in section 4965(a)(5)(A)) at covered progress period institutions.
    ``(c) Duration.--Grants and assistance may be provided under this 
section for a period of not less than one year and not more than three 
years.
    ``(d) Conditions.--
            ``(1) Benchmarks.--
                    ``(A) In general.--To continue to receive support 
                under this section after the first year in which such 
                support is provided, an institution must show progress, 
                as determined by the Secretary, toward meeting the 
                standards for student achievement established by the 
                relevant accrediting agency or association pursuant to 
                section 496(a)(5)(A).
                    ``(B) Considerations.--In determining the progress 
                of an institution under subparagraph (A), the Secretary 
                may take into consideration extenuating circumstances 
                that may have contributed to the poor performance of 
                the institution in the first year of the review period.
            ``(2) Deadline for compliance.--An institution that does 
        not achieve an adjusted cohort default rate of less than 10 
        percent after receiving support under this section for three 
        consecutive years shall be ineligible to receive further 
        support under this section.
            ``(3) Prohibition.--An institution shall be ineligible to 
        receive further support under this section if, while the 
        institution was receiving such support, the total enrollment of 
        low-income students (as such term is defined in section 
        419N(b)(7)) at the institution decreased by 10 percent or more.
    ``(e) Covered Progress Period Institution.--In this section, the 
term `covered progress period institution' means--
            ``(1) a public institution of higher education that is 
        determined to be in progress period status;
            ``(2) a part B institution (as defined in section 322) that 
        is determined to be in progress period status; or
            ``(3) a private, nonprofit institution of higher 
        education--
                    ``(A) that is determined to be in progress period 
                status; and
                    ``(B) at which not less than 45 percent of the 
                total student enrollment consists of low-income 
                students (as such term is defined in section 
                419N(b)(7)).
    ``(f) Funding.--
            ``(1) In general.--There are appropriated such funds as the 
        Secretary, using the formula described in paragraph (2), 
        determines necessary to meet the needs of all eligible 
        institutions under this subsection.
            ``(2) Formula.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
        enactment of this section, the Secretary shall establish 
        through negotiated rulemaking a formula to determine the--
                    ``(A) proportional amount of institutional need 
                under this section; and
                    ``(B) total amount of institutional need under this 
                section.
            ``(3) Special rule.--Such formula must at minimum take into 
        consideration the severity of the problem, size of the 
        institution, institutional resources, historical underfunding, 
        and the number of low-income students (as such term is defined 
        in section 419N(b)(7)) being served.

``SEC. 498E. RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN EXPENDITURES.

    ``(a) Monitoring Authority.--If, at any point in the 3 preceding 
fiscal years, the total amount expended by an institution of higher 
education on instruction as described in subsection (b) is less than 50 
percent, the Secretary shall consider such expenditures in determining 
the eligibility of the institution to participate in programs under 
this title.
    ``(b) Expenditure Disclosures.--
            ``(1) In general.--In the case of an institution at which 
        spending on instruction amounted to less than one-half of net 
        tuition revenue as determined by the institution in each of the 
        three most recent years for which institutional spending 
        figures were required to be reported, the institution of higher 
        education shall annually disclose to the Secretary the amount 
        of funds used by the institution to carry out each of the 
        following activities in the preceding 3 fiscal years:
                    ``(A) Marketing.
                    ``(B) Recruitment.
                    ``(C) Advertising.
                    ``(D) Lobbying.
            ``(2) Defined terms.--The Secretary shall, using a 
        negotiated rulemaking process, issue definitions with respect 
        to subparagraphs (A) through (D) of paragraph (1).
    ``(c) Limitation.--An institution of higher education may not use 
any Federal funds acquired through participation in any program under 
this title for marketing, advertising, recruiting or lobbying expenses 
if the total amount expended by the institution on instruction, as 
specified in subsection (a), in each of the three most recent fiscal 
years does not exceed 50 percent of tuition revenue.

``SEC. 498F. INSTITUTIONAL DISCLOSURE SYSTEM.

    ``(a) Departmental Disclosure.--The Secretary shall make available, 
on a publicly accessible website of the Department of Education, a list 
of institutions of higher education that--
            ``(1) have failed to meet the requirements for 
        accreditation by an agency or association recognized by the 
        Secretary pursuant to section 496(a);
            ``(2) have failed to meet the requirements for 
        participation in programs under this title; or
            ``(3) are in progress period status and are receiving funds 
        or assistance pursuant to section 498D.
    ``(b) Institutional Disclosure.--
            ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to participate in 
        programs under this title, an institution of higher education 
        shall, using the template developed by the Secretary under 
        subsection (c), disclose the accreditation status of the 
        institution on a publicly accessible website of the institution 
        and in any print materials made available by the institution. 
        Any failure of the institution to meet an accreditation 
        standard shall be specifically identified by the institution as 
        part of the disclosure under this paragraph.
            ``(2) Updates.--Any change in the accreditation status of 
        an institution of higher education shall be disclosed in 
        accordance with paragraph (1) not later than 30 days after such 
        change occurs.
    ``(c) Template.--The Secretary shall develop a template that shall 
be used by institutions of higher education to make the disclosures 
required under subsection (b). The Secretary shall ensure that the 
template--
            ``(1) clearly identifies the information to be disclosed; 
        and
            ``(2) is in a format that is easily understood by 
        consumers.''.

                                 PART I

SEC. 4131. PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

    Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et 
seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``PART J--AMERICA'S COLLEGE PROMISE FEDERAL-STATE PARTNERSHIP

   ``Subpart 1--State and Indian Tribe Grants for Community Colleges

``SEC. 499A. IN GENERAL.

    ``From amounts appropriated under section 499G for any fiscal year, 
the Secretary shall award grants to eligible States and Indian tribes 
to pay the Federal share of expenditures needed to carry out the 
activities and services described in section 499E.

``SEC. 499B. FEDERAL SHARE; NON-FEDERAL SHARE.

    ``(a) Federal Share.--
            ``(1) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the Federal share 
        of a grant under this subpart shall be based on a formula, 
        determined by the Secretary, that--
                    ``(A) accounts for the State or Indian tribe's 
                share of eligible students;
                    ``(B) accounts for the ratio between a State or 
                Indian tribe's funding per full-time equivalent (FTE) 
                student at public colleges and universities and the 
                average net price at State public four-year colleges 
                and universities, in such a way as to reward States 
                that keep net prices for students low while maintaining 
                their investment in higher education; and
                    ``(C) provides, for each eligible student in the 
                State or Indian tribe, a per-student amount that is--
                            ``(i) not less than 300 percent of the per-
                        student amount of the State or Indian tribe 
                        share, determined under subsection (b), subject 
                        to clause (ii); and
                            ``(ii) at least 75 percent of--
                                    ``(I) for the 2019-2020 award year, 
                                the average resident community college 
                                tuition and fees per student in all 
                                States for the most recent year for 
                                which data are available; and
                                    ``(II) for each subsequent award 
                                year, the average resident community 
                                college tuition and fees per student in 
                                all States calculated under this 
                                subclause for the preceding year, 
                                increased by the lesser of--
                                            ``(aa) the percentage by 
                                        which the average resident 
                                        community college tuition and 
                                        fees per student in all States 
                                        for the most recent year for 
                                        which data are available 
                                        increased as compared to such 
                                        average for the preceding year; 
                                        or
                                            ``(bb) 3 percent.
            ``(2) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any case in 
        which not less than 75 percent of the students at the community 
        colleges operated or controlled by an Indian tribe are low-
        income students, the amount of the Federal share for such 
        Indian tribe shall be not less than 95 percent of the total 
        amount needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible 
        students enrolled in such community colleges.
    ``(b) State or Tribal Share.--
            ``(1) Formula.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The State or tribal share of a 
                grant under this subpart for each fiscal year shall be 
                the amount needed to pay 25 percent of the average 
                community college resident tuition and fees per student 
                in all States in the 2019-2020 award year for all 
                eligible students in the State or Indian tribe, 
                respectively, for such fiscal year, except as provided 
                in subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In a 
                case in which not less than 5 percent of the students 
                at the community colleges operated or controlled by an 
                Indian tribe are low-income students, the amount of 
                such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not exceed 5 
                percent of the total amount needed to waive tuition and 
                fees for all eligible students enrolled in such 
                community colleges.
            ``(2) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may include 
        any need-based financial aid provided through State or tribal 
        funds to eligible students as part of the State or tribal 
        share.
            ``(3) No in-kind contributions.--A State or Indian tribe 
        shall not include in-kind contributions for purposes of the 
        State or tribal share described in paragraph (1).

``SEC. 499C. ELIGIBILITY.

    ``To be eligible for a grant under this subpart, a State or Indian 
tribe shall agree to waive community college resident tuition and fees 
for all eligible students for each year of the grant.

``SEC. 499D. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) Submission.--For each fiscal year for which a State or Indian 
tribe desires a grant under this subpart, an application shall be 
submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall 
be submitted by--
            ``(1) in the case of a State, the Governor, the State 
        agency with jurisdiction over higher education, or another 
        agency designated by the Governor to administer the program 
        under this subpart; or
            ``(2) in the case of an Indian tribe, the governing body of 
        such tribe.
    ``(b) Contents.--Each State or Indian tribe application shall 
include, at a minimum--
            ``(1) an estimate of the number of eligible students in the 
        State or Indian tribe and the cost of waiving community college 
        resident tuition and fees for all eligible students for each 
        fiscal year covered by the grant, with annual increases of an 
        amount that shall not exceed 3 percent of the prior year's 
        average resident community college tuition and fees;
            ``(2) an assurance that all community colleges in the State 
        or under the jurisdiction of the Indian tribe, respectively, 
        will waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students in 
        programs that are--
                    ``(A) academic programs with credits that can fully 
                transfer via articulation agreement toward a 
                baccalaureate degree or postbaccalaureate degree at any 
                public institution of higher education in the State; or
                    ``(B) occupational skills training programs that 
                lead to a recognized postsecondary credential that is 
                in an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the 
                State;
            ``(3) a description of the promising and evidence-based 
        institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve 
        student outcomes, including completion or transfer rates, that 
        have been or will be adopted by the participating community 
        colleges, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising, 
                especially for low-income, first-generation, adult, and 
                other underrepresented students;
                    ``(B) providing accelerated learning opportunities, 
                such as dual or concurrent enrollment programs, 
                including early college high school programs;
                    ``(C) advancing competency-based education;
                    ``(D) strengthening remedial education, especially 
                for low-income, first-generation, adult and other 
                underrepresented students;
                    ``(E) implementing course redesigns of high-
                enrollment courses to improve student outcomes and 
                reduce cost; or
                    ``(F) utilizing career pathways or degree pathways;
            ``(4) a description of how the State or Indian tribe will 
        promote alignment between its public secondary school and 
        postsecondary education systems, including between 2-year and 
        4-year public institutions of higher education and with 
        minority-serving institutions described in section 371 of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1067q), to expand 
        awareness of and access to postsecondary education, reduce the 
        need for remediation and repeated coursework, and improve 
        student outcomes;
            ``(5) a description of how the State or Indian tribe will 
        ensure that programs leading to a recognized postsecondary 
        credential meet the quality criteria established by the State 
        under section 123(a) of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3153(a)) or other quality criteria 
        determined appropriate by the State or Indian tribe;
            ``(6) an assurance that all participating community 
        colleges in the State or under the authority of the Indian 
        tribe have entered into program participation agreements under 
        section 487 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        1094); and
            ``(7) an assurance that, for each year of the grant, the 
        State or Indian tribe will notify each eligible student of the 
        student's remaining eligibility for assistance under this 
        subpart.

``SEC. 499E. ALLOWABLE USES OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a grant under 
this subpart only to provide funds to participating community colleges 
to waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students who are 
enrolled in--
            ``(1) academic programs with credits that can fully 
        transfer via articulation agreement toward a baccalaureate 
        degree or postbaccalaureate degree at any public institution of 
        higher education in the State; or
            ``(2) occupational skills training programs that lead to a 
        recognized postsecondary credential that is in an in-demand 
        industry sector or occupation in the State.
    ``(b) Additional Uses.--If a State or Indian tribe demonstrates to 
the Secretary that it has grant funds remaining after meeting the 
demand for activities described in subsection (a), the State or Indian 
tribe may use those funds to carry out one or more of the following:
            ``(1) Expanding the waiver of resident tuition and fees at 
        community college to students who are returning students or 
        otherwise not enrolling in postsecondary education for the 
        first time, and who meet the student eligibility requirements 
        of clauses (i) through (v) of section 499F(5)(A).
            ``(2) Expanding the scope and capacity of high-quality 
        academic and occupational skills training programs at community 
        colleges.
            ``(3) Improving postsecondary education readiness in the 
        State or Indian tribe, through outreach and early intervention.
            ``(4) Expanding access to dual or concurrent enrollment 
        programs, including early college high school programs.
            ``(5) Improving affordability at 4-year public institutions 
        of higher education.
    ``(c) Use of Funds for Administrative Purposes.--A State or Indian 
tribe that receives a grant under this subpart may not use any funds 
provided under this subpart for administrative purposes relating to the 
grant under this subpart.
    ``(d) Maintenance of Effort.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
grant under this subpart is entitled to receive its full allotment of 
funds under this subpart for a fiscal year only if, for each year of 
the grant, the State or Indian tribe provides--
            ``(1) financial support for public higher education at a 
        level equal to or exceeding the average amount provided per 
        full-time equivalent student for public institutions of higher 
        education for the three consecutive preceding State or Indian 
        tribe fiscal years. In making the calculation under this 
        subsection, the State or Indian tribe shall--
                    ``(A) exclude capital expenses and research and 
                development costs; and
                    ``(B) include need-based financial aid for students 
                who attend public institutions of higher education; and
            ``(2) financial support for operational expenses for 
        public, four-year colleges and universities at a level equal to 
        or exceeding the average amount provided for the three 
        consecutive proceeding State or Indian tribe fiscal years.
    ``(e) Annual Report.--
            ``(1) A State or Indian tribe receiving a grant under this 
        subpart shall submit an annual report to the Secretary 
        describing the uses of grant funds under this subpart, the 
        progress made in fulfilling the requirements of the grant, and 
        rates of graduation, transfer and attainment of recognized 
        postsecondary credentials at participating community colleges, 
        and including any other information as the Secretary may 
        require.
            ``(2) At the discretion of the Secretary, the information 
        required in the report under paragraph (1) may be included in 
        an annual report.
    ``(f) Reporting by Secretary.--The Secretary annually shall--
            ``(1) compile and analyze the information described in 
        subsection (e); and
            ``(2) prepare and submit a report to the Committee on 
        Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the 
        Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of 
        Representatives containing the analysis described in paragraph 
        (1) and an identification of State and Indian tribe best 
        practices for achieving the purpose of this subpart.
    ``(g) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes concerning best 
practices regarding the promising and evidence-based institutional 
reforms and innovative practices to improve student outcomes and shall 
disseminate such best practices among the States and Indian tribes.
    ``(h) Continuation of Funding.--
            ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
        grant under this subpart for a fiscal year may continue to 
        receive funding under this subpart for future fiscal years 
        conditioned on the availability of budget authority and on 
        meeting the requirements of the grant, as determined by the 
        Secretary.
            ``(2) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may discontinue 
        funding of the Federal share of a grant under this subpart if 
        the State or Indian tribe has violated the terms of the grant 
        or is not making adequate progress in implementing the reforms 
        described in the application submitted under section 499D.

``SEC. 499F. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Career pathway.--The term `career pathway' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation 
        and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(2) Community college.--The term `community college' 
        means a public institution of higher education at which the 
        highest degree that is predominantly awarded to students is an 
        associate's degree, including 2-year tribally controlled 
        colleges under section 316 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 1059c) and public 2-year State institutions of 
        higher education.
            ``(3) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term 
        `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(4) Early college high school.--The term `early college 
        high school' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        7801).
            ``(5) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student who--
                            ``(i)(I) enrolls in a community college 
                        after the date of enactment of the Aim Higher 
                        Act; or
                            ``(II) is enrolled in a community college 
                        as of the date of enactment of the Aim Higher 
                        Act;
                            ``(ii) attends the community college on not 
                        less than a half-time basis;
                            ``(iii) is maintaining satisfactory 
                        progress, as defined in section 484(c) of the 
                        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        1091(c)), in the student's course of study;
                            ``(iv) qualifies for resident tuition, as 
                        determined by the State or Indian tribe; and
                            ``(v) is enrolled in an eligible program 
                        described in section 104(b)(2).
                    ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student 
                shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years after first 
                receiving benefits under this subpart.
            ``(6) In-demand industry sector or occupation.--The term 
        `in-demand industry sector or occupation' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(7) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally 
        Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
            ``(8) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(9) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as 
        described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(10) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 103.

``SEC. 499G. APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations.--For the purpose of making 
grants under this subpart there are authorized to be appropriated, and 
there are appropriated--
            ``(1) $1,515,150,000 for fiscal year 2019;
            ``(2) $3,352,200,000 for fiscal year 2020;
            ``(3) $4,277,940,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(4) $5,988,450,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(5) $7,837,710,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(6) $8,974,350,000 for fiscal year 2024;
            ``(7) $11,302,020,000 for fiscal year 2025;
            ``(8) $14,451,090,000 for fiscal year 2026;
            ``(9) $15,077,130,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
            ``(10) $15,729,810,000 for fiscal year 2028 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall 
remain available to the Secretary until expended.
    ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this subpart that is 
equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share described in section 
(a), the Secretary may ratably reduce the amount of each such grant or 
take other actions necessary to ensure an equitable distribution of 
such amount.''.

SEC. 4132. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES 
              AND UNIVERSITIES.

    Part J of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as added by 
subtitle G, is further amended by adding at the end the following:

``Subpart 2--Grants to Historically Black Colleges and Universities and 
                  Other Minority-Serving Institutions

``SEC. 499H. IN GENERAL.

    ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499K(a) 
for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating 
4-year historically black colleges or universities that meet the 
requirements of subsection (b) to--
            ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully 
        complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
            ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to 
        transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer 
        pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
            ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve 
        new and existing students by engaging in reforms and 
        innovations designed to improve completion rates and other 
        student outcomes.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under the 
program under this section, an institution shall be a historically 
black college or university that--
            ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing 
        promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and 
        innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other 
        student outcomes, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising;
                    ``(B) providing accelerated learning opportunities 
                and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and 
                pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                    ``(C) advancing distance and competency-based 
                education;
                    ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                profit associations, and other groups to provide 
                opportunities to advance learning outside the 
                classroom, including work-based learning opportunities 
                such as internships or apprenticeships or programs 
                designed to improve inter-cultural development and 
                personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study 
                abroad programs;
                    ``(E) reforming remedial education, especially for 
                low-income students, first generation college students, 
                adult students, and other underrepresented students; or
                    ``(F) implementing course redesigns of high-
                enrollment courses to improve student outcomes and 
                reduce cost;
            ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes 
        for the duration of the grant; and
            ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has 
        articulation agreements with community colleges at the 
        national, State, or local level to ensure that community 
        college credits can fully transfer to the participating 
        institution.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--
            ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible 
        institution participates in the grant program under this 
        section and subject to paragraph (3), such eligible institution 
        shall receive a grant in an amount based on the product of--
                    ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the 
                eligible institution in such year (referred to in this 
                section as the per-student rebate); and
                    ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in 
                the eligible institution for the preceding year.
            ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after 
        the first year of the grant program under this section, each 
        participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the 
        amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except 
        that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate for 
        an eligible institution increase by more than 3 percent as 
        compared to the amount of such rebate for the preceding year.
            ``(3) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible 
                institution participating in the grant program under 
                this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount 
                for any year that is greater than the national average 
                of annual tuition and fees at public 4-year 
                institutions of higher education for such year, as 
                determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the 
                first year of participation in the grant program under 
                this section, no eligible institution may increase 
                tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual 
                increase at the eligible institution in the previous 5 
                years.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a 
participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or 
significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an 
amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for 
each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible 
student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.

``SEC. 499I. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISPANIC-SERVING 
              INSTITUTIONS, ASIAN AMERICAN AND NATIVE AMERICAN PACIFIC 
              ISLANDER-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, TRIBAL COLLEGES AND 
              UNIVERSITIES, ALASKA NATIVE-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, NATIVE 
              HAWAIIAN-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, PREDOMINANTLY BLACK 
              INSTITUTIONS, AND NATIVE AMERICAN-SERVING NONTRIBAL 
              INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499K(a) 
for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating 
4-year minority-serving institutions to--
            ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully 
        complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
            ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to 
        transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer 
        pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
            ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve 
        new and existing students by engaging in reforms and 
        innovations designed to improve completion rates and other 
        student outcomes.
    ``(b) Institutional Eligibility.--To be eligible to participate and 
receive a grant under this section, an institution shall be a minority-
serving institution that--
            ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing 
        promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and 
        innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other 
        student outcomes, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising;
                    ``(B) providing accelerated learning opportunities 
                and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and 
                pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                    ``(C) advancing distance and competency-based 
                education;
                    ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                profit associations, and other groups to provide 
                opportunities to advance learning outside the 
                classroom, including work-based learning opportunities 
                such as internships or apprenticeships or programs 
                designed to improve inter-cultural development and 
                personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study 
                abroad programs;
                    ``(E) reforming remedial education, especially for 
                low-income students, first generation college students, 
                adult students, and other underrepresented students; 
                and
                    ``(F) implementing course redesigns of high-
                enrollment courses to improve student outcomes and 
                reduce cost;
            ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes 
        for the duration of the grant; and
            ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has 
        articulation agreements with community colleges at the 
        national, State, or local levels to ensure that community 
        college credits can fully transfer to the participating 
        institution.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--
            ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible 
        institution participates in the grant program under this 
        section and subject to paragraph (3), such participating 
        eligible institution shall receive a grant in an amount based 
        on the product of--
                    ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the 
                eligible institution in such year (referred to in this 
                section as the per-student rebate); and
                    ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in 
                the eligible institution for the preceding year.
            ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after 
        the first year of the grant program under this section, each 
        participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the 
        amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except 
        that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate 
        increase by more than 3 percent as compared to the amount of 
        such rebate for the preceding year.
            ``(3) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible 
                institution participating in the grant program under 
                this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount 
                for a grant year greater than the national average of 
                public four-year institutional tuition and fees, as 
                determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the 
                first year of participation in the grant program under 
                this section, no eligible institution may increase 
                tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual 
                increase made by the institution in the previous 5 
                years.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such a manner, and 
containing such information as determined by the Secretary.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a 
participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or 
significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an 
amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for 
each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible 
student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.

``SEC. 499J. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student, regardless of age, who--
                            ``(i)(I) enrolls in a historically black 
                        college or university, or minority-serving 
                        institution; or
                            ``(II) transfers from a community college 
                        into a historically black college or 
                        university, or minority-serving institution;
                            ``(ii) attends the historically black 
                        college or university, or minority-serving 
                        institution, on at least a half-time basis;
                            ``(iii) maintains satisfactory academic 
                        progress; and
                            ``(iv) is a low-income student.
                    ``(B) Special rules.--
                            ``(i) First 3 years.--An otherwise eligible 
                        student shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years 
                        after first receiving benefits under this 
                        title.
                            ``(ii) Special rule for certain students.--
                        Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)(i), an 
                        otherwise eligible student whose parent or 
                        guardian was denied a Federal Direct PLUS loan 
                        under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
                        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) after November 
                        2011 and before March 29, 2015, and who 
                        subsequently withdrew from a historically black 
                        college or university, or minority-serving 
                        institution, and has not yet completed a 
                        program of study at such historically black 
                        college or university or minority-serving 
                        institution, shall be eligible to participate 
                        under sections 499H or 499I in order to 
                        complete such program of study, subject to all 
                        other requirements of sections 499H or 499I (as 
                        the case may be).
            ``(2) Historically black college or university.--The term 
        `historically black college or university' means a part B 
        institution described in section 322(2) of the Higher Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1061(2)).
            ``(3) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student'--
                    ``(A) shall include any student eligible for a 
                Federal Pell Grant under section 401 of the Higher 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a); and
                    ``(B) may include a student ineligible for a 
                Federal Pell Grant under section 401 of the Higher 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) who is 
                determined by the institution to be a low-income 
                student based on an analysis of the student's ability 
                to afford the cost of attendance at the institution.
            ``(4) Minority-serving institution.--The term `minority-
        serving institution' means any public or not-for-profit 
        institution of higher education--
                    ``(A) described in paragraphs (2) through (7) of 
                section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 1067q); and
                    ``(B) designated as a minority-serving institution 
                by the Secretary.

``SEC. 499K. APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations for HBCU and MSI Grants.--
For the purpose of carrying out sections 499H and 499I, there are 
authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated--
            ``(1) $61,050,000 for fiscal year 2019;
            ``(2) $199,800,000 for fiscal year 2020;
            ``(3) $1,189,920,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(4) $1,237,650,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(5) $1,287,600,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(6) $1,338,660,000 for fiscal year 2024;
            ``(7) $1,359,750,000 for fiscal year 2025;
            ``(8) $1,449,660,000 for fiscal year 2026;
            ``(9) $1,508,490,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
            ``(10) $1,569,540,000 for fiscal year 2028 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) are to 
remain available to the Secretary until expended.
    ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
participating institution in the grant programs under sections 499H and 
499I a grant under this part equal to 100 percent of the grant amount 
determined under section 499H(c), the Secretary may ratably reduce the 
amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary to ensure an 
equitable distribution of such amount.''.

                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

SEC. 5001. HISPANIC-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Authorized Activities.--Section 503(b) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(b)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraph (16) as paragraph (17); and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (15) the following:
            ``(16) Promoting opportunities for international education, 
        including through the development of partnerships with 
        institutions of higher education outside the United States.''.
    (b) Endowment Funding Limitations.--Section 503(c) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal funds'' and inserting 
                ``non-Federal funds (which may include gifts to the 
                endowment fund restricted for a specific purpose)''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than'' and 
                inserting ``equal to 50 percent of''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses 
        grant funds provided under this title to establish or increase 
        an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such 
        endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes 
        of attending such institution.''.

SEC. 5002. PROMOTING POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC 
              AMERICANS.

    (a) Program Authority.--Section 512 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102a) is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Minimum Grants Awarded.--Of the funds appropriated to carry 
out this part for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall--
                    ``(A) use not less than \1/3\ of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 513(b); and
                    ``(B) use not less than \1/3\ of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 513(c); and
            ``(2) may use any funds remaining (after using the funds in 
        accordance with paragraph (1)) to award grants to carry out 
        activities described in subsection (b) or (c) of section 
        513.''.
    (b) Authorized Activities.--Section 513 of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102b) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 513. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Requirements.--
            ``(1) In general.--Grants awarded under this part shall be 
        used for--
                    ``(A) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (b); or
                    ``(B) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (c).
            ``(2) Prohibition.--A grant awarded under this part may not 
        be used for activities under both subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) PPHOA Activities.--Grants awarded under this part may be used 
for one or more of the following activities promoting postbaccalaureate 
opportunities for Hispanic Americans:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students 
        including outreach, academic support services, mentoring, 
        scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to 
        permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
        certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
            ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and 
        postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
            ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 514 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this part; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.
    ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
part may be used for one or more of the following activities for 
faculty development:
            ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to 
        pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at 
        Hispanic-serving institutions.
            ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career 
        and identifying opportunities.
            ``(4) Developing partnerships between Hispanic-serving 
        institutions to help graduate students and hiring institutions 
        connect with each other.
            ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on 
        graduates from Hispanic-serving institutions and other 
        minority-serving institutions.
            ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow 
        Hispanic-serving institutions to make competitive offers to 
        potential faculty, including use of funds for student loan 
        repayment.
            ``(7) Research support specifically for early career 
        faculty.''.

SEC. 5003. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 528(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1103g(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$175,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$210,000,000'';
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$100,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$115,000,000''; and
            (3) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``2019''.

               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

SEC. 6001. INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION.

    (a) Graduate and Undergraduate Language and Area Centers and 
Programs.--Section 602(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1122(b)(2)(B)(ii)) is amended--
            (1) in subclause (III), by striking ``or'';
            (2) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; or''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(V) the beginning, intermediate, or 
                        advanced study of a foreign language related to 
                        the area of specialization.''.
    (b) International Research and Innovation.--Section 605 of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1125) is amended to read as 
follows:

``SEC. 605. INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH AND INNOVATION.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to support 
essential international and foreign language education research and 
innovation projects with the goal of assessing and strengthening 
international education capacity, coordination, delivery, and outcomes 
to meet national needs.
    ``(b) Authority.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount provided to carry out 
        this section, the Secretary shall carry out the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Conduct research and studies that contribute 
                to the purpose described in subsection (a), which shall 
                include research to provide a systematic understanding 
                of our Nation's international and foreign language 
                education capacity, structures, and effectiveness in 
                meeting growing demands by education, government, and 
                the private sector (including business and other 
                professions).
                    ``(B) Create innovative paradigms or enhance or 
                scale up proven strategies and practices that address 
                systemic challenges to developing and delivering 
                international and foreign language education resources 
                and expertise across educational disciplines, 
                institutions, employers, and other stakeholders.
                    ``(C) Develop and manage a national standardized 
                database that--
                            ``(i) includes the strengths, gaps, and 
                        trends in the Nation's international and 
                        foreign language education capacity; and
                            ``(ii) documents the outcomes of programs 
                        funded under this title for every grant cycle.
            ``(2) Grants or contracts.--The Secretary shall carry out 
        activities to achieve the outcomes described in paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) directly; or
                    ``(B) through grants awarded under subsection (d) 
                or (e).
    ``(c) Eligible Entity Defined.--In this section, the term `eligible 
entity' means--
            ``(1) an institution of higher education;
            ``(2) a public or private nonprofit library;
            ``(3) a nonprofit educational organization;
            ``(4) an entity that--
                    ``(A) received a grant under this title for a 
                preceding fiscal year; or
                    ``(B) as of the date of application for a grant 
                under this section is receiving a grant under this 
                title; or
            ``(5) a partnership of two or more entities described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (4).
    ``(d)  Research Grants.--
            ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which 
        the Secretary carries out activities under subsection (b)(1) 
        through research grants under this subsection, the Secretary 
        shall award such grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible 
        entities.
            ``(2) Required activities.--An eligible entity that 
        receives a grant under this subsection shall use the grant 
        funds for the systematic development, collection, analysis, 
        publication, and dissemination of data, and other information 
        resources in a manner that is easily understandable, made 
        publicly available, and that contributes to achieving the 
        purposes of subsection (a) and carries out at least one 
        activity under subsection (b)(1).
            ``(3) Discretionary activities.--An eligible entity that 
        receives a grant under this subsection may use the grant to 
        carry out the following activities:
                    ``(A) Assess and document international and foreign 
                language education capacity and supply through studies 
                or surveys that--
                            ``(i) determine the number of foreign 
                        language courses, programs, and enrollments at 
                        all levels of education and in all languages, 
                        including a determination of gaps in those 
                        deemed critical to the national interest;
                            ``(ii) measure the number and types of 
                        degrees or certificates awarded in area 
                        studies, global studies, foreign language 
                        studies, and international business and 
                        professional studies, including identification 
                        of gaps in those deemed critical to the 
                        national interest;
                            ``(iii) measure the number of foreign 
                        language, area or international studies 
                        faculty, including international business 
                        faculty, and elementary school and secondary 
                        school foreign language teachers by language, 
                        degree, and world area; or
                            ``(iv) measure the number of undergraduate 
                        and graduate students engaging in long- or 
                        short-term education or internship abroad 
                        programs as part of their curriculum, including 
                        countries of destination.
                    ``(B) Assess the demands for, and outcomes of, 
                international and foreign language education and their 
                alignment, through studies, surveys, and conferences 
                to--
                            ``(i) determine demands for increased or 
                        improved instruction in foreign language, area 
                        or global studies, or other international 
                        fields, and the demand for employees with such 
                        skills and knowledge in the education, 
                        government, and private sectors (including 
                        business and other professions);
                            ``(ii) assess the employment or utilization 
                        of graduates of programs supported under this 
                        title by educational, governmental, and private 
                        sector organizations (including business and 
                        other professions); or
                            ``(iii) assess standardized outcomes and 
                        effectiveness and benchmarking of programs 
                        supported under this title.
                    ``(C) Develop and publish specialized materials for 
                use in foreign language, area, global, or other 
                international studies, including in international 
                business or other professional education or technical 
                training, as appropriate.
                    ``(D) Conduct studies or surveys that identify and 
                document systemic challenges and changes needed in 
                higher education and elementary school and secondary 
                school systems to make international and foreign 
                language education available to all students as part of 
                the basic curriculum, including challenges in current 
                evaluation standards, entrance and graduation 
                requirements, program accreditation, student degree 
                requirements, or teacher and faculty legal workplace 
                barriers to education and research abroad.
                    ``(E) With respect to underrepresented institutions 
                of higher education (including minority-serving 
                institutions or community colleges), carry out studies 
                or surveys that identify and document--
                            ``(i) systemic challenges and changes and 
                        incentives and partnerships needed to 
                        comprehensively and sustainably 
                        internationalize educational programming; or
                            ``(ii) short- and long-term outcomes of 
                        successful internationalization strategies and 
                        funding models.
                    ``(F) Evaluate the extent to which programs 
                assisted under this title reflect diverse perspectives 
                and a wide range of views and generate debate on world 
                regions and international affairs.
    ``(e)  Innovation Grants.--
            ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which 
        the Secretary carries out activities to achieve the outcomes 
        described in subsection (b)(1) through innovation grants under 
        this subsection, the Secretary shall award such grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible entities.
            ``(2) Uses of funds.--An eligible entity that receives an 
        innovation grant under this subsection shall use the grant 
        funds to fund projects consistent with this section, which may 
        include one or more of the following:
                    ``(A) Innovative paradigms to improve 
                communication, sharing, and delivery of resources that 
                further the purposes described in subsection (a) 
                including the following:
                            ``(i) Networking structures and systems to 
                        more effectively match graduates with 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        skills with employment needs.
                            ``(ii) Sharing international specialist 
                        expertise across institutions of higher 
                        education or in the workforce to pursue 
                        specialization or learning opportunities not 
                        available at any single institution of higher 
                        education, such as shared courses for studying 
                        less commonly taught languages, world areas or 
                        regions, international business or other 
                        professional areas, or specialized research 
                        topics of national strategic interest.
                            ``(iii) Producing, collecting, organizing, 
                        preserving, and widely disseminating 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        expertise, resources, courses, and other 
                        information through the use of electronic 
                        technologies and other techniques.
                            ``(iv) Collaborative initiatives to 
                        identify, capture, and provide consistent 
                        access to, and creation of, digital global 
                        library resources that are beyond the capacity 
                        of any single eligible entity receiving a grant 
                        under this section or any single institution of 
                        higher education, including the professional 
                        development of library staff.
                            ``(v) Utilization of technology to create 
                        open-source resources in international, area, 
                        global, and foreign language studies that are 
                        adaptable to multiple educational settings and 
                        promote interdisciplinary partnerships between 
                        technologists, curriculum designers, 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        experts, language teachers, and librarians.
                    ``(B) Innovative curriculum, teaching, and learning 
                strategies, including the following:
                            ``(i) New initiatives for collaborations of 
                        disciplinary programs with foreign language, 
                        area, global, and international studies, and 
                        education abroad programs that address the 
                        internationalization of such disciplinary 
                        studies with the purpose of producing globally 
                        competent graduates.
                            ``(ii) Innovative collaborations between 
                        established centers of international and 
                        foreign language education excellence and 
                        underrepresented institutions and populations 
                        seeking to further their goals for 
                        strengthening international, area, global, and 
                        foreign language studies, including at 
                        minority-serving institutions or community 
                        colleges.
                            ``(iii) Teaching and learning 
                        collaborations among foreign language, area, 
                        global, or other international studies with 
                        diaspora communities, including heritage 
                        students.
                            ``(iv) New approaches and methods to 
                        teaching emerging global issues, cross-regional 
                        interactions, and underrepresented regions or 
                        countries, such as project- and team-based 
                        learning.
                    ``(C) Innovative assessment and outcome tools and 
                techniques that further the purposes described in 
                subsection (a), including the following:
                            ``(i) International and foreign language 
                        education assessment techniques that are 
                        coupled with outcome-focused training modules, 
                        such as certificates or badges, immersion 
                        learning, or e-portfolio systems.
                            ``(ii) Effective and easily accessible 
                        methods of assessing professionally useful 
                        levels of proficiency in foreign languages or 
                        competencies in area, culture, and global 
                        knowledge or other international fields in 
                        programs under this title, which may include 
                        use of open access online and other cost-
                        effective tools for students and educators at 
                        all educational levels and in the workplace.
    ``(f) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary shall 
require, including--
            ``(1) a description of each proposed project the eligible 
        entity plans to carry out under this section and how such 
        project meets the purposes described in subsection (a);
            ``(2) if applicable, a demonstration of why the entity 
        needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement under 
        subsection (g); and
            ``(3) an assurance that each such proposed project will be 
        self-sustainable after the grant term is completed.
    ``(g) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for 
        carrying out a project supported by a grant under this section 
        shall be no more than 66.66 percent.
            ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal 
        share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash, 
        from institutional and non-institutional funds, including 
        contributions from State or private sector corporations, 
        nonprofits, or foundations.
            ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the 
        share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                    ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are 
                community colleges; or
                    ``(B) demonstrate need in an application for such a 
                waiver or reduction under subsection (f)(2).
    ``(h) Database and Reporting.--The Secretary shall directly, or 
through grants or contracts with an eligible grant recipient--
            ``(1) establish, curate, maintain, and update at least 
        every grant cycle, a web-based site which shall showcase the 
        results of this section and serve as a user-friendly repository 
        of the information, resources, and best practices generated 
        through activities conducted under this section; and
            ``(2) prepare, publish, and disseminate to Congress and the 
        public at least once every 5 years, a report that summarizes 
        key findings and policy issues from the activities conducted 
        under this section, including as such activities relate to 
        international and foreign language education and outcomes.''.
    (c) Discontinuation of Foreign Information Access Program.--Part A 
of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1121 et 
seq.) is further amended by striking sections 606 and 610, and 
redesignating sections 607, 608, and 609 as sections 606, 607, and 608, 
respectively.

SEC. 6002. GLOBAL BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    (a) Findings; Purpose.--Section 611 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) the future welfare of the United States will depend 
        substantially on increasing international and global skills in 
        business, educational, and other professional communities and 
        creating an awareness among the American public of the 
        internationalization of our economy and numerous other 
        professional areas important to the national interest;'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) concerted efforts are necessary to engage business 
        and other professional education and technical training 
        programs, language, area, and global study programs, 
        professional international affairs education programs, public 
        and private sector organizations, and United States business in 
        a mutually productive relationship which benefits the Nation's 
        future economic and security interests;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and the 
                international'' and inserting ``and other professional 
                fields and the international and global''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by inserting ``, as well as other 
                        professional organizations'' after 
                        ``departments of commerce''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``or other professions'' 
                        after ``business''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``and economic enterprise'' 
                        and inserting ``, economic enterprise, and 
                        security''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``and other 
                        professional'' before ``personnel''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``to prosper in 
                an international'' and inserting ``and other 
                professional fields to prosper in a global''.
    (b) Professional and Technical Education for Global 
Competitiveness.--Section 613 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1130a) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 613. PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION FOR GLOBAL 
              COMPETITIVENESS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to support 
innovative strategies that provide undergraduate and graduate students 
with the global professional competencies, perspectives, and skills 
needed to strengthen and enrich global engagement and competitiveness 
in a wide variety of professional and technical fields important to the 
national interest.
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall make grants to, or 
enter into contracts with eligible entities to pay the Federal share of 
the cost of programs designed to--
            ``(1) establish an interdisciplinary global focus in the 
        undergraduate and graduate curricula of business, science, 
        technology, engineering, and other professional education and 
        technical training programs to be determined by the Secretary 
        based on national needs;
            ``(2) produce graduates with proficiencies in both the 
        global aspects of their professional education or technical 
        training fields and international, cross-cultural, and foreign 
        language skills; and
            ``(3) provide appropriate services to or partnerships with 
        the corporate, government, and nonprofit communities in order 
        to expand knowledge and capacity for global engagement and 
        competitiveness and provide internship or employment 
        opportunities for students and graduates with international 
        skills.
    ``(c) Mandatory Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a 
grant under this section shall use the grant to carry out the 
following:
            ``(1) With respect to undergraduate or graduate 
        professional education and technical training curricula, 
        incorporating--
                    ``(A) foreign language programs that lead to 
                proficiency, including immersion opportunities;
                    ``(B) international, area, or global studies 
                programs;
                    ``(C) education, internships, or other innovative 
                or technological linkages abroad; and
                    ``(D) global business, economic, and trade studies, 
                where appropriate.
            ``(2) Innovating and improving international, global, and 
        foreign language education curricula to serve the needs of 
        business and other professional and nonprofit communities, 
        including development of new programs for nontraditional, mid-
        career, or part-time students.
            ``(3) Establishing education or internship abroad programs, 
        domestic globally focused internships, or other innovative 
        approaches to enable undergraduate or graduate students in 
        professional education or technical training to develop foreign 
        language skills and knowledge of foreign cultures, societies, 
        and global dimensions of their professional fields.
            ``(4) Developing collaborations between institutions of 
        higher education and corporations or nonprofit organizations in 
        order to strengthen engagement and competitiveness in global 
        business, trade, or other global professional activities.
    ``(d) Discretionary Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a 
grant under this section may use the grant to carry out the following:
            ``(1) Developing specialized teaching materials and 
        courses, including foreign language and area or global studies 
        materials, and innovative technological delivery systems 
        appropriate for professionally oriented students.
            ``(2) Establishing student fellowships or other innovative 
        support opportunities, including for underrepresented 
        populations, first generation college students (defined in 
        section 402A(h)), and heritage learners, for education and 
        training in global professional development activities.
            ``(3) Developing opportunities or fellowships for faculty 
        or junior faculty of professional education or technical 
        training (including the faculty of minority-serving 
        institutions or community colleges) to acquire or strengthen 
        international and global skills and perspectives.
            ``(4) Creating institutes that take place over academic 
        breaks, like the summer, including through technological means, 
        and cover foreign language, world area, global, or other 
        international studies in learning areas of global business, 
        science, technology, engineering, or other professional 
        education and training fields.
            ``(5) Internationalizing curricula at minority-serving 
        institutions or community colleges to further the purposes of 
        this section.
            ``(6) Establishing international linkages or partnerships 
        with institutions of higher education, corporations, or 
        organizations that contribute to the objectives of this 
        section.
            ``(7) Developing programs to inform the public of 
        increasing global interdependence in professional education and 
        technical training fields.
            ``(8) Establishing trade education programs through 
        agreements with regional, national, global, bilateral, or 
        multilateral trade centers, councils, or associations.
    ``(e) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and including such information as the Secretary may 
reasonably require, including assurances that--
            ``(1) each proposed project have reasonable and 
        demonstrable plans for sustainability and replicability upon 
        completion of the project;
            ``(2) the institution of higher education will use the 
        assistance provided under this section to supplement and not 
        supplant activities conducted by institutions of higher 
        education described in (b);
            ``(3) in the case of eligible entities that are consortia 
        of institutions of higher education, or partnership described 
        in subsection (g)(1)(C), a copy of their partnership agreement 
        that demonstrates compliance with subsection (b) will be 
        provided to the Secretary;
            ``(4) the activities funded by the grant will reflect 
        diverse perspectives and a wide range of views of world regions 
        and international affairs where applicable; and
            ``(5) if applicable, a demonstration of why the eligible 
        entity needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement 
        under subsection (f).
    ``(f) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for 
        carrying out a program supported by a grant under this section 
        shall be not more than 50 percent.
            ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal 
        share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash, 
        from institutional and non-institutional funds, including 
        contributions from State and private sector corporations, 
        nonprofits, or foundations.
            ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the 
        share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                    ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are 
                community colleges; or
                    ``(B) have submitted a grant application as 
                required by subsection (e) that demonstrates a need for 
                such a waiver or reduction.
    ``(g) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) an institution of higher education;
                    ``(B) a consortia of such institutions; or
                    ``(C) a partnership between--
                            ``(i) an institution of higher education or 
                        a consortia of such institutions; and
                            ``(ii) at least one corporate or nonprofit 
                        entity.
            ``(2) Professional education and technical training.--The 
        term `professional education and technical training' means a 
        program at an institution of higher education that offers 
        undergraduate, graduate, or postgraduate level education in a 
        professional or technical field that is determined by the 
        Secretary as meeting a national need for global or 
        international competency (which may include business, science, 
        technology, engineering, law, health, energy, environment, 
        agriculture, transportation, or education).
    ``(h) Funding Rule.--Notwithstanding any other provision of this 
title, funds made available to the Secretary for a fiscal year may not 
be obligated or expended to carry out this section unless the funds 
appropriated for such fiscal year to carry out this title exceeds 
$65,103,000.''.
    (c) Discontinuation of Certain Authorizations of Appropriations.--
Part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130 et seq.) is 
further amended by striking section 614.

SEC. 6003. REPEAL OF ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FOR INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL 
              PUBLIC POLICY.

    Part C of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1131 et seq.) is repealed.

SEC. 6004. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    (a) Definitions.--Section 631(a) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (9), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting a semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(11) the term `community college' has the meaning given 
        the term `junior or community college' in section 312(f); and
            ``(12) the term `minority-serving institution' means an 
        institution of higher education that is eligible to receive a 
        grant under part A or B of title III or title V.''.
    (b) Minority-Serving Institutions.--Part D of title VI of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by striking section 637;
            (2) by redesignating section 638 as section 637; and
            (3) by inserting after section 637, as so redesignated, the 
        following:

``SEC. 638. PRIORITY TO MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) Priority.--In seeking applications and awarding grants under 
this title, the Secretary, may give priority to--
            ``(1) minority-serving institutions; or
            ``(2) institutions of higher education that apply for such 
        grants that propose significant and sustained collaborative 
        activities with one or more minority-serving institutions.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to minority-serving institutions to ensure maximum 
distribution of grants to eligible minority-serving institutions and 
among each category of such institutions.''.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Part D of title VI of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following new section:

``SEC. 639. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to subsection (b), there are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this title $125,000,000 for fiscal year 
2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Adjustment for Inflation.--
            ``(1) In general.--The amount authorized to be appropriated 
        under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020 and each of the 4 
        succeeding fiscal years shall be deemed increased by a 
        percentage equal to the annual adjustment percentage.
            ``(2) Definition.--In this subsection, the term `annual 
        adjustment percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the 
        estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as 
        determined by the Secretary, using the definition in section 
        478(f)) for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the 
        beginning of that fiscal year.''.

       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

SEC. 7001. GRADUATE EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    (a) HBCU.--Section 723 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1136a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(S) Each institution not listed under 
                subparagraphs (A) through (R) that is eligible to 
                receive funds under part B of title III and that offers 
                a qualified masters degree program.'';
            (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 724'' and inserting 
        ``724, or 727.''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                    (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of 
                $9,000,000'' and inserting ``after the application of 
                paragraph (2), the remaining amount''; and
                    (B) by striking ``(R)'' and inserting ``(S)''.
    (b) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 724 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1136b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(F) Each institution not listed in subparagraphs 
                (A) through (E) that is eligible to receive funds under 
                section 318 and that offers a qualified masters degree 
                program.'';
            (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 724'' and inserting 
        ``724, or 727.''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                    (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of 
                $2,500,000'' and inserting ``after the application of 
                paragraph (2), any remaining amount''; and
                    (B) by striking ``(E)'' and inserting ``(F)''.
    (c) Enhancing Support for Asian American and Native American 
Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions.--
            (1) Graduate opportunities.--Part A of title VII of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1134 et seq.) is 
        amended--
                    (A) in section 731--
                            (i) by striking ``1 through 4'' each place 
                        it appears and inserting ``1 through 5''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``subpart 1, 2, 3, or 4'' 
                        and inserting ``subparts 1 through 5'';
                    (B) by redesignating subpart 5 as subpart 6; and
                    (C) by inserting after subpart 4 the following:

   ``Subpart 5--Graduate Opportunities at Asian American and Native 
             American Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions

``SEC. 726. PURPOSES.

    ``The purposes of this subpart are--
            ``(1) to expand postbaccalaureate educational opportunities 
        for, and improve the academic attainment of, Asian American and 
        Native American Pacific Islander students; and
            ``(2) to expand the postbaccalaureate academic offerings 
        and enhance the program quality in the institutions of higher 
        education that are educating large numbers of Asian American 
        and Native American Pacific Islander students and helping low-
        income students complete postsecondary degrees.

``SEC. 727. GRANT PROGRAM ESTABLISHED.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of funds 
appropriated to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall award 
grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the 
eligible institutions to carry out the activities described in section 
729.
    ``(b) Award of Grant Funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry out 
this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall reserve--
                    ``(A) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 729(b); and
                    ``(B) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 729(c); and
            ``(2) may use the amount of funds remaining after the 
        reservation required under paragraph (1) to award grants to 
        carry out the activities described in subsections (b) and (c) 
        of section 729.
    ``(c) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded for a 
period not to exceed five years.
    ``(d) Limitation on Number of Awards.--The Secretary may not award 
more than one grant under this subpart in any fiscal year to any Asian 
American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions.

``SEC. 728. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant 
under this subpart by submitting an application to the Secretary at 
such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such 
application shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to 
improve postbaccalaureate education opportunities for Asian American 
and Native American Pacific Islander and low-income students.
    ``(b) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--No institution that 
is eligible for and receives an award under section 326, 512, 723, or 
724 for a fiscal year shall be eligible to apply for a grant, or 
receive grant funds, under this section for the same fiscal year.

``SEC. 729. USE OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use such funds to carry out--
                    ``(A) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (b); or
                    ``(B) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (c).
            ``(2) Requirement.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart may not use such funds for activities 
        under both subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) Graduate Program Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities 
promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for Asian American and Native 
American Pacific Islander students:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students 
        including outreach, academic support services and mentoring, 
        scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to 
        permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
        certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
            ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and 
        postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
            ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 728 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.
    ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities for 
faculty development:
            ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to 
        pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at Asian 
        American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving 
        institutions.
            ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career 
        and identifying opportunities.
            ``(4) Developing partnerships between Asian American and 
        Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions to 
        facilitate connections between graduate students and hiring 
        institutions.
            ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on 
        graduates from Asian American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institutions and other minority-serving 
        institutions.
            ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow Asian 
        American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving 
        institutions to make competitive offers to potential faculty, 
        including use of funds for student loan repayment.
            ``(7) Research support for early career faculty.
            ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 728 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.

``SEC. 730. ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION DEFINED.

    ``For the purposes of this subpart, an `eligible institution' means 
an institution of higher education that--
            ``(1) is an Asian-American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320); and
            ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or 
        postbaccalaureate degree granting program.

``SEC. 730A. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$30,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 9 succeeding fiscal 
years.''.

SEC. 7002. MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS INNOVATION FUND.

    Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et 
seq.) is amended by inserting after part B the following:

     ``PART C--FUNDING INNOVATIONS AT MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS

``SEC. 751. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this part to assist minority-serving 
institutions in planning, developing, implementing, validating, and 
replicating innovations that provide solutions to persistent challenges 
in enabling economically and educationally disadvantaged students to 
enroll in, persist through, and graduate from college, including 
innovations designed to--
            ``(1) improve student achievement at minority-serving 
        institutions;
            ``(2) increase the successful recruitment at minority-
        serving institutions of--
                    ``(A) students from low-income families of all 
                races;
                    ``(B) adults; and
                    ``(C) military-affiliated students;
            ``(3) increase the rate at which students enrolled in 
        minority-serving institutions make adequate or accelerated 
        progress toward graduation, and successfully graduate from such 
        institutions;
            ``(4) increase the number of students pursuing and 
        completing degrees in science, technology, engineering, and 
        mathematics at minority-serving institutions and pursuing 
        graduate work in such fields, including through the 
        establishment of innovation ecosystems on the campuses of such 
        institutions;
            ``(5) redesign course offerings and other instructional 
        strategies at minority-serving institutions to improve student 
        outcomes and reduce postsecondary education costs;
            ``(6) enhance the quality and number of traditional and 
        alternative route teacher preparation programs offered by 
        minority-serving institutions;
            ``(7) expand the effective use of technology at minority-
        serving institutions; and
            ``(8) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes for 
        students enrolled in minority-serving institutions.

``SEC. 752. DEFINITION.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) a minority-serving institution; or
                    ``(B) a consortium of a minority-serving 
                institution and--
                            ``(i) one or more other institutions of 
                        higher education;
                            ``(ii) a private nonprofit organization;
                            ``(iii) a local educational agency; or
                            ``(iv) any combination of the entities 
                        described in clauses (i) through (iii).
            ``(2) Minority serving institution.--The term `minority 
        serving institution' means an institution of higher education 
        described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of 
        section 371(a).

``SEC. 753. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

    ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b)(2), with 
the funds made available for this part under section 757, the Secretary 
shall make competitive planning and implementation grants, as described 
in subsections (b) and (c), to eligible entities to enable such 
entities to plan for the implementation of, in the case of a planning 
grant, and implement, in the case of an implementation grant, 
innovations described in section 751 and to support the planning, 
development, implementation, validation, scaling up, and replication of 
such innovations.
    ``(b) Planning Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
        with the funds made available under section 757 for a fiscal 
        year, the Secretary shall use not more than 5 percent or 
        $42,500,000 (whichever is greater) to award, on a competitive 
        basis, planning grants to enable eligible entities to plan, 
        design, and develop innovations described in section 751.
            ``(2) Sectors.--Planning grants shall be awarded to each 
        sector of a minority-serving institution in proportion to the 
        allocations made in subparagraphs (A) through (G) of section 
        757(1).
            ``(3) Duration.--A planning grant authorized under this 
        subsection shall be for the duration of 1 year.
            ``(4) Grant amounts.--Each planning grant authorized under 
        this subsection shall be in an amount that is not more than 
        $150,000.
    ``(c) Implementation Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--With funds made available for this part 
        under section 757, the Secretary shall award implementation 
        grants to enable eligible entities to further develop, pilot, 
        field-test, implement, document, validate, and, as applicable, 
        scale up and replicate, innovations described in section 751.
            ``(2) Duration.--An implementation grant authorized under 
        this subsection shall be for a duration of 5 years, except that 
        the Secretary may not continue providing funds under the grant 
        after year 3 of the grant period unless the eligible entity 
        demonstrates that the entity has achieved satisfactory progress 
        toward carrying out the educational innovations, activities, 
        and projects described in their application pursuant to section 
        754(d), as determined by the Secretary.
            ``(3) Grant amount.--Each implementation grant authorized 
        under this subsection shall be in an amount sufficient to 
        enable the eligible entity to achieve the purposes of its 
        proposed activities and projects, but shall not exceed 
        $10,000,000.
    ``(d) Special Rules for Consortiums.--
            ``(1) Fiscal agent.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In the case of an eligible 
                entity applying for a grant under this part as a 
                consortium, each member of the consortium shall agree 
                on 1 such member of such eligibility entity to serve as 
                a fiscal agent of such entity.
                    ``(B) Responsibilities.--The fiscal agent of an 
                eligible entity, as described in subparagraph (A), 
                shall act on behalf of such entity in performing the 
                financial duties of such entity under this part.
                    ``(C) Written agreement.--The agreement described 
                in subparagraph (A) shall be in writing and signed by 
                each member of the consortium.
            ``(2) Subgrants.--In the case of an eligible entity 
        applying for a grant under this part as a consortium, the 
        fiscal agent for such entity (as described in paragraph (1)) 
        may use the funds provided by the grant to make subgrants to 
        members of the consortium.

``SEC. 754. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--An eligible entity desiring to receive a grant 
under this part shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may reasonably require.
    ``(b) Consortium Entities.--An application under this section which 
is submitted by an eligible entity applying as a consortium shall 
include the written agreement described in section 753(d)(1)(C).
    ``(c) Planning Grants.--The Secretary shall ensure that the 
application requirements under this section for a planning grant 
authorized under section 753(b) include, in addition to the requirement 
in subsection (b) (if applicable), only those minimal requirements that 
are necessary to review the proposed process of an eligible entity for 
the planning, design, and development of one or more of the innovations 
described in section 751.
    ``(d) Implementation Grants.--An application under this section for 
an innovation grant authorized under section 753(c) shall include, in 
addition to the requirement under subsection (b) (if applicable), 
descriptions of--
            ``(1) each innovation described in section 751 that the 
        eligible entity would implement using the funds made available 
        by such grant, including, as applicable, a description of the 
        evidence base supporting such innovation;
            ``(2) how each such innovation will address the purpose of 
        this part, as described in section 751, and how each such 
        innovation will further the institutional or organizational 
        mission of the minority-serving institution that is part of the 
        eligible entity;
            ``(3) the specific activities that the eligible entity will 
        carry out with funds made available by such grant, including, 
        in the case of an eligible entity applying as a consortium, a 
        description of the activities that each member of the 
        consortium will carry out and a description of the capacity of 
        each such member to carry out those activities;
            ``(4) the performance measures that the eligible entity 
        will use to track its progress in implementing each such 
        innovation, including a description of how the entity will 
        implement those performance measures and use information on 
        performance to make adjustments and improvements to its 
        implementation activities, as needed, over the course of the 
        grant period;
            ``(5) how the eligible entity will provide for an 
        independent evaluation of the implementation and impact of the 
        projects funded by such grant, including--
                    ``(A) an interim report (evaluating the progress 
                made in the first 3 years of the grant); and
                    ``(B) a final report (completed at the end of the 
                grant period); and
            ``(6) the plan of the eligible entity for continuing each 
        proposed innovation after the grant has ended.

``SEC. 755. PRIORITY.

    ``(a) Planning Grants.--In awarding planning grants under this 
part, the Secretary shall give priority to applications that were 
submitted in 2019, but did not receive a planning grant due to the 
circumstances described in section 753(b)(2).
    ``(b) Implementation Grants.--In awarding implementation grants 
under this part, the Secretary shall give--
            ``(1) first priority to applications for programs at 
        minority-serving institutions that have not previously received 
        an implementation grant under this part; and
            ``(2) second priority to applications that address issues 
        of major national need, including--
                    ``(A) educational innovations designed to increase 
                the rate of postsecondary degree attainment for 
                populations within minority groups that have low 
                relative rates of postsecondary degree attainment;
                    ``(B) innovative partnerships between minority-
                serving institutions and local educational agencies 
                that are designed to increase the enrollment and 
                successful completion of historically underrepresented 
                populations in higher education;
                    ``(C) educational innovations that support 
                developing programs and initiatives in minority-serving 
                institutions to enhance undergraduate and graduate 
                programs in science, technology, engineering, and 
                mathematics;
                    ``(D) innovative partnerships between minority-
                serving institutions and other organizations to 
                establish innovation ecosystems in support of economic 
                development, entrepreneurship, and the 
                commercialization of technology supported by research 
                funded through this grant;
                    ``(E) educational innovations that enhance the 
                quality and number of traditional and alternative route 
                teacher preparation programs at minority-serving 
                institutions to enable teachers to be highly effective 
                in the classroom and to enable such programs to meet 
                the demands for diversity and accountability in teacher 
                education; and
                    ``(F) educational innovations that strengthen 
                postgraduate employment outcomes of minority-serving 
                institutions through the implementation of 
                comprehensive and strategic career pathways for 
                students.

``SEC. 756. USES OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Planning Grants.--An eligible entity receiving a planning 
grant under section 753(b) shall use funds made available by such grant 
to conduct an institutional planning process that includes--
            ``(1) an assessment of the needs of the minority-serving 
        institution;
            ``(2) research on educational innovations described in 
        section 751 that will meet the needs described in paragraph 
        (1);
            ``(3) the selection of one or more such educational 
        innovations for implementation;
            ``(4) an assessment of the capacity of the minority-serving 
        institution to implement such educational innovation; and
            ``(5) activities to further develop such capacity.
    ``(b) Implementation Grants.--An eligible entity receiving an 
implementation grant under section 753(c) shall use the funds made 
available by such grant to further develop, pilot, field-test, 
implement, document, validate, and, as applicable, scale up, and 
replicate innovations described in section 751, such as innovations 
designed to--
            ``(1) improve student achievement, such as through 
        activities designed to increase the number or percentage of 
        students who successfully complete developmental or remedial 
        coursework (which may be accomplished through the evidence-
        based redesign of such coursework) and pursue and succeed in 
        postsecondary studies;
            ``(2) improve and expand institutional recruitment, 
        postsecondary school awareness, and postsecondary school 
        preparation efforts targeting students, including high-
        achieving students from low-income families, such as through 
        activities undertaken in partnership with local educational 
        agencies and nonprofit organizations (including the 
        introduction of dual-enrollment programs and the implementation 
        of activities designed to enable more students to enter college 
        without the need for remediation);
            ``(3) increase the number of minority males who attain a 
        postsecondary degree, such as through evidence-based 
        interventions that integrate academic advising with social and 
        cultural supports and assistance with job placement;
            ``(4) increase the number or percentage of students who 
        make satisfactory or accelerated progress toward graduation 
        from postsecondary school and the number or percentage who 
        graduate from postsecondary school on time, such as through the 
        provision of comprehensive academic and nonacademic student 
        support services;
            ``(5) increase the number or percentage of students, 
        particularly students who are members of historically 
        underrepresented populations, who enroll in science, 
        technology, engineering, and mathematics courses, graduate with 
        degrees in such fields, and pursue advanced studies in such 
        fields;
            ``(6) develop partnerships between minority-serving 
        institutions and other organizations to establish innovation 
        ecosystems in support of economic development, 
        entrepreneurship, and the commercialization of technology 
        supported by funded research;
            ``(7) implement evidence-based improvements to courses, 
        particularly high-enrollment courses, to improve student 
        outcomes and reduce education costs for students, including 
        costs of remedial courses;
            ``(8) enhance the quality and number of traditional and 
        alternative route teacher and school leader preparation 
        programs at minority-serving institutions that enable graduates 
        to be profession-ready and highly effective in the classroom 
        and to enable such programs to meet the demands for diversity 
        and accountability in educator preparation;
            ``(9) expand the effective use of technology in higher 
        education, such as through collaboration between institutions 
        on implementing technology-enabled delivery models (including 
        hybrid models) or through the use of open educational resources 
        and digital content;
            ``(10) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes through 
        the implementation of comprehensive and strategic career 
        pathways for students, which may include aligning curricula 
        with workforce needs, experiential learning, integration of 
        career services, and developing partnerships with employers and 
        business organizations; and
            ``(11) provide a continuum of solutions by incorporating 
        activities that address multiple objectives described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (10).

``SEC. 757. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out activities 
under this part $850,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years, to be allocated as follows:
            ``(1) for institutions described in paragraph (1) of 
        section 371(a), $224,987,083;
            ``(2) for institutions described in paragraph (2) of 
        section 371(a), $214,446,428;
            ``(3) for institutions described in paragraph (3) of 
        section 371(a), $78,056,743;
            ``(4) for institutions described in paragraph (4) of 
        section 371(a), $20,662,079;
            ``(5) for institutions described in paragraph (5) of 
        section 371(a), $130,859,834;
            ``(6) for institutions described in paragraph (6) of 
        section 371(a), $122,305,533; and
            ``(7) for institutions described in paragraph (7) of 
        section 371(a), $58,682,300.''.

SEC. 7003. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 760 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 760. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Comprehensive transition and postsecondary program 
        for students with intellectual disabilities.--The term 
        `comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for 
        students with intellectual disabilities' means a program that 
        leads to a recognized educational credential or recognized 
        postsecondary credential issued by an institution of higher 
        education that meets each of the following requirements:
                    ``(A) Is offered by an institution of higher 
                education.
                    ``(B) Is designed to support students with 
                intellectual disabilities who are seeking to continue 
                academic, career and technical, or independent living 
                instruction at an institution of higher education in 
                order to prepare for competitive integrated employment.
                    ``(C) Includes student advising and a program of 
                study.
                    ``(D) Requires students with intellectual 
                disabilities to participate on not less than a half-
                time basis as determined by the institution, with such 
                participation focusing on academic and career 
                development components and occurring through 1 or more 
                of the following activities:
                            ``(i) Regular enrollment in credit-bearing 
                        courses with students without disabilities that 
                        are offered by the institution.
                            ``(ii) Auditing or participating in courses 
                        with students without disabilities that are 
                        offered by the institution and for which the 
                        student does not receive regular academic 
                        credit.
                            ``(iii) Enrollment in noncredit-bearing, 
                        nondegree courses with students without 
                        disabilities.
                            ``(iv) Participation in internships, 
                        apprenticeships, or work-based experiences in 
                        competitive integrated settings for a semester, 
                        or multiple semesters.
                    ``(E) Requires students with intellectual 
                disabilities to be socially and academically integrated 
                with students without disabilities to the maximum 
                extent practicable.
            ``(2) Disability.--The term `disability' has the meaning 
        given such term in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities 
        Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12102).
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given such 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Office of accessibility.--The term `Office of 
        Accessibility' has the meaning given to the office of 
        disability services of the institution or equivalent office.
            ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
        Act (29 U.S.C. 3101).
            ``(6) Student with intellectual disability.--The term 
        `student with an intellectual disability' means a student--
                    ``(A)(i) with a cognitive impairment, characterized 
                by significant limitations in--
                            ``(I) intellectual and cognitive 
                        functioning; and
                            ``(II) adaptive behavior as expressed in 
                        conceptual, social, and practical adaptive 
                        skills; and
                    ``(ii) who is currently, or was formerly, eligible 
                for a free appropriate public education under the 
                Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 
                1400 et seq.); or
                    ``(B) in the case of a student who has not 
                currently or formerly been found eligible for a free 
                appropriate education under the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), or 
                a student who has not previously been found eligible as 
                a student with an intellectual disability under such 
                Act, documentation establishing that the student has an 
                intellectual disability, such as--
                            ``(i) a documented comprehensive and 
                        individualized psycho-educational evaluation 
                        and diagnosis of an intellectual disability by 
                        a psychologist or other qualified professional; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) a record of the disability from a 
                        local or State educational agency, or 
                        government agency, such as the Social Security 
                        Administration or a vocational rehabilitation 
                        agency, that identifies the intellectual 
                        disability.
            ``(7) Universal design for learning.--The term `universal 
        design for learning' means a scientifically valid framework for 
        guiding educational practice that--
                    ``(A) provides flexibility in the ways information 
                is presented, in the ways students respond or 
                demonstrate knowledge and skills, and in the ways 
                students are engaged; and
                    ``(B) reduces barriers in instruction, provides 
                appropriate accommodations, supports, and challenges 
                and maintains high achievement expectations for all 
                students, including students with disabilities and 
                students who are limited English proficient.''.

SEC. 7004. SUPPORTING POSTSECONDARY FACULTY, STAFF, AND ADMINISTRATORS 
              IN PROVIDING ACCESSIBLE EDUCATION.

    (a) Grants.--Section 762 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1140b) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 762. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

    ``(a) Competitive Grants Authorized To Support Postsecondary 
Faculty, Staff, and Administrators in Providing an Accessible 
Education.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        765C, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
        to institutions of higher education to enable the institutions 
        to carry out the activities under subsection (b).
            ``(2) Awards for professional development and technical 
        assistance.--Not less than 5 grants shall be awarded to 
        institutions of higher education that provide professional 
        development and technical assistance in order to improve access 
        to and completion of postsecondary education for students, 
        including students with disabilities.
    ``(b) Duration; Activities.--
            ``(1) Duration.--A grant under this subpart shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(2) Authorized activities.--A grant awarded under this 
        subpart shall be used to carry out one or more of the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Teaching methods and strategies.--The 
                development and implementation of training to provide 
                innovative, effective, and evidence-based teaching 
                methods and strategies, consistent with the principles 
                of universal design for learning, to provide 
                postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators with 
                the skills and supports necessary to teach and meet the 
                academic and programmatic needs of students (including 
                students with disabilities) in order to improve the 
                retention of such students in, and the completion by 
                such students of, postsecondary education. Such methods 
                and strategies may include in-service training, 
                professional development, customized and general 
                technical assistance, workshops, summer institutes, 
                distance learning, and training in the use of assistive 
                and educational technology.
                    ``(B) Implementing accommodations.--The development 
                and implementation of training to provide postsecondary 
                faculty, staff, and administrators methods and 
                strategies of providing appropriate accommodations for 
                students with disabilities, including descriptions of 
                the legal obligations of the university to provide such 
                accommodations.
                    ``(C) Effective transition practices.--The 
                development and implementation of innovative, 
                effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and 
                strategies to provide postsecondary faculty, staff, and 
                administrators with the skills and supports necessary 
                to ensure the successful and smooth transition of 
                students with disabilities from secondary school to 
                postsecondary education. The teaching methods and 
                strategies may include supporting students in the 
                development of self-advocacy skills to improve 
                transition to, and completion of, postsecondary 
                education.
                    ``(D) Distance learning.--The development and 
                implementation of training to provide innovative, 
                effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and 
                strategies to enable postsecondary faculty, staff, and 
                administrators to provide accessible distance education 
                programs or classes that would enhance the access of 
                students (including students with disabilities) to 
                postsecondary education, including the use of 
                accessible curricula and electronic communication for 
                instruction and advising.
                    ``(E) Career pathway guidance.--The development and 
                implementation of effective and evidence-based teaching 
                methods and strategies to provide postsecondary 
                faculty, staff, and administrators with the ability to 
                advise students with disabilities with respect to their 
                chosen career pathway, which shall include--
                            ``(i) supporting internships, 
                        apprenticeships, or work-based learning 
                        opportunities;
                            ``(ii) counseling on coursework to meet the 
                        recognized educational credential or recognized 
                        postsecondary credential appropriate for the 
                        field chosen;
                            ``(iii) developing self-advocacy skills to 
                        advocate for appropriate accommodations once in 
                        the workplace; or
                            ``(iv) supporting the student in selecting 
                        a career pathway that leads to competitive, 
                        integrated employment.
            ``(3) Mandatory evaluation and dissemination.--An 
        institution of higher education awarded a grant under this 
        subpart shall evaluate and disseminate to other institutions of 
        higher education the information obtained through the 
        activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of 
        paragraph (2).
    ``(c) Considerations in Making Awards.--In awarding grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under this subpart, the Secretary 
shall consider the following:
            ``(1) Geographic distribution.--Providing an equitable 
        geographic distribution of such awards.
            ``(2) Rural and urban areas.--Distributing such awards to 
        urban and rural areas.
            ``(3) Range and type of institution.--Ensuring that the 
        activities to be assisted are developed for a range of types 
        and sizes of institutions of higher education.
    ``(d) Reports.--
            ``(1) Initial report.--Not later than one year after the 
        date of enactment of the this Act, the Secretary shall prepare 
        and submit to the authorizing committees, and make available to 
        the public, a report on all projects awarded grants under this 
        part, including a review of the activities and program 
        performance of such projects based on existing information as 
        of the date of the report.
            ``(2) Subsequent report.--Not later than five years after 
        the date of the first award of a grant under this subpart after 
        the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall 
        prepare and submit to the authorizing committees, and make 
        available to the public, a report that--
                    ``(A) reviews the activities and program 
                performance of the projects authorized under this 
                subpart; and
                    ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
                effective projects can be replicated.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2020 
                and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal 
                year, means the estimated percentage change in the 
                Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, 
                using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                recent calendar year ending before the beginning of 
                that fiscal year.''.
    (b) Applications.--Section 763 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1140c) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 763. APPLICATIONS.

    ``Each institution of higher education desiring to receive a grant 
under this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
Secretary may require. Each application shall include--
            ``(1) a description of the activities authorized under this 
        subpart that the institution proposes to carry out, and how 
        such institution plans to conduct such activities in order to 
        further the purpose of this subpart;
            ``(2) a description of how the institution consulted with a 
        broad range of people, including individuals with expertise in 
        disability supports or special education, within the 
        institution to develop activities for which assistance is 
        sought;
            ``(3) a description of how the institution will coordinate 
        and collaborate with the office of accessibility; and
            ``(4) a description of the extent to which the institution 
        will work to replicate the research-based and best practices of 
        institutions of higher education with demonstrated 
        effectiveness in serving students with disabilities.''.

SEC. 7005. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

    Subpart 1 of part D of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1440a et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating section 765 as section 765C;
            (2) by inserting after section 764 the following:

``SEC. 765A. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

    ``(a) Establishment.--Each institution of higher education shall 
establish an office of accessibility to develop and implement policies 
to support students who enter postsecondary education with disabilities 
and students who acquire a disability while enrolled in an institution 
of higher education.
    ``(b) Duties.--Each office of accessibility shall--
            ``(1) inform students, during student orientation, about 
        services provided at the institution of higher education, and 
        continually update such information through the accessibility 
        office's website and other communications to improve 
        accessibility of such services;
            ``(2) provide information to students regarding 
        accommodations and modifications provided by the institution of 
        higher education with respect to internships, practicums, work-
        based learning, apprenticeships, or other work-related 
        environments that--
                    ``(A) the student may engage in through courses; or
                    ``(B) are necessary for completion of a recognized 
                educational credential or recognized postsecondary 
                credential;
            ``(3) provide information to students regarding their legal 
        rights under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 
        U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 
        (29 U.S.C. 794); and
            ``(4) in order to provide appropriate accommodations to 
        students with disabilities, carry out the following:
                    ``(A) Adopt policies that, at a minimum, make any 
                of the following documentation submitted by a student 
                sufficient to establish that such student is an 
                individual with a disability:
                            ``(i) Documentation that the individual has 
                        had an individualized education program in 
                        accordance with section 614(d) of the 
                        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 
                        U.S.C. 1414(d)), including an individualized 
                        education program that may be not current or 
                        past-date on the date of the determination.
                            ``(ii) Documentation that the individual 
                        has had a plan prepared under section 504 of 
                        the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794).
                            ``(iii) A plan or record of service for the 
                        individual from a private school, a local 
                        educational agency, a State educational agency, 
                        or an institution of higher education provided 
                        in accordance with the Americans with 
                        Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et 
                        seq.).
                            ``(iv) A record or evaluation from a 
                        licensed professional finding that the 
                        individual has a disability.
                            ``(v) A plan or record of disability from 
                        another institution of higher education.
                            ``(vi) Documentation of a disability due to 
                        service in the uniformed services, as defined 
                        in section 484C(a).
                    ``(B) Adopt policies that are transparent and 
                explicit regarding the process by which the institution 
                determines eligibility for accommodations.
                    ``(C) Disseminate the information described in 
                subparagraph (B) to students, parents, and faculty--
                            ``(i) in an accessible format;
                            ``(ii) during student orientation; and
                            ``(iii) by making such information readily 
                        available on a public website of the 
                        institution.
                    ``(D) If applicable, provide accommodations to 
                students with mental health disabilities.

``SEC. 765B. COMPETITIVE GRANT FOR INNOVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        765C, the Secretary may award grants on a competitive basis to 
        institutions of higher education to enable the institutions to 
        carry out the activities described under subsection (c).
            ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this subpart shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(3) Consideration in making awards.--In awarding grants 
        under this subsection, the Secretary shall consider the 
        following:
                    ``(A) Providing an equitable geographic 
                distribution of such awards.
                    ``(B) Ensuring that the activities to be assisted 
                are developed for a range of types and sizes of 
                institutions of higher education.
    ``(b) Application.--Each institution of higher education desiring 
to receive a grant under this subsection shall submit an application to 
the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may require. Each application shall 
include--
            ``(1) a description of how the institution will carry out 
        the activities under this section;
            ``(2) a description of the consultation the institution has 
        had with a broad range of people within the institution, 
        including individuals with expertise in disability supports or 
        special education, in developing the information under 
        paragraph (1);
            ``(3) a plan for the sustainability of the program after 
        the end of the grant period; and
            ``(4) a written business plan for revenue and expenditures 
        to be provided to the Department under subsection (d).
    ``(c) Activities.--A grant awarded under this section shall be used 
to--
            ``(1) develop and implement across the institution of 
        higher education, a universal design for learning framework for 
        course design and instructional materials to improve campus-
        wide accessibility to instruction, materials, and the learning 
        environment; or
            ``(2) develop or improve distance education courses 
        consistent with the principles of universal design for learning 
        to improve accessibility of instruction and materials.
    ``(d) Reports.--
            ``(1) Grant recipient reports.--An institution of higher 
        education awarded a grant under this subpart shall evaluate and 
        disseminate to other institutions of higher education, the 
        information obtained through the activities described in 
        subsection (c).
            ``(2) Initial report by secretary.--Not later than one year 
        after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary 
        shall prepare and submit to the authorizing committees, and 
        make available to the public, a report on all projects awarded 
        grants under this part, including a review of the activities 
        and program performance of such projects based on existing 
        information as of the date of the report.
            ``(3) Final report by secretary.--Not later than 6 years 
        after the date of the first award of a grant under subsection 
        (a), the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
        committees, and make available to the public, a report that--
                    ``(A) reviews the activities and program 
                performance of the projects authorized under this 
                subsection; and
                    ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
                effective projects can be replicated.''; and
            (3) by amending section 765C, as so redesignated, to read 
        as follows:

``SEC. 765C. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to subsection (b), there are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out section 765B $10,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Adjustment for Inflation.--
            ``(1) In general.--The amount authorized to be appropriated 
        under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2020 and each of the 4 
        succeeding fiscal years shall be deemed increased by the annual 
        adjustment percentage.
            ``(2) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term `annual 
        adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal year, means the 
        estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as 
        determined by the Secretary, using the definition in section 
        478(f)) for the most recent calendar year ending before the 
        beginning of that fiscal year.''.

SEC. 7006. POSTSECONDARY PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL 
              DISABILITIES.

    (a) Purpose.--Section 766 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1140f) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 766. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this subpart to support inclusive programs 
that promote the successful transition of students with intellectual 
disabilities into higher education and the earning of a recognized 
educational credential or recognized postsecondary credential issued by 
the institution of higher education.''.
    (b) Programs for Students With Intellectual Disabilities.--Section 
767 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140g) is amended to 
read as follows:

``SEC. 767. INCLUSIVE HIGHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH 
              INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        769(a), the Secretary shall annually award grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to institutions of higher education (or 
        consortia of institutions of higher education), to enable the 
        institutions or consortia to create or expand high-quality, 
        inclusive higher education programs for students with 
        intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Administration.--The program under this section shall 
        be administered by the office in the Department that 
        administers other postsecondary education programs in 
        consultation with the Office of Special Education and 
        Rehabilitative Services of the Department of Education.
            ``(3) Duration of grants.--A grant under this section shall 
        be awarded for a period of 5 years.
    ``(b) Application.--An institution of higher education or a 
consortium desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(c) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall--
            ``(1) provide for an equitable geographic distribution of 
        such grants;
            ``(2) provide grant funds for inclusive higher education 
        programs for students with intellectual disabilities that will 
        serve areas that are underserved by programs of this type;
            ``(3) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for 
        students attending the institution, award grants only to such 
        institutions that integrate students with intellectual 
        disabilities into the housing offered to students without 
        disabilities or to institutions that provide such integrated 
        housing through providing supports to students directly or 
        through partnerships with other organizations;
            ``(4) provide grant funds to encourage involvement of 
        students attending institutions of higher education in the 
        fields of special education, general education, vocational 
        rehabilitation, assistive technology, or related fields in the 
        program;
            ``(5) select applications that--
                    ``(A) demonstrate an existing comprehensive 
                transition and postsecondary education program for 
                students with intellectual disabilities that is title 
                IV eligible; or
                    ``(B) agree to establish such a program; and
            ``(6) give preference to applications submitted under 
        subsection (b) that agree to incorporate into the inclusive 
        higher education program for students with intellectual 
        disabilities carried out under the grant one or more of the 
        following elements:
                    ``(A) The formation of a partnership with any 
                relevant agency serving students with intellectual 
                disabilities, such as a vocational rehabilitation 
                agency.
                    ``(B) Applications that represent geographically 
                underserved States.
    ``(d) Use of Funds; Requirements.--An institution of higher 
education or consortium receiving a grant under this section shall--
            ``(1) use the grant funds to establish an inclusive higher 
        education program for students with intellectual disabilities 
        that--
                    ``(A) serves students with intellectual 
                disabilities;
                    ``(B) provides individual supports and services for 
                the academic and social inclusion of students with 
                intellectual disabilities in academic courses, 
                extracurricular activities, and other aspects of the 
                regular postsecondary program;
                    ``(C) with respect to the students with 
                intellectual disabilities participating in the program, 
                provides a focus on--
                            ``(i) academic and career development;
                            ``(ii) socialization and inclusion with the 
                        general student population;
                            ``(iii) independent living skills, 
                        including self-advocacy skills; and
                            ``(iv) integrated work experiences and 
                        career skills that lead to competitive 
                        integrated employment;
                    ``(D) integrates person-centered planning in the 
                development of the course of study for each student 
                with an intellectual disability participating in the 
                program;
                    ``(E) plans for the sustainability of the program 
                after the end of the grant period, with a written 
                business plan for revenue and expenditures to be 
                provided to the Department by the end of year 3; and
                    ``(F) awards a recognized educational credential or 
                recognized postsecondary credential for students with 
                intellectual disabilities upon the completion of the 
                program;
            ``(2) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for 
        students attending the institution or integrated housing 
        through providing supports to students directly or through 
        partnerships with other organizations, provide for the 
        integration of students with intellectual disabilities into 
        housing offered to students without disabilities;
            ``(3) participate with the coordinating center established 
        under section 777(b) in the evaluation of the program, 
        including by regularly submitting data on experiences and 
        outcomes of individual students participating in the program; 
        and
            ``(4) partner with one or more local educational agencies 
        to support students with intellectual disabilities 
        participating in the program who are eligible for special 
        education and related services under the Individuals with 
        Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), including 
        the use of funds available under part B of such Act (20 U.S.C. 
        1411 et seq.) to support the participation of such students in 
        the program.
    ``(e) Matching Requirement.--An institution of higher education (or 
consortium) that receives a grant under this section shall provide 
matching funds toward the cost of the inclusive higher education 
program for students with intellectual disabilities carried out under 
the grant. Such matching funds may be provided in cash or in-kind, and 
shall be in an amount of not less than 25 percent of the amount of such 
costs.
    ``(f) Data Collection and Transmission.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium receiving a 
        grant under this section shall collect and transmit to the 
        coordinating center established under section 777(b) on an 
        annual basis for each student who is enrolled in the program, 
        student-level information related to the experiences and 
        outcomes of students who participate in the inclusive higher 
        education program for students with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Longitudinal data.--Each grantee shall collect 
        longitudinal outcome data from each student participating in 
        the program and transmit such data to the coordinating center 
        established under section 777(b). Such longitudinal data shall 
        be collected for every student each year for 5 years after the 
        student graduates from, or otherwise exits, the program.
            ``(3) Data to be collected.--The program-level information 
        and data and student-level information and data to be collected 
        under this subsection shall include--
                    ``(A) the number and type of postsecondary 
                education courses taken and completed by the student;
                    ``(B) credits the student earned and whether or not 
                the student earned a recognized educational credential 
                or recognized postsecondary credential issued by the 
                institution of higher education;
                    ``(C) academic outcomes;
                    ``(D) competitive, integrated employment outcomes;
                    ``(E) independent living outcomes; and
                    ``(F) social outcomes.
    ``(g) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the first 
grant awarded under this section, the Secretary shall prepare and 
disseminate a report to the authorizing committees and to the public 
that--
            ``(1) reviews the activities of the inclusive higher 
        education programs for students with intellectual disabilities 
        funded under this section; and
            ``(2) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
        effective programs can be replicated.''.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 769(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140i) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
        $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2020 
                and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal 
                year, means the estimated percentage change in the 
                Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, 
                using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                recent calendar year ending before the beginning of 
                that fiscal year.''.

SEC. 7007. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND NATIONAL 
              COORDINATING CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH 
              INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    (a) In General.--Section 777 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1140q) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 777. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND COORDINATING 
              CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL 
              DISABILITIES.

    ``(a) National Technical Assistance Center.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        paragraph (5), the Secretary shall award a grant to, or enter 
        into a contract or cooperative agreement with, an eligible 
        entity to provide for the establishment and support of a 
        National Technical Assistance Center. The National Technical 
        Assistance Center shall carry out the duties set forth in 
        paragraph (4).
            ``(2) Administration.--The program under this section shall 
        be administered by the office in the Department that 
        administers other postsecondary education programs in 
        consultation with the Office of Special Education and 
        Rehabilitative Services.
            ``(3) Eligible entity.--In this subpart, the term `eligible 
        entity' means an institution of higher education, a nonprofit 
        organization, or partnership of two or more such institutions 
        or organizations, with demonstrated expertise in--
                    ``(A) transitioning students with disabilities from 
                secondary school to postsecondary education;
                    ``(B) supporting students with disabilities in 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) technical knowledge necessary for the 
                dissemination of information in accessible formats; and
                    ``(D) working with diverse types of institutions of 
                higher education, including community colleges.
            ``(4) Duties.--The duties of the National Technical 
        Assistance Center shall include the following:
                    ``(A) Assistance to students and families.--The 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall provide 
                information and technical assistance to students with 
                disabilities and the families of students with 
                disabilities to support students across the broad 
                spectrum of disabilities, including--
                            ``(i) information to assist individuals 
                        with disabilities who are prospective students 
                        of an institution of higher education in 
                        planning for postsecondary education while the 
                        students are in secondary school;
                            ``(ii) information and technical assistance 
                        provided to individualized education program 
                        teams (as defined in section 614(d)(1) of the 
                        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act) 
                        for secondary school students with 
                        disabilities, and to early outreach and student 
                        services programs, including programs 
                        authorized under subparts 2, 4, and 5 of part A 
                        of title IV, to support students across a broad 
                        spectrum of disabilities with the successful 
                        transition to postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) research-based supports, services, 
                        and accommodations which are available in 
                        postsecondary settings, including services 
                        provided by other agencies such as vocational 
                        rehabilitation;
                            ``(iv) information on student mentoring and 
                        networking opportunities for students with 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(v) effective recruitment and transition 
                        programs at postsecondary educational 
                        institutions.
                    ``(B) Assistance to institutions of higher 
                education.--The National Technical Assistance Center 
                shall provide information and technical assistance to 
                faculty, staff, and administrators of institutions of 
                higher education to improve the services provided to, 
                the accommodations for, the retention rates of, and the 
                completion rates of, students with disabilities in 
                higher education settings, which may include--
                            ``(i) collection and dissemination of best 
                        and promising practices and materials for 
                        accommodating and supporting students with 
                        disabilities, including practices and materials 
                        supported by the grants, contracts, or 
                        cooperative agreements authorized under 
                        subparts 1, 2, and 3;
                            ``(ii) development and provision of 
                        training modules for higher education faculty 
                        on exemplary practices for accommodating and 
                        supporting postsecondary students with 
                        disabilities across a range of academic fields, 
                        which may include universal design for learning 
                        and practices supported by the grants, 
                        contracts, or cooperative agreements authorized 
                        under subparts 1, 2, and 3; and
                            ``(iii) development of technology-based 
                        tutorials for higher education faculty and 
                        staff, including new faculty and graduate 
                        students, on best and promising practices 
                        related to support and retention of students 
                        with disabilities in postsecondary education.
                    ``(C) Information collection and dissemination.--
                The National Technical Assistance Center shall be 
                responsible for building, maintaining, and updating a 
                database of disability support services information 
                with respect to institutions of higher education, or 
                for expanding and updating an existing database of 
                disabilities support services information with respect 
                to institutions of higher education. Such database 
                shall be available to the general public through a 
                website built to high technical standards of 
                accessibility practicable for the broad spectrum of 
                individuals with disabilities. Such database and 
                website shall include available information on--
                            ``(i) disability documentation 
                        requirements;
                            ``(ii) support services available;
                            ``(iii) links to financial aid;
                            ``(iv) accommodations policies;
                            ``(v) accessible instructional materials;
                            ``(vi) other topics relevant to students 
                        with disabilities; and
                            ``(vii) the information in the report 
                        described in subparagraph (E).
                    ``(D) Disability support services.--The National 
                Technical Assistance Center shall work with 
                organizations and individuals with proven expertise 
                related to disability support services for 
                postsecondary students with disabilities to evaluate, 
                improve, and disseminate information related to the 
                delivery of high-quality disability support services at 
                institutions of higher education.
                    ``(E) Review and report.--Not later than three 
                years after the establishment of the National Technical 
                Assistance Center, and every two years thereafter, the 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall prepare and 
                disseminate a report to the Secretary and the 
                authorizing committees analyzing the condition of 
                postsecondary success for students with disabilities. 
                Such report shall include--
                            ``(i) a review of the activities and the 
                        effectiveness of the programs authorized under 
                        this part;
                            ``(ii) annual enrollment and graduation 
                        rates of students with disabilities in 
                        institutions of higher education from publicly 
                        reported data;
                            ``(iii) recommendations for effective 
                        postsecondary supports and services for 
                        students with disabilities, and how such 
                        supports and services may be widely implemented 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                            ``(iv) recommendations on reducing barriers 
                        to full participation for students with 
                        disabilities in higher education; and
                            ``(v) a description of strategies with a 
                        demonstrated record of effectiveness in 
                        improving the success of such students in 
                        postsecondary education.
                    ``(F) Staffing of the center.--In hiring employees 
                of the National Technical Assistance Center, the 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall consider the 
                expertise and experience of prospective employees in 
                providing training and technical assistance to 
                practitioners.
            ``(5) Authorization of appropriations.--There is authorized 
        to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $10,000,000.
    ``(b) The National Coordinating Center for Inclusion of Students 
With Intellectual Disabilities.--
            ``(1) Definition of eligible entity.--In this subsection, 
        the term `eligible entity' means an entity, or a partnership of 
        entities, that has demonstrated expertise in the fields of--
                    ``(A) higher education;
                    ``(B) the education of students with intellectual 
                disabilities;
                    ``(C) the development of inclusive higher education 
                programs for students with intellectual disabilities; 
                and
                    ``(D) evaluation and technical assistance.
            ``(2) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        paragraph (7), the Secretary shall enter into a cooperative 
        agreement, on a competitive basis, with an eligible entity for 
        the purpose of establishing a coordinating center for 
        institutions of higher education that offer inclusive higher 
        education programs for students with intellectual disabilities, 
        including institutions participating in grants authorized under 
        subpart 2, to provide technical assistance and evaluations for 
        such programs, including systematic collection of annual 
        student and program data and facilitation of outcomes data of 
        students with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(3) Administration.--The program under this subsection 
        shall be administered by the office in the Department that 
        administers other postsecondary education programs in 
        consultation with the Office of Special Education and 
        Rehabilitative Services.
            ``(4) Duration.--The Secretary shall enter into a 
        cooperative agreement under this subsection for a period of 
        five years.
            ``(5) Requirements of cooperative agreement.--The eligible 
        entity entering into a cooperative agreement under this 
        subsection shall establish and maintain a coordinating center 
        that shall--
                    ``(A) serve as the technical assistance entity for 
                all inclusive higher education programs and 
                comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for 
                students with intellectual disabilities;
                    ``(B) provide technical assistance regarding the 
                development, evaluation, and continuous improvement of 
                such programs;
                    ``(C) evaluate such programs using qualitative and 
                quantitative methodologies for measuring program 
                strengths in the areas of academic access, academic 
                enrichment, socialization, competitive integrated 
                employment, attainment of a recognized educational 
                credential or recognized postsecondary credential, and 
                independent living;
                    ``(D) create and maintain a database of student and 
                program level data reflecting implementation of the 
                inclusive higher education program that receives a 
                grant under this subpart;
                    ``(E) create and maintain a mechanism to 
                consolidate follow up data on student outcomes 
                collected by inclusive higher education programs funded 
                through previous grant cycles;
                    ``(F) assist recipients of grants under subpart 2 
                in efforts to award a recognized educational credential 
                or recognized postsecondary credential to students with 
                intellectual disabilities upon the completion of such 
                programs;
                    ``(G) identify model memoranda of agreement for use 
                between or among institutions of higher education and 
                State and local agencies providing funding for such 
                programs;
                    ``(H) develop recommendations for the necessary 
                components of such programs, such as--
                            ``(i) academic, career and technical, 
                        social, and independent living skills;
                            ``(ii) evaluation of student progress;
                            ``(iii) program administration and 
                        evaluation;
                            ``(iv) student eligibility;
                            ``(v) issues regarding the equivalency of a 
                        student's participation in such programs to 
                        semester, trimester, quarter, credit, or clock 
                        hours at an institution of higher education, as 
                        the case may be; and
                            ``(vi) access to student housing for 
                        students participating in the inclusive higher 
                        education programs, including accommodations 
                        and services that support independent living;
                    ``(I) review and analyze--
                            ``(i) policy impact of inclusive higher 
                        education on Federal and State legislation; and
                            ``(ii) funding streams for such programs;
                    ``(J) provide recommendations regarding the funding 
                streams described in subparagraph (H)(ii);
                    ``(K) develop mechanisms for regular communication, 
                outreach and dissemination of information about 
                inclusive higher education programs for students with 
                intellectual disabilities under subpart 2 between or 
                among such programs and to families and prospective 
                students;
                    ``(L) host a meeting of all recipients of grants 
                under subpart 2 not less often than once each year; and
                    ``(M) convene a work group to continue the 
                development of and recommendations for model criteria, 
                standards, and components of inclusive higher education 
                programs and comprehensive transition and postsecondary 
                programs for students with intellectual disabilities, 
                that are appropriate for the development of 
                accreditation standards--
                            ``(i) which work group shall include--
                                    ``(I) an expert in higher 
                                education;
                                    ``(II) an expert in special 
                                education;
                                    ``(III) a disability organization 
                                that represents students with 
                                intellectual disabilities;
                                    ``(IV) a representative from the 
                                National Advisory Committee on 
                                Institutional Quality and Integrity; 
                                and
                                    ``(V) a representative of a 
                                regional or national accreditation 
                                agency or association; and
                            ``(ii) the work group will carry out the 
                        following activities--
                                    ``(I) conduct outreach to 
                                accrediting agencies;
                                    ``(II) develop a technical guidance 
                                document to support implementation of 
                                the model standards;
                                    ``(III) develop and conduct a 
                                protocol for field testing and 
                                implementing the model standards; and
                                    ``(IV) update recommendations for 
                                the model standards, criteria, and 
                                components of such programs, as 
                                applicable.
            ``(6) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the 
        establishment of the coordinating center under this subsection, 
        the coordinating center shall report to the Secretary, the 
        authorizing committees, and the National Advisory Committee on 
        Institutional Quality and Integrity on the activities described 
        in paragraph (5).
            ``(7) Authorization of appropriations.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), 
                there are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
                this subsection $2,500,000 for fiscal year 2019 and 
                each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
                    ``(B) Adjustment for inflation.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The amount authorized to 
                        be appropriated under subparagraph (A) for 
                        fiscal year 2020 and each of the 4 succeeding 
                        fiscal years shall be deemed increased by the 
                        annual adjustment percentage.
                            ``(ii) Definition.--In this paragraph, the 
                        term `annual adjustment percentage', as applied 
                        to a fiscal year, means the estimated 
                        percentage change in the Consumer Price Index 
                        (as determined by the Secretary, using the 
                        definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                        recent calendar year ending before the 
                        beginning of that fiscal year.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 778 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140r) is repealed.

SEC. 7008. ACCESSIBLE INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY.

    Part D of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1140 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``Subpart 5--Accessible Instructional Materials and Technology

``SEC. 779. ACCESSIBLE INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY.

    ``(a) Establishment of Commission.--The Speaker of the House of 
Representatives, the President pro tempore of the Senate, and the 
Secretary of Education shall establish an independent commission, 
comprised of key stakeholders, to develop guidelines for accessible 
postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related 
technologies in order--
            ``(1) to ensure students with disabilities are afforded the 
        same educational benefits provided to students without 
        disabilities through the use of electronic instructional 
        materials and related technologies;
            ``(2) to improve the selection and use of such materials 
        and technologies at institutions of higher education; and
            ``(3) to encourage entities that produce such materials and 
        technologies to make accessible versions more readily available 
        in the market.
    ``(b) Review.--In carrying out subsection (a), the commission 
shall--
            ``(1) review applicable information technology 
        accessibility standards; and
            ``(2) compile and annotate such accessibility standards as 
        an additional information resource for institutions of higher 
        education and companies that service the higher education 
        market.
    ``(c) Membership.--
            ``(1) Stakeholder groups.--The commission shall be composed 
        of representatives from the following categories:
                    ``(A) Communities of persons with disabilities for 
                whom the accessibility of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials and related technologies is a 
                significant factor in ensuring equal participation in 
                higher education, and nonprofit organizations that 
                provide accessible electronic materials to these 
                communities.
                    ``(B) Higher education leadership, including 
                university presidents, provosts, deans, vice presidents 
                or deans of libraries, chief information officers, and 
                other senior institutional executives.
                    ``(C) Developers of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials and manufacturers of related 
                technologies.
            ``(2) Appointment of members.--The commission members shall 
        be appointed as follows:
                    ``(A) 6 members, 2 from each category described in 
                paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the Speaker of the 
                House of Representatives, 3 of whom shall be appointed 
                on the recommendation of the majority leader of the 
                House of Representatives and 3 of whom shall be 
                appointed on the recommendation of the minority leader 
                of the House of Representatives, with the Speaker 
                ensuring that 1 developer of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials and 1 manufacturer of related 
                technologies are appointed. The Speaker shall also 
                appoint 2 additional members, 1 student with a 
                disability and 1 faculty member from an institution of 
                higher education.
                    ``(B) 6 members, 2 from each category described in 
                paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the President pro 
                tempore of the Senate, 3 of whom shall be appointed on 
                the recommendation of the majority leader of the Senate 
                and 3 of whom shall be appointed on the recommendation 
                of the minority leader of the Senate, with the 
                President pro tempore ensuring that 1 developer of 
                postsecondary electronic instructional materials and 1 
                manufacturer of related technologies are appointed. The 
                President pro tempore shall also appoint 2 additional 
                members, 1 student with a disability and 1 faculty 
                member from an institution of higher education.
                    ``(C) 3 members, each of whom must possess 
                extensive, demonstrated technical expertise in the 
                development and implementation of accessible 
                postsecondary electronic instructional materials, shall 
                be appointed by the Secretary of Education. 1 of these 
                members shall represent postsecondary students with 
                disabilities, 1 shall represent higher education 
                leadership, and 1 shall represent developers of 
                postsecondary electronic instructional materials.
            ``(3) Eligibility to serve as a member.--Federal employees 
        are ineligible for appointment to the commission. An appointee 
        to a volunteer or advisory position with a Federal agency or 
        related advisory body may be appointed to the commission so 
        long as his or her primary employment is with a non-Federal 
        entity and he or she is not otherwise engaged in financially 
        compensated work on behalf of the Federal Government, exclusive 
        of any standard expense reimbursement or grant-funded 
        activities.
    ``(d) Authority and Administration.--
            ``(1) Authority.--The commission's execution of its duties 
        shall be independent of the Secretary of Education, the 
        Attorney General, and the head of any other agency or 
        department of the Federal Government with regulatory or 
        standard setting authority in the areas addressed by the 
        commission.
            ``(2) Administration.--
                    ``(A) Staffing.--There shall be no permanent 
                staffing for the commission.
                    ``(B) Leadership.--Commission members shall elect a 
                chairperson from among the appointees to the 
                commission.
                    ``(C) Administrative support.--The Commission shall 
                be provided administrative support, as needed, by the 
                Secretary of Education through the Office of 
                Postsecondary Education of the Department of Education.
    ``(e) Duties.--
            ``(1) Guidelines.--Not later than 18 months after the date 
        of enactment of this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that 
        it may exercise at its discretion, the commission shall--
                    ``(A) develop and issue guidelines for accessible 
                postsecondary electronic instructional materials, and 
                related technologies; and
                    ``(B) in developing the guidelines, the commission 
                shall--
                            ``(i) establish a technical panel pursuant 
                        to paragraph (4) to support the commission in 
                        developing the guidelines;
                            ``(ii) develop criteria for determining 
                        which materials and technologies constitute 
                        postsecondary electronic instructional 
                        materials and related technologies;
                            ``(iii) identify existing national and 
                        international accessibility standards that are 
                        relevant to student use of postsecondary 
                        electronic instructional materials and related 
                        technologies at institutions of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iv) identify and address any unique 
                        pedagogical and accessibility requirements of 
                        postsecondary electronic instructional 
                        materials and related technologies that are not 
                        addressed, or not adequately addressed, by the 
                        identified, relevant existing accessibility 
                        standards;
                            ``(v) identify those aspects of 
                        accessibility, and types of postsecondary 
                        instructional materials and related 
                        technologies, for which the commission cannot 
                        produce guidelines or which cannot be addressed 
                        by existing accessibility standards due to--
                                    ``(I) inherent limitations of 
                                commercially available technologies; or
                                    ``(II) the challenges posed by a 
                                specific category of disability that 
                                covers a wide spectrum of impairments 
                                and capabilities which makes it 
                                difficult to assess the benefits from 
                                particular guidelines on a categorical 
                                basis;
                            ``(vi) ensure that the guidelines are 
                        consistent with the requirements of section 504 
                        of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                        794) and titles II and III of the Americans 
                        with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131 et seq.; 
                        42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.);
                            ``(vii) ensure that the guidelines are 
                        consistent, to the extent feasible and 
                        appropriate, with the technical and functional 
                        performance criteria included in the national 
                        and international accessibility standards 
                        identified by the commission as relevant to 
                        student use of postsecondary electronic 
                        instructional materials and related 
                        technologies;
                            ``(viii) allow for the use of an 
                        alternative design or technology that results 
                        in substantially equivalent or greater 
                        accessibility and usability by individuals with 
                        disabilities than would be provided by 
                        compliance with the guidelines; and
                            ``(ix) provide that where electronic 
                        instructional materials, or related 
                        technologies, that comply fully with the 
                        guidelines are not commercially available, or 
                        where such compliance is not technically 
                        feasible, the institution may select the 
                        product that best meets the guidelines 
                        consistent with the institution's business and 
                        pedagogical needs.
            ``(2) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
        Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of 
        this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that it may exercise 
        at its discretion, the commission established in section 2 
        shall, with the assistance of the technical panel established 
        under paragraph (4), develop and issue an annotated list of 
        information technology standards.
            ``(3) Approval.--Issuance of the guidelines and annotated 
        list of information technology standards shall require approval 
        of at least 75 percent of the members of the commission.
            ``(4) Technical panel.--Not later than 1 month after first 
        meeting, the Commission shall appoint and convene a panel of 12 
        technical experts, each of whom shall have extensive, 
        demonstrated technical experience in developing, researching, 
        or implementing accessible postsecondary electronic 
        instructional materials, or related technologies. The 
        commission has discretion to determine a process for 
        nominating, vetting, and confirming a panel of experts that 
        fairly represents the stakeholder communities on the 
        commission. The technical panel shall include a representative 
        from the United States Access Board.
    ``(f) Review of Guidelines.--Not later than 5 years after issuance 
of the guidelines and annotated list of information technology 
standards described in subsections (a) and (b), and every 5 years 
thereafter, the Secretary of Education shall publish a notice in the 
Federal Register requesting public comment about whether there is a 
need to reconstitute the commission to update the guidelines and 
annotated list of information technology standards to reflect 
technological advances, changes in postsecondary electronic 
instructional materials and related technologies, or updated national 
and international accessibility standards. The Secretary shall then 
submit a report and recommendation to Congress regarding whether the 
Commission should be reconstituted.
    ``(g) Rule of Application.--
            ``(1) Nonconforming postsecondary electronic instructional 
        materials or related technologies.--Nothing in this section 
        shall be construed to require an institution of higher 
        education to require, provide, or both recommend and provide, 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials or related 
        technologies that conform to the guidelines. However, an 
        institution that selects or uses nonconforming postsecondary 
        electronic instructional materials or related technologies must 
        otherwise comply with existing obligations under section 504 of 
        the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and titles II 
        and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131 
        et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.) to provide access to the 
        educational benefit afforded by such materials and technologies 
        through provision of appropriate and reasonable modification, 
        accommodation, and auxiliary aids or services.
            ``(2) Relationship to existing laws and regulations.--With 
        respect to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 
        U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 
        U.S.C. 701 et seq.), nothing in this Act may be construed--
                    ``(A) to authorize or require conduct prohibited 
                under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and 
                the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, including the 
                regulations issued pursuant to those laws;
                    ``(B) to expand, limit, or alter the remedies or 
                defenses under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
                1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
                    ``(C) to supersede, restrict, or limit the 
                application of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
                1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; or
                    ``(D) to limit the authority of Federal agencies to 
                issue regulations pursuant to the Americans with 
                Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 
                1973.
    ``(h) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
        the term `annotated list of information technology standards' 
        means a list of existing national and international 
        accessibility standards relevant to student use of 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related 
        technologies, and to other types of information technology 
        common to institutions of higher education, such as 
        institutional websites or registration systems, annotated by 
        the commission established pursuant to this section. The 
        annotated list of information technology standards is intended 
        to serve solely as a reference tool to inform any consideration 
        of the relevance of such standards in higher education 
        contexts.
            ``(2) Postsecondary electronic instructional materials.--
        The term `postsecondary electronic instructional materials' 
        means digital curricular content that is required, provided, or 
        both recommended and provided by an institution of higher 
        education for use in a postsecondary instructional program.
            ``(3) Related technologies.--The term `related 
        technologies' refers to any software, applications, learning 
        management or content management systems, and hardware that an 
        institution of higher education requires, provides, or both 
        recommends and provides for student access to and use of 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials in a 
        postsecondary instructional program.
            ``(4) Technical panel.--The term `technical panel' means a 
        group of experts with extensive, demonstrated technical 
        experience in the development and implementation of 
        accessibility features for postsecondary electronic 
        instructional materials and related technologies, established 
        by the Commission pursuant to subsection (e)(4), which will 
        assist the commission in the development of the guidelines and 
        annotated list of information technology standards authorized 
        under this Act.''.

SEC. 7009. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE HIGHER EDUCATION 
              OPPORTUNITIES FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

    Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et 
seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following new part:

    ``PART F--GRANTS FOR IMPROVING ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS IN HIGHER 
             EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH

``SEC. 791. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Foster youth.--The term `foster youth'--
                    ``(A) means an individual whose care and placement 
                is the responsibility of the State or tribal agency 
                that administers a State or tribal plan under part B or 
                E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 
                et seq.; 670 et seq.), without regard to whether foster 
                care maintenance payments are made under section 472 of 
                such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of the individual; 
                and
                    ``(B) includes any individual--
                            ``(i) whose care and placement was the 
                        responsibility of such a State or tribal agency 
                        when, or at any time after, the individual 
                        attained 13 years of age, without regard to 
                        whether foster care maintenance payments were 
                        made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        672) on behalf of the individual; and
                            ``(ii) who is no longer under the care and 
                        responsibility of such a State or tribal 
                        agency, without regard to any subsequent 
                        adoption of the individual.
            ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the 
        meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a).
            ``(3) Indian tribe; tribal organization.--The terms `Indian 
        Tribe' and `tribal organization' have the meanings given the 
        terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and 
        Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450).
            ``(4) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(5) State.--The term `State' means each of the several 
        States and the District of Columbia.
            ``(6) Territory.--The term `territory' means Puerto Rico, 
        United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the 
        Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of 
        the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and 
        the Republic of Palau.

``SEC. 792. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS 
              IN HIGHER EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

    ``(a) Grant Program Established.--From the amount appropriated 
under subsection (h), the Secretary shall make allotments under 
subsection (b), to States having applications approved under subsection 
(c), to enable each State to--
            ``(1) carry out the Statewide transition initiative 
        described in subsection (d); and
            ``(2) make subgrants described in subsection (e).
    ``(b) Allocations.--
            ``(1) Formula.--
                    ``(A) Reservation for indian tribes and 
                territories.--
                            ``(i) In general.--From the amount 
                        appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal 
                        year and subject to clause (ii), the Secretary 
                        shall reserve--
                                    ``(I) not more than 3 percent for 
                                grants to Indian Tribes, consortia of 
                                Indian Tribes, or Tribal organizations; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) not more than 2 percent for 
                                grants to territories.
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--In awarding grants 
                        under this subparagraph, the Secretary--
                                    ``(I) shall not award a grant under 
                                subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i) for 
                                a fiscal year for which no Indian Tribe 
                                (or consortium of Indian Tribes) or 
                                Tribal organization, or territory, 
                                respectively, submits a satisfactory 
                                application for a grant under such 
                                subclause;
                                    ``(II) shall require that any 
                                Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal 
                                organization, or territory that 
                                receives a grant under this 
                                subparagraph provide an assurance of a 
                                partnership among relevant education, 
                                child welfare, and homeless agencies or 
                                organizations; and
                                    ``(III) may determine any other 
                                requirements with respect to such 
                                grants (including the allocation, 
                                application, and use of fund 
                                requirements), which to the extent 
                                possible, shall be consistent with the 
                                requirements for States under this 
                                part, except that appropriate 
                                adjustments shall be made based on the 
                                needs and size of populations served by 
                                the Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal 
                                organization, or territory applying for 
                                the grant.
                    ``(B) Reservation for department activities.--From 
                the amount appropriated under subsection (h) for a 
                fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve--
                            ``(i) not more than 7 percent to--
                                    ``(I) provide technical assistance, 
                                in consultation with Secretary of 
                                Health and Human Services, to States 
                                carrying out activities under this 
                                section; and
                                    ``(II) complete the evaluations 
                                required by subsection (g)(1); and
                            ``(ii) not more than 3 percent for 
                        administrative expenses.
                    ``(C) Allocations.--From the amount appropriated 
                under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and remaining 
                after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B), the Secretary shall allocate to each State 
                the greater of--
                            ``(i) $500,000; or
                            ``(ii) the amount that bears the same 
                        proportion to the remaining appropriated amount 
                        for such fiscal year as the number of foster 
                        youth and homeless youth in the State bears to 
                        the number of foster youth and homeless youth 
                        in all States.
                    ``(D) Ratable reduction.--If the amount 
                appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and 
                remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under 
                subparagraphs (A) and (B) is less than the amount 
                required to be allocated to States under subparagraph 
                (C), then the amount of the allocation to each State 
                shall be ratably reduced.
            ``(2) State reservation.--From the amounts awarded a State 
        under paragraph (1)(C) for a fiscal year, the State may reserve 
        not more than 5 percent for administrative expenses.
            ``(3) Temporary ineligibility for subsequent payments.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall determine a 
                State to be temporarily ineligible to receive a grant 
                payment under this subsection for a fiscal year if--
                            ``(i) the State fails to submit an annual 
                        report under subsection (f) for the preceding 
                        fiscal year; or
                            ``(ii) the Secretary determines, based on 
                        information in such annual report, that the 
                        State is not effectively--
                                    ``(I) meeting the outcomes 
                                described in the application of such 
                                State under subsection (c)(2)(C), and 
                                does not have a plan to improve the 
                                outcomes;
                                    ``(II) monitoring and evaluating 
                                the activities under subsections (d) 
                                and (e); or
                                    ``(III) using funds as required 
                                under subsections (d) and (e).
                    ``(B) Reinstatement.--If the Secretary determines 
                that a State is ineligible under subparagraph (A), the 
                Secretary may enter into an agreement with the State 
                setting forth the terms and conditions under which the 
                State may regain eligibility to receive payments under 
                this section.
    ``(c) Applications.--
            ``(1) In general.--For each fiscal year for which a State 
        desires an allotment under subsection (b), the State shall 
        submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
        manner, and containing the information described in paragraph 
        (2).
            ``(2) Information required.--An application submitted under 
        paragraph (1) shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A plan for how the State will carry out the 
                activities under subsections (d) and (e).
                    ``(B) A description of the State's capacity to 
                carry out such activities.
                    ``(C) A description of intended outcomes for such 
                activities.
                    ``(D) A plan for how the State will monitor and 
                evaluate such activities, including how the State will 
                use data to continually update and improve such 
                activities.
                    ``(E) A description of how students will be 
                identified and recruited for participation in the 
                Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d).
                    ``(F) An estimate of the number and characteristics 
                of the populations targeted for participation in the 
                Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d) 
                with attention to the diverse needs of homeless youth 
                and foster youth in the State.
                    ``(G) A description of how the State will 
                coordinate services provided under the grant with 
                services provided to foster youth and homeless youth 
                under the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
                U.S.C. 11301 et seq.), the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.), the 
                Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (42 U.S.C. 5701 et 
                seq.), and other services provided to foster youth and 
                homeless youth by the State.
                    ``(H) An assurance that the State will comply with 
                subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.).
                    ``(I) An assurance that the State will partner with 
                State educational agencies, local educational agencies, 
                institutions of higher education, State and local child 
                welfare authorities, and other relevant organizations 
                that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
                    ``(J) An assurance that the State will submit the 
                annual report required under subsection (f).
                    ``(K) A budgetary analysis of the use of funds 
                awarded under this section.
                    ``(L) Such other information as the Secretary may 
                require.
    ``(d) Statewide Transition Initiative.--
            ``(1) Use of funds.--Subject to subsection (b)(2), and in 
        consultation and coordination with the entities described in 
        paragraph (2) of this subsection, a State receiving a grant 
        award under this section shall use not less than 25 percent of 
        the funds to--
                    ``(A) provide intensive outreach and support to 
                foster youth and homeless youth to--
                            ``(i) improve the understanding and 
                        preparation of such youth for enrollment in 
                        institutions of higher education;
                            ``(ii) increase the number of applications 
                        to institutions of higher education submitted 
                        by such youth; and
                            ``(iii) increase the number of enrollments 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                    ``(B) provide education to foster youth and 
                homeless youth with respect to--
                            ``(i) the benefits and opportunities of 
                        postsecondary education;
                            ``(ii) planning for postsecondary 
                        education;
                            ``(iii) financial aid opportunities that 
                        assist youth with covering the cost of 
                        attendance of an institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iv) the Federal and State services and 
                        benefits available to foster youth and homeless 
                        youth while enrolled at an institution of 
                        higher education, including health and mental 
                        health services;
                            ``(v) career exploration; and
                            ``(vi) financial literacy training, 
                        including security from identity theft;
                    ``(C) assist foster youth and homeless youth with 
                submitting applications for--
                            ``(i) enrollment at an institution of 
                        higher education;
                            ``(ii) financial aid for such enrollment; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) scholarships available for such 
                        students, including under a State educational 
                        and training voucher program referred to in 
                        section 477(i) of the Social Security Act; and
                    ``(D) provide free programming, which may include 
                free transportation to and from such programming, for 
                foster youth and homeless youth to prepare such 
                individuals socially and academically for the rigors of 
                postsecondary education during the summer before such 
                individuals first attend an institution of higher 
                education.
            ``(2) Required consultation and coordination.--In carrying 
        out the activities described in paragraph (1), a State shall 
        consult and coordinate with State educational agencies, local 
        educational agencies, institutions of higher education, State 
        and local child welfare authorities, and other relevant 
        organizations that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
    ``(e) Subgrants To Create Institutions of Excellence.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to the subsection (b)(2), a 
        State receiving a grant under this section shall, acting 
        through the administering State agency, use not less than 70 
        percent of the funds to award, on a competitive basis, 
        subgrants to eligible institutions to enable such institutions 
        to become institutions of excellence by improving college 
        access, retention, and completion rates for foster and homeless 
        youth as described in paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Application.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution desiring 
                a subgrant under this subsection shall submit an 
                application to the State in which such eligible 
                institution is located, at such time, in such manner, 
                and containing such information as the State may 
                require.
                    ``(B) Technical assistance.--States shall provide 
                outreach and technical assistance to eligible 
                institutions with respect to applications for subgrants 
                under this subsection.
            ``(3) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subsection shall use the grant funds to carry 
        out the following activities with respect to homeless youth and 
        foster youth:
                    ``(A) Provide flexibility and assistance in 
                completing the application process to enroll at such 
                institution.
                    ``(B) Coordinate programs with relevant on- and 
                off-campus stakeholders to increase the enrollment of 
                such youth at the institution and align services at the 
                institution for such youth.
                    ``(C) Adjust the cost of attendance for such youth 
                at such eligible institution to include the cost of 
                housing during periods of non-enrollment.
                    ``(D) Provide institutional aid to such students to 
                meet the cost of attendance that is not covered by 
                other Federal or State educational grants.
                    ``(E) Provide outreach to such students to ensure 
                that such youth are aware of housing resources 
                available during periods of non-enrollment.
                    ``(F) Subsidize any fees for such students 
                associated with orientation and offer free 
                transportation to college orientation or move-in week.
                    ``(G) Hire and provide training for at least one 
                full-time staff at the eligible institution to serve as 
                a point of contact to provide case management services 
                and monthly face-to-face meetings with students who are 
                foster youth or homeless youth. Such individual shall 
                have an advanced degree and at least two years of 
                relevant experience.
                    ``(H) Establish or enhance campus support programs 
                to provide such students with a wide-range of on-campus 
                services including--
                            ``(i) assistance with financial aid;
                            ``(ii) career advice; and
                            ``(iii) leadership development.
                    ``(I) Ensure the availability of robust student 
                health services (physical and mental) that meet the 
                specific needs of foster youth and homeless youth.
                    ``(J) Establish or expand early alert systems to 
                identify and support such students who may be 
                struggling academically.
                    ``(K) Collect, review, and monitor data for program 
                improvement.
            ``(4) Reliance on institutional aid.--Any institutional aid 
        provided to a student under paragraph (3)(D) by an eligible 
        institution during the grant period of the institution's grant 
        under this section shall continue to be provided during the 
        student's continuous enrollment at the institution, without 
        regard to whether the grant period ends during such enrollment.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Administering state agency.--The term 
                `administering State agency' means a State agency--
                            ``(i) designated by the Governor or 
                        executive of the State to administer the 
                        subgrants under this subsection; and
                            ``(ii) that, with respect to such State, 
                        has jurisdiction over--
                                    ``(I) foster youth;
                                    ``(II) homeless youth;
                                    ``(III) elementary and secondary 
                                education; or
                                    ``(IV) higher education.
                    ``(B) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
                institution' means an institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) that is in partnership with--
                                    ``(I) the State child welfare 
                                agency that is responsible for the 
                                administration of the State plan under 
                                part B or E of title IV of the Social 
                                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.; 
                                670 et seq.); and
                                    ``(II) an organization that serves 
                                homeless youth (such as a youth shelter 
                                or outreach program); and
                            ``(ii) that may partner with any other 
                        provider, agency, official, or entity that 
                        serves foster youth and homeless youth, or 
                        former foster youth and homeless youth.
    ``(f) State Reports.--For each year in which a State receives an 
allotment under subsection (b), the State shall prepare and submit a 
report to the Secretary that includes--
            ``(1) each activity or service that was carried out under 
        this section;
            ``(2) the cost of providing each such activity or service;
            ``(3) the number of students who received each activity or 
        service disaggregated by race, as defined in section 153(a)(3) 
        of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 
        9543(a)(3)) and each subgroup of students described in 
        subclauses (II) through (VI) of section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
            ``(4) using qualitative and quantitative analysis, how the 
        State--
                    ``(A) improved access to higher education for 
                foster youth and homeless youth; and
                    ``(B) measured youth satisfaction with activities 
                carried out under this part;
            ``(5) an analysis of the implementation and progress of the 
        Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d), including 
        challenges and changes made to the initiative throughout the 
        preceding year;
            ``(6) if, based on the analysis under paragraph (5), the 
        State determines that the program is not on track to meet the 
        intended outcomes described in the application of the State 
        under subsection (c)(2)(C), a description of how the State 
        plans to meet such intended outcomes; and
            ``(7) information on the eligible institutions receiving 
        subgrants, including how such institutions used subgrant funds 
        to carry out the activities described in subsection (e)(3).
    ``(g) Department Activities.--
            ``(1) Evaluations.--Beginning on the date on which funds 
        are first allotted under subsection (b), and annually 
        thereafter, the Secretary shall evaluate recipients of 
        allotments and subgrants under this section. The results of 
        such evaluations shall be made publicly available on the 
        website of the Department.
            ``(2) Report to congress.--Not later than 1 year after the 
        date on which funds are first allocated under subsection (b), 
        and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to 
        Congress that includes--
                    ``(A) the amount of each allotment under subsection 
                (b);
                    ``(B) the amount of each subgrant under subsection 
                (e); and
                    ``(C) with respect to the year for which such 
                report is made, the results of the evaluations under 
                paragraph (1).
    ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part 
        $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2020 
                and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal 
                year, means the estimated percentage change in the 
                Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, 
                using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                recent calendar year ending before the beginning of 
                that fiscal year.''.

                    TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

SEC. 8001. TEACH FOR AMERICA.

    Subparagraph (C) of section 806(f)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1161f(f)(1)) is 
amended to read as follows:
                    ``(C) $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of 
                the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8002. PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

    Subsection (f) of section 807 (20 U.S.C. 1161g) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8003. IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS 
              EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE 
              HAWAIIAN STUDENTS.

    Subsection (i) of section 819 (20 U.S.C. 1161j) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8004. GRANTS FOR RURAL-SERVING INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Subsection (g) of section 861 (20 U.S.C. 1161q) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8005. TRAINING FOR REALTIME WRITERS TO PROVIDE CLOSED CAPTIONING 
              AND COURT REPORTING SERVICES.

    Section 872(e) (20 U.S.C. 1161s(e)) is amended by striking ``2009'' 
and inserting ``2019''.

SEC. 8006. GRANT PROGRAM TO ESTABLISH, MAINTAIN, AND IMPROVE VETERAN 
              STUDENT CENTERS.

    (a) In General.--Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by 
striking part T (20 U.S.C. 1161t) and inserting the following:

              ``PART T--GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS

``SEC. 873. GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--Subject to the availability of 
appropriations under subsection (i), the Secretary shall award grants 
to institutions of higher education or consortia of institutions of 
higher education to assist in the establishment, maintenance, 
improvement, and operation of Veteran Student Centers. The Secretary 
shall award not more than 30 grants in a fiscal year under this 
subsection.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--
            ``(1) Application.--An institution or consortium seeking a 
        grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary an 
        application at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Criteria.--The Secretary may award a grant under 
        subsection (a) to an institution or a consortium if the 
        institution or consortium meets each of the following criteria:
                    ``(A) The institution or consortium enrolls in 
                undergraduate or graduate courses--
                            ``(i) a significant number of veteran 
                        students, members of the Armed Forces serving 
                        on active duty, and members of a reserve 
                        component of the Armed Forces; or
                            ``(ii) a significant percentage of veteran 
                        students, as measured by comparing the overall 
                        enrollment of the institution or consortium to 
                        the number, for the most recent academic year 
                        for which data are available, of veteran 
                        students, members of the Armed Forces serving 
                        on active duty, and members of a reserve 
                        component of the Armed Forces who are enrolled 
                        in undergraduate or graduate courses at the 
                        institution or consortium.
                    ``(B) The institution or consortium presents a 
                sustainability plan to demonstrate that the Veteran 
                Student Center of such institution or consortium will 
                be maintained and will continue operations upon 
                conclusion of the grant period under subsection (a).
            ``(3) Additional criteria.--
                    ``(A) Mandatory considerations.--In awarding grants 
                under subsection (a), the Secretary shall consider 
                institutions or consortia representing a broad spectrum 
                of sectors and sizes, including institutions or 
                consortia from urban, suburban, and rural regions of 
                the United States.
                    ``(B) Discretionary criteria.--In awarding grants 
                under subsection (a), the Secretary may provide 
                consideration to institutions or consortia that meet 
                one or more of the following criteria:
                            ``(i) The institution or consortium is 
                        located in a region or community that has a 
                        significant population of veterans.
                            ``(ii) The institution or consortium 
                        carries out programs or activities that assist 
                        veterans in the local community and the spouses 
                        of veteran students.
                            ``(iii) The institution or consortium 
                        partners in its veteran-specific programming 
                        with nonprofit veteran service organizations, 
                        local workforce development organizations, or 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(iv) The institution or consortium 
                        commits to hiring staff at the Veteran Student 
                        Center that includes veterans (including 
                        veteran student volunteers and veteran students 
                        participating in a Federal work-study program 
                        under part C of title IV, a work-study program 
                        administered by the Secretary of Veteran 
                        Affairs, or a State work-study program).
                            ``(v) The institution or consortium commits 
                        to using a portion of the grant received under 
                        this section to develop and implement an early-
                        warning veteran student retention program 
                        designed to alert staff at the Veteran Student 
                        Center that a veteran student may be facing 
                        difficulties that could lead to the non-
                        completion of the course of study of such 
                        veteran.
                            ``(vi) The institution or consortium 
                        commits to providing mental health counseling 
                        to its veteran students and their spouses.
                            ``(vii) The institution or consortium 
                        carries out programs or activities that assist 
                        individuals pursuing a course of education 
                        using educational assistance under chapter 31 
                        of title 38, United States Code.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium that is 
        awarded a grant under subsection (a) shall use such grant to 
        establish, maintain, improve, or operate a Veteran Student 
        Center.
            ``(2) Other allowable uses.--An institution or consortium 
        receiving a grant under subsection (a) may use a portion of 
        such funds to carry out supportive instruction services for 
        student veterans, including--
                    ``(A) assistance with special admissions and 
                transfer of credit from previous postsecondary 
                education or experience; and
                    ``(B) any other support services the institution or 
                consortium determines to be necessary to ensure the 
                success of veterans on campus in achieving education 
                and career goals.
    ``(d) Amounts Awarded.--
            ``(1) Duration.--Each grant awarded under subsection (a) 
        shall be for a 4-year period.
            ``(2) Total amount of grant and schedule.--Each grant 
        awarded under subsection (a) may not exceed a total of 
        $500,000. The Secretary shall disburse to an institution or 
        consortium the amounts awarded under the grant in such amounts 
        and at such times during the grant period as the Secretary 
        determines appropriate.
    ``(e) Report.--From the amounts appropriated to carry out this 
section, and not later than 3 years after the date on which the first 
grant is awarded under subsection (a), the Secretary shall submit to 
Congress a report on the grant program established under subsection 
(a), including--
            ``(1) the number of grants awarded;
            ``(2) the institutions of higher education and consortia 
        that have received grants;
            ``(3) with respect to each such institution of higher 
        education and consortium--
                    ``(A) the amounts awarded;
                    ``(B) how such institution or consortium used such 
                amounts;
                    ``(C) a description of the students to whom 
                services were offered as a result of the award; and
                    ``(D) data enumerating whether the use of the 
                amounts awarded helped veteran students at the 
                institution or consortium toward completion of a 
                degree, certificate, or credential;
            ``(4) best practices for veteran student success, 
        identified by reviewing data provided by institutions and 
        consortia that received a grant under this section; and
            ``(5) a determination by the Secretary with respect to 
        whether the grant program under this section should be extended 
        or expanded.
    ``(f) Termination.--The authority of the Secretary to carry out the 
grant program established under subsection (a) shall terminate on the 
date that is 4 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded 
under subsection (a).
    ``(g) Department of Education Best Practices Website.--Subject to 
the availability of appropriations under subsection (i) and not later 
than 3 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded under 
subsection (a), the Secretary shall develop and implement a website for 
veteran student services at institutions of higher education, which 
details best practices for serving veteran students at institutions of 
higher education.
    ``(h) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(2) Veteran student center.--The term `Veteran Student 
        Center' means a dedicated space on a campus of an institution 
        of higher education that provides students who are veterans or 
        members of the Armed Forces with the following:
                    ``(A) A lounge or meeting space for such veteran 
                students, their spouses or partners, and veterans in 
                the community.
                    ``(B) A centralized office for veteran services 
                that--
                            ``(i) is a single point of contact to 
                        coordinate comprehensive support services for 
                        veteran students;
                            ``(ii) is staffed by trained employees and 
                        volunteers, which includes veterans and at 
                        least one full-time employee or volunteer who 
                        is trained as a veterans' benefits counselor;
                            ``(iii) provides veteran students with 
                        assistance relating to--
                                    ``(I) transitioning from the 
                                military to student life;
                                    ``(II) transitioning from the 
                                military to the civilian workforce;
                                    ``(III) networking with other 
                                veteran students and veterans in the 
                                community;
                                    ``(IV) understanding and obtaining 
                                benefits provided by the institution of 
                                higher education, Federal Government, 
                                and State for which such students may 
                                be eligible;
                                    ``(V) understanding how to succeed 
                                in the institution of higher education, 
                                including by understanding academic 
                                policies, the course selection process, 
                                and institutional policies and 
                                practices related to the transfer of 
                                academic credits; and
                                    ``(VI) understanding their 
                                disability-related rights and 
                                protections under the Americans with 
                                Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 
                                12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the 
                                Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                                794); and
                            ``(iv) provides comprehensive academic and 
                        tutoring services for veteran students, 
                        including peer-to-peer tutoring and academic 
                        mentorship.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this part $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Continuation of Awards.--An institution of higher education 
that received a grant under section 873 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) before the date of enactment of this Act, as 
such section 873 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) was in effect on the day before the 
date of enactment of this Act, shall continue to receive funds in 
accordance with the terms and conditions of such grant.

SEC. 8007. MODELING AND SIMULATION.

    Subsection (e) of section 891 (20 U.S.C. 1161v) is amended, in the 
matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the first sentence and 
inserting the following: ``There is authorized to be appropriated to 
carry out this section $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 
5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8008. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

    Section 894(f)(2)(C)(ii)(I) (20 U.S.C. 1161y(f)(2)(C)(ii)(I)) is 
amended by striking ``section 401(b)(2)(A)'' and inserting ``section 
401(b)(1)''.

SEC. 8009. MANDATORY FUNDING FOR MASTERS AND POSTBACCALAUREATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    (a) Masters Degree Programs.--Section 897 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa) is 
amended by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for each of 
the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``$13,500,000 for 
fiscal year 2019 and each succeeding fiscal year''.
    (b) Postbaccalaureate Programs.--Section 898 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa-1) 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``In addition'' and inserting ``(a) 
        Additional Appropriations for Part B of Title V.--In 
        addition'';
            (2) by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for 
        each of the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting 
        ``$21,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each succeeding fiscal 
        year''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(b) Additional Appropriations for Part A of Title VII.--In 
addition to any amounts appropriated under subpart 5 of part 4 of title 
VII, there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are 
appropriated, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise 
appropriated, $13,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years to carry out subpart 5 of part A of title 
VII.''.

SEC. 8010. FUNDS FOR ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES.

    Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by adding at the 
end the following:

            ``PART BB--ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES

``SEC. 899. AFFORDABLE COLLEGE TEXTBOOKS.

    ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Educational resource.--The term `educational 
        resource' means a print or digital educational material that 
        can be used in postsecondary instruction, including textbooks 
        and other written or audiovisual works.
            ``(2) Open educational resource.--The term `open 
        educational resource' means a print or digital educational 
        resource that either resides in the public domain or has been 
        released under an intellectual property license that permits 
        its free use, reuse, modification, and sharing with others.
            ``(3) Open textbook.--The term `open textbook' means an 
        open educational resource or set of open educational resources 
        that either is a textbook or can be used in place of a textbook 
        for a postsecondary course at an institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(4) Relevant faculty.--The term `relevant faculty' means 
        both tenure track and contingent faculty members who may be 
        involved in the creation of open educational resources or the 
        use of open educational resources created as part of the grant 
        application.
    ``(b) Grant Program.--
            ``(1) Grants authorized.--From the amounts appropriated 
        under paragraph (9), the Secretary shall make grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible entities to support projects 
        that expand the use of high-quality open textbooks in order to 
        achieve savings for students while improving instruction and 
        student learning outcomes.
            ``(2) Eligible entity.--In this section, the term `eligible 
        entity' means an institution of higher education or group of 
        institutions of higher education.
            ``(3) Applications.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring a 
                grant under this subsection, after consultation with 
                relevant faculty, shall submit an application to the 
                Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
                by such information as the Secretary may reasonably 
                require.
                    ``(B) Contents.--Each application submitted under 
                subparagraph (A) shall include a description of the 
                project to be completed with grant funds and--
                            ``(i) a plan for promoting and tracking the 
                        use of open textbooks in postsecondary courses 
                        offered by the eligible entity, including an 
                        estimate of the projected savings that will be 
                        achieved for students;
                            ``(ii) a plan for evaluating, before 
                        creating new open educational resources, 
                        whether existing open educational resources 
                        could be used or adapted for the same purpose;
                            ``(iii) a plan for quality review 
                        (including peer review) and review of accuracy 
                        of any open educational resources to be created 
                        or adapted through the grant;
                            ``(iv) a plan for assessing the impact of 
                        open textbooks on instruction and student 
                        learning outcomes at the eligible entity;
                            ``(v) a plan for review of accessibility of 
                        any open educational resources to be created or 
                        adapted through the grant;
                            ``(vi) a plan for disseminating information 
                        about the results of the project to 
                        institutions of higher education outside of the 
                        eligible entity, including promoting the 
                        adoption of any open textbooks created or 
                        adapted through the grant;
                            ``(vii) a statement on consultation with 
                        relevant faculty, including those engaged in 
                        the creation of open educational resources, in 
                        the development of the application; and
                            ``(viii) an assurance that open educational 
                        resources utilized, developed, or researched 
                        will be available in accessible formats, which 
                        may include braille, audio books, closed 
                        captioning, and audio descriptions.
            ``(4) Special consideration.--In awarding grants under this 
        section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to 
        applications that demonstrate the greatest potential to--
                    ``(A) achieve the highest level of savings for 
                students through sustainable expanded use of high-
                quality open textbooks in postsecondary courses offered 
                by the eligible entity;
                    ``(B) achieve improvements in student learning and 
                student outcomes;
                    ``(C) expand the use of open textbooks at 
                institutions of higher education outside of the 
                eligible entity; and
                    ``(D) produce--
                            ``(i) the highest quality and most 
                        accessible open textbooks;
                            ``(ii) open textbooks that can be most 
                        easily utilized and adapted by faculty members 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                            ``(iii) open textbooks that correspond to 
                        the highest enrollment courses at institutions 
                        of higher education;
                            ``(iv) open textbooks created or adapted in 
                        partnership with entities, including campus 
                        bookstores, that will assist in marketing and 
                        distribution of the open textbook; and
                            ``(v) open textbooks that conform with 
                        national accessibility standards.
            ``(5) Use of funds.--An eligible entity that receives a 
        grant under this section shall use the grant funds to carry out 
        the following activities to expand the use of open textbooks:
                    ``(A) Professional development for any faculty and 
                staff members at institutions of higher education, 
                including the search for and review of open textbooks.
                    ``(B) Creation or adaptation of high-quality open 
                educational resources that conform to accessibility 
                standards, especially open textbooks, and the quality 
                assurance of such open educational resources.
                    ``(C) Development or improvement of tools and 
                informational resources that support the use of open 
                textbooks, including improving accessible instructional 
                materials for students with disabilities that are 
                consistent with national accessibility standards.
                    ``(D) Research evaluating the efficacy of the use 
                of open textbooks for achieving savings for students 
                and the impact on instruction and student learning 
                outcomes.
            ``(6) License.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Educational content created 
                under paragraph (5) shall be licensed under a 
                nonexclusive, irrevocable license to the public to 
                exercise any of the rights under copyright conditioned 
                only on the requirement that attribution be given as 
                directed by the copyright owner.
                    ``(B) Limitation.--In this paragraph, the term 
                education content does not include the technology or 
                platform used to develop such content.
            ``(7) Access and distribution.--The full and complete 
        digital content of each educational resource created or adapted 
        under paragraph (5) shall be made available free of charge to 
        the public--
                    ``(A) on an easily accessible and interoperable 
                website, which shall be identified to the Secretary by 
                the eligible entity;
                    ``(B) in a machine readable, digital format that 
                anyone can directly download, edit with attribution, 
                and redistribute; and
                    ``(C) in a fully accessible format in compliance 
                with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 
                U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and section 508 of the 
                Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d).
            ``(8) Report.--Upon an eligible entity's completion of a 
        project supported under this section, the eligible entity shall 
        prepare and submit a report to the Secretary regarding--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of the project in expanding 
                the use of high-quality open textbooks and in achieving 
                savings for students;
                    ``(B) the impact of the project on expanding the 
                use of open textbooks at institutions of higher 
                education outside of the eligible entity;
                    ``(C) educational resources created or adapted 
                under the grant, including instructions on where the 
                public can access each educational resource under the 
                terms of paragraph (7);
                    ``(D) information about the quality review process 
                that was used to ensure quality and accuracy;
                    ``(E) the impact of the project on instruction and 
                student learning outcomes; and
                    ``(F) all project costs, including the value of any 
                volunteer labor and institutional capital used for the 
                project.
            ``(9) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
    ``(c) Report to Congress.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall prepare and submit a 
report to authorizing committees detailing--
            ``(1) the high-quality open textbooks created or adapted 
        under this section;
            ``(2) the adoption of such open textbooks;
            ``(3) the savings generated for students, States, 
        territories, and the Federal Government through the use of open 
        textbooks; and
            ``(4) the impact of open textbooks on instruction and 
        student learning outcomes.
    ``(d) GAO Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
enactment of this subsection, the Comptroller General of the United 
States shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing committees 
on the cost of textbooks to students at institutions of higher 
education. The report shall particularly examine--
            ``(1) the change of the cost of textbooks;
            ``(2) the factors that have contributed to the change of 
        the cost of textbooks, including the impact of open textbooks 
        on the cost;
            ``(3) the extent to which open textbooks are used at 
        institutions of higher education compared to the use of open 
        textbooks before the date of the enactment of this subsection;
            ``(4) how institutions are tracking the impact of open 
        textbooks on instruction and student learning outcomes;
            ``(5) the availability of accessible forms of open 
        textbooks and the barriers faced by students with disabilities 
        in accessing accessible forms of open educational resources 
        compared to the barriers faced in accessing traditional 
        educational materials; and
            ``(6) the barriers faced by other student populations, 
        including low-income students, in accessing high-quality open 
        educational resources compared to the barriers faced in 
        accessing traditional educational materials.''.

                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

SEC. 9001. COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

    Section 103(a)(1) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
U.S.C. 4303(a)(1)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``twenty-one'' and inserting ``twenty-
        three'';
            (2) in subparagraph (A)--
                    (A) by striking ``three'' and inserting ``four''; 
                and
                    (B) in clause (i)--
                            (i) by striking ``one'' and inserting 
                        ``two''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``Senator'' and inserting 
                        ``Senators''; and
            (3) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``eighteen'' and 
        inserting ``nineteen''.

SEC. 9002. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS OF LAURENT CLERC NATIONAL DEAF 
              EDUCATION CENTER.

    Section 104(b)(5) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
U.S.C. 4304(b)(5)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A)--
                    (A) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                            ``(i) select challenging State academic 
                        standards adopted and implemented under section 
                        1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(b)(1));'';
                    (B) by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii);
                    (C) by inserting after clause (i) the following:
                            ``(ii) implement, through a contract or 
                        other arrangement with a State, nationally 
                        recognized entity, or other agreement approved 
                        by the Secretary, a set of high-quality student 
                        academic assessments that align with the 
                        challenging State academic standards under 
                        clause (i) and are consistent with the 
                        requirements of section 1111(b)(2) of the 
                        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
                        (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)); and''; and
                    (D) in clause (iii), as so redesignated, by 
                striking ``2016-2017'' and inserting ``2018-2019''; and
            (2) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
            ``(B) develop and implement an accountability system 
        consistent with section 1111(c) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)) that annually 
        measures the academic achievement of all students; and''.

SEC. 9003. FEDERAL ENDOWMENT PROGRAMS FOR GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY AND THE 
              NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF.

    Section 207 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4357) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (e), by striking ``(and its non-Federal 
        match)''; and
            (2) in subsection (g)(1), by striking ``amounts contributed 
        to the fund from non-Federal sources, and'' and inserting ``and 
        the related''.

PART B--TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF 
                                  1978

SEC. 9101. TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE ACT 
              OF 1978.

    (a) Definitions.--Section 2 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (7), by adding ``and'' at the end;
                    (B) in paragraph (8), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a period; and
                    (C) by striking paragraph (9); and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Such number shall be calculated based on the number 
        of Indian students who are enrolled--
                    ``(A) at the conclusion of the third week of each 
                academic term; or
                    ``(B) on the fifth day of a shortened program 
                beginning after the conclusion of the third full week 
                of an academic term.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``for purposes of 
                obtaining'' and inserting ``solely for the purpose of 
                obtaining''; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (5), the 
                following:
            ``(6) Enrollment data from the prior-prior academic year 
        shall be used.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--The Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et 
seq.) is amended by inserting after section 2 (25 U.S.C. 1801), the 
following:

``SEC. 3. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Titles I and IV.--There are authorized to be appropriated 
$57,412,000 for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
years to carry out titles I and IV.
    ``(b) Title V.--There are authorized to be appropriated $7,414,000 
for fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years to carry 
out title V.''.
    (c) Eligible Grant Recipients.--Section 103 of the Tribally 
Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
1801 et seq.). (20 U.S.C. 1804) is amended by striking paragraph (3) 
and inserting the following:
            ``(3) the majority of students who are enrolled in courses 
        offered on campus are Indians.''.
    (d) Technical Assistance; Eligibility Studies.--
            (1) Technical assistance contracts.--Section 105(a)(2) of 
        the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance 
        Act of 1978 (20 U.S.C. 1805(a)(2)) is amended by striking 
        ``college or university'' and inserting ``colleges and 
        universities''.
            (2) Eligibility studies.--Section 106 of the Tribally 
        Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
        U.S.C. 1806) is amended--
                    (A) in subsection (a), by striking ``Indian 
                Affairs'' and inserting ``Indian Education'';
                    (B) in subsection (b), by striking ``for the fiscal 
                year succeeding'' and inserting ``for the second fiscal 
                year succeeding''; and
                    (C) in subsection (c)(2), by striking ``5 per 
                centum'' and inserting ``1 percent''.
    (e) Repeal of Planning Grants.--Section 104 of the Tribally 
Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
1804a) is repealed.
    (f) Grants to Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.--
Section 107 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities 
Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1807) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (c);
            (2) by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (c); and
            (3) in subsection (c), as so redesignated, by inserting 
        ``higher education'' after ``national Indian'' both places it 
        appears.
    (g) Amount of Grants.--Section 108(b)(1) of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1808(b)(1)) 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``of the funds available for allotment by 
        October 15 or no later than 14 days after appropriations become 
        available'' and inserting ``of the amounts appropriated for any 
        fiscal year on or before July 1 of that fiscal year''; and
            (2) by striking ``January 1'' and inserting ``September 
        30''.
    (h) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 110(a) of the 
Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 
(25 U.S.C. 1810(a)) is amended by striking ``2009'' each time it 
appears and inserting ``2019''.
    (i) Rules and Regulations.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is amended 
by striking section 115 (25 U.S.C. 1815).
    (j) Repeal of Endowment Program.--
            (1) Repeal.--Title III of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
        and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1831 et 
        seq.) is repealed.
            (2) Transition.--
                    (A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), title 
                III of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
                Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1831 et 
                seq.), as such title was in effect on the day before 
                the date of enactment of this Act, shall apply with 
                respect to any endowment fund established or funded 
                under such title before such date of enactment, except 
                that the Secretary of the Interior may not make any 
                grants or Federal capital contributions under such 
                title after such date.
                    (B) Termination.--Subparagraph (A) shall terminate 
                on the date that is 20 years after the date of 
                enactment of this Act. On or after such date, a 
                tribally controlled college or university may use the 
                corpus (including the Federal and institutional capital 
                contribution) of any endowment fund described in such 
                subparagraph to pay any expenses relating to the 
                operation or academic programs of such college or 
                university.
    (k) Tribal Economic Development; Authorization of Appropriations.--
Section 403 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities 
Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1852) is amended by striking ``for 
fiscal year 2009'' and all that follows through the period at the end 
and inserting ``from the amount made available under section 3(a) for 
each fiscal year.''.
    (l) Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and Technical 
Institutions.--Section 504 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1864) is amended by 
striking ``for fiscal year 2009'' and all that follows through the 
period at the end and inserting ``from the amount made available under 
section 3(b) for each fiscal year.''.
    (m) Clerical Amendments.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), as 
amended by subsections (a) through (l), is further amended--
            (1) by striking ``Bureau of Indian Affairs'' each place it 
        appears and inserting ``Bureau of Indian Education'';
            (2) by striking ``Navajo Community College Act'' each place 
        it appears and inserting ``Dine College Act'';
            (3) by striking ``colleges or universities'' each place it 
        appears, including in headings, and inserting ``colleges and 
        universities''; and
            (4) in section 109 (25 U.S.C. 1809), by redesignating the 
        second subsection (c) as subsection (d).

  PART C--CARL D. PERKINS CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION ACT OF 2006 
                               AMENDMENTS

SEC. 9201. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    (a) Postsecondary Education Programs.--Section 132 of the Carl D. 
Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2352) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Additional Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--In addition to the amounts appropriated 
        under section 9, there is authorized to be appropriated to 
        carry out this section $181,000,000 for fiscal year 2019 and 
        each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(2) Allotment formula.--From the amount appropriated 
        pursuant to paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make allotments 
        to a State for the fiscal year in accordance with subparagraphs 
        (A) through (D) of section 111(a)(2).''.
    (b) Assistance for Outlying Areas.--Section 115 of the Carl D. 
Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2325) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(2), by inserting ``from the funds 
        appropriated pursuant to subsection (e) and'' before ``of the 
        remainder''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Additional Authorization of Appropriations.--In addition to 
the amounts reserved pursuant to section 111(a)(1)(A), there is 
authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $1,000,000 for 
fiscal year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (c) Assistance for Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and 
Technical Institutions.--Section 117(i) of the Carl D. Perkins Career 
and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2327(i)) is amended to 
read as follows:
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--There is authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out this section $9,469,000 for fiscal year 2019 and 
        each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(2) Additional amount.--In addition to the amounts 
        appropriated under paragraph (1), there is authorized to be 
        appropriated to carry out this section $1,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 2019 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

                PART D--GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT

SEC. 9301. SPECIAL ASSISTANT FOR EQUITY AND INCLUSION.

    Section 202(b) of the Department of Education Organization Act (20 
U.S.C. 3412(b)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (5); and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3), the following:
            ``(4) Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of 
        the Aim Higher Act, the Secretary shall appoint a Special 
        Assistant for Equity and Inclusion who shall, with respect to 
        the activities of the Department--
                    ``(A) promote, coordinate, and evaluate equity and 
                inclusion programs, including the dissemination of 
                information, technical assistance, and coordination of 
                research activities; and
                    ``(B) advise the Secretary and Deputy Secretary on 
                all matters relating to equity and inclusion in a 
                manner consistent with title VI of the Civil Rights Act 
                of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.).''.

SEC. 9302. RELEASE OF EDUCATION RECORDS TO FACILITATE THE AWARD OF A 
              RECOGNIZED POSTSECONDARY CREDENTIAL.

    Section 444(b) of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 
1232g(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (K)(ii), by striking ``; and'' 
                and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (L), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (L) the following:
            ``(M) an institution of postsecondary education in which 
        the student was previously enrolled, to which records of 
        postsecondary coursework and credits are sent for the purpose 
        of applying such coursework and credits toward completion of a 
        recognized postsecondary credential (as that term is defined in 
        section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 
        U.S.C. 3102)), upon condition that the student provides written 
        consent prior to receiving such credential.''.

             PART E--EDUCATION SCIENCES REFORM ACT OF 2002

SEC. 9401. INCLUSION OF RACIAL SUBGROUPS IN IPEDS DATA.

    Section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 
U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``feasible, information'' and inserting the 
        following: ``feasible--
                    ``(A) information'';
            (2) by inserting ``and'' after the semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) information, with respect to the Integrated 
                Postsecondary Education Data Survey, that is 
                disaggregated by race in a manner that captures all the 
                racial groups specified in the U.S. Census Bureau's 
                American Community Survey;''.
                                 <all>